December 2016 Millennium Valley Lateral Project Implementation Plan

20161221-5332 FERC PDF (Unofficial) 12/21/2016 2:33:26 PM
One Blue Hill Plaza, 7th Floor

Post Office Box 1565
Pearl River, NY 10965
845.620.1300 Voice | 845.620.1320 Fax
December 21, 2016
Ms. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary

Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
888 First Street, N.E.
Washington, D.C. 20426
Re: Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C., Docket No. CP16-17-000

Valley Lateral Project
Implementation Plan
Dear Ms. Bose:
On November 9, 2016 the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or

FERC) issued an Order Denying Motion to Dismiss and Issuing Certificate (Order) for
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C.s (Millennium) Valley Lateral Project (Project). 1
The Project will provide 127,200 dekatherms per day of incremental firm natural gas
transportation service from an interconnect on Millenniums existing mainline in Orange County,
New York, to a new meter station on the site of a natural gas combined-cycle electric power
generator currently under construction in the Town of Wawayanda, New York (Valley Energy
Center). As approved, the project will include construction of the following facilities:
(i) approximately 7.8 miles of new 16-inch-diameter pipeline; (ii) a delivery meter station and
associated piping at the proposed Valley Energy Center; (iii) a launcher facility; and (iv) a
receiver facility at the proposed Valley Energy Center.
In accordance with Ordering Paragraph (B)(3) and Environmental Condition No. 6

attached to the Order, Millennium hereby files its Implementation Plan for the Project.
Millennium respectfully requests Commission approval of the Implementation Plan.
Description of Items Being Filed
Public:
Millenniums Implementation Plan
Attachment A Environmental Conditions Compliance Tracking Table
Attachment B Affirmative Statement of Environmental Inspector Authority
Attachment C1 Revised Project Alignment Sheets
Attachment C2 Route, Workspace, and Other Modifications and Proposed Contractor Ware
Yards
Attachment D Project Schedule
1
Millennium Pipeline Co., L.L.C., 157 FERC 61,096 (2016) (Order).
www.millenniumpipeline.com
Attachment E Federal Authorization Status

Attachment F Project Correspondence
Attachment G Updated Noise Analysis Reports and Mitigation Plans
Attachment H Updated Environmental Construction Standards
Critical Energy Infrastructure Information Non-Public:

Attachment C1 Aboveground Facility Plans
Privileged and Confidential Non-Public:

Attachment I Updated Survey Reports
Attachment J Landowner Documentation
As indicated above, portions of this filing that contain Critical Energy Infrastructure
Information (CEII) are marked CONTAINS CRITICAL ENERGY INFRASTRUCTURE
INFORMATIONDO NOT RELEASE and should be treated as confidential for use by
Commission Staff only and should not to be released to the public. Items that contain privileged
and confidential information are marked CONTAINS PRIVILEGED INFORMATIONDO
NOT RELEASE and should be treated as confidential for use by Commission Staff only and
should not to be released to the public.
Millennium is filing the Implementation Plan, pursuant to the Commissions guidelines

for eFiling. Millennium is also providing complete copies of this filing to the Office of Energy
Projects. If you have any questions regarding this filing, please contact me at 845-620-1300.
Respectfully submitted,
/s/ Georgia Carter
Georgia Carter
Vice President and General Counsel
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
Attachments
cc: Anthony Rana, FERC
Service List
www.millenniumpipeline.com
2
CERTIFICATE OF SERVICE
Pursuant to Rule 2010 of the Commissions Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18
C.F.R. 385.2010 (2016), I hereby certify that I have this day served the foregoing
document upon each person designated on the official service list compiled by the
Secretary in this proceeding.
Dated at Washington, D.C., this 21st day of December, 2016.
/s/ Marco Bracamonte

Marco A. Bracamonte
Van Ness Feldman LLP
1050 Thomas Jefferson St., N.W.
Seventh Floor
Washington, D.C. 20007-3877
(202) 298-1800
IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
FERC Docket No. CP16-17-000
December 2016
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
INTRODUCTION....................................................................................................................................... 1
DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES ............................................................................................................ 1
ANTICIPATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE .................................................................................. 2
PROJECT MODIFICATIONS ................................................................................................................. 2
IMPLEMENTATION OF CERTIFICATE ORDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS .............. 3
CONDITION 1 ............................................................................................................................................. 4
CONDITION 2 ............................................................................................................................................. 5
CONDITION 3 ............................................................................................................................................. 6
CONDITION 4 ............................................................................................................................................. 7
CONDITION 5 ............................................................................................................................................. 8
CONDITION 6 ........................................................................................................................................... 10
CONDITION 7 ........................................................................................................................................... 15
CONDITION 8 ........................................................................................................................................... 16
CONDITION 9 ........................................................................................................................................... 18
CONDITION 10 ......................................................................................................................................... 19
CONDITION 11 ......................................................................................................................................... 20
CONDITION 12 ......................................................................................................................................... 21
CONDITION 13 ......................................................................................................................................... 22
CONDITION 14 ......................................................................................................................................... 23
CONDITION 15 ......................................................................................................................................... 24
CONDITION 16 ......................................................................................................................................... 25
CONDITION 17 ......................................................................................................................................... 26
Valley Lateral Project i December 2016

Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS
A Environmental Conditions Compliance Tracking Table
B Affirmative Statement of Environmental Inspector Authority
C1 Revised Project Alignment Sheets and Aboveground Facility Plans
(Submitted Under Separate Cover as CEII)
C2 Route, Workspace, and Other Modifications and Proposed Contractor Ware Yards
D Project Schedule
E Federal Authorization Status
F Project Correspondence
- MS4 SWPPP Acceptance Form Town of Wawayanda
- New York State Office of Parks Recreation and Historic Preservation Clearance
- Stormwater Permit Town of Wawayanda [To be provided upon receipt]
- U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Clearance [To be provided upon receipt]
- USACE New York District Nationwide Permit 12 [To be provided upon receipt]
- 401 Water Quality [To be provided upon receipt]
- New York Freshwater Wetlands and Protection of Waters [To be provided upon receipt]
- SPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit [To be provided upon receipt]
- NYSDOT Right-of-way [To be provided upon receipt]
- Orange County Right-of-way Road Permits [To be provided upon receipt]
G Updated Noise Analysis Reports and Mitigation Plans
H Updated Environmental Construction Standards
I Updated Survey Reports [Submitted under separate cover Privileged and Confidential]
J Landowner Documentation [Submitted under separate cover Privileged and Confidential]
Valley Lateral Project ii December 2016

Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
INTRODUCTION
On November 9, 2016 the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC or the Commission) issued an
Order Denying Motion to Dismiss and Issuing Certificate (Order) to Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
(Millennium) granting Millennium the necessary authorizations to own, construct, operate, and maintain
the Valley Lateral Project (Project) facilities. The Project includes construction of approximately 7.8 miles
of new 16-inch diameter pipeline (the Valley Lateral), one new delivery meter station and associated piping
at the CPV Valley, LLC (CPV) Valley Energy Center, and pig launcher and receiver facilities. The Project
is located in Orange County, New York. Millennium has prepared this Implementation Plan (IP) to address
the conditions of the Order issued by the Commission related to the construction of Project facilities as
further detailed below.
DESCRIPTION OF FACILITIES
Pipeline Facilities
The Project includes approximately 7.8 miles of new 16-inch diameter natural gas pipeline that will extend
from an interconnection with Millenniums existing pipeline in Minisink, Orange County, New York north
to the CPV Valley Energy Center in Wawayanda, Orange County, New York. The pipeline will have a
maximum allowable operating pressure of 1,350 pounds per square inch gauge, and a maximum operating
pressure of 1,200 pounds per square inch gauge. Construction and operation of the pipeline will require
acquisition of construction work areas consisting of the temporary construction right-of-way, additional
temporary workspace, access roads from public roadways to the construction work areas, permanent
easement, and pipeyards. Following construction, all construction work areas will be restored and
revegetated. Millennium will retain a 50-foot-wide permanent easement for operation of the pipeline.
Aboveground Facilities
Meter Station
The Project will include one new delivery meter station located on CPVs property and within the area
already approved and currently being used for construction of the CPV Valley Energy Center at
approximately MP 7.8. Equipment to be installed at the meter station includes gas piping, ultrasonic meter,
pressure and flow control regulation, valving, gas chromatograph, gas quality equipment, filter/separation
plus tank and containment, gas heater, a data acquisition system, building, electrical power, above ground
piping, and fencing facilities. Additionally, approximately 533 feet of underground piping (meter station
piping) is proposed between the pig receiver and meter station. A small satellite dish (VSAT) shall be
installed for Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition. Construction of the satellite dish will not require
the construction of any additional facilities other than those already approved for the CPV Valley Energy
Center.
1
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Launcher and Receiver Facilities

A launcher will be installed at the beginning of the lateral pipeline and a receiver at the end of the lateral
pipeline to accommodate in-line cleaning and inspection tools for the periodic maintenance and internal
inspection of the pipeline during operation. The launcher and receiver will extend the pipeline aboveground
to facilitate the insertion and removal of the in-line inspection tools.
Tap Valve
A tap valve will be installed within the permanent easement associated with the existing Millennium
mainline pipeline at Valley Lateral MP 0.0.
ANTICIPATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE
An anticipated Project schedule is included as Attachment D. As identified in Attachment D, Millennium

anticipates starting construction of the Project on February 1, 2017. Millenniums Application to FERC
(November 2015) originally anticipated commencing Project activities in September 2016. The revised
dates shown in the Project schedule in Attachment D reflect the failure of the New York State Department
of Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) to consider Clean Water Act Section 401 Certification in a
timely manner, requiring Millennium to adjust is previously planned schedule.
PROJECT MODIFICATIONS
Project facility locations are shown in the EA, except as identified below and reflected on the revised survey
alignment sheets for the Project facilities, as depicted in Attachment C1 to this Implementation Plan. The
majority of changes depicted in the revised alignment sheets reflect the incorporation of modified
construction techniques to avoid impacts to waterbodies and wetlands in response to comments from the
NYSDEC. Other modifications are required for Project design reasons. Specifically, Millennium
incorporated four new conventional bores and two new horizontal directional drills (HDDs) as part of the
Project. Millennium also made several additional minor modifications to the Project alignment, as
described below and depicted on the attached survey alignment sheets.
The revised survey alignment sheets for the pipeline depicting workspace and alignment changes made
since the issuance of the EA are described below:
revised PAR-01A curve radius and associated ATWS 047A, further minimizing tree clearing;
addition of Pipeyard CY-3 in Minisink, Orange County;
incorporation of conventional bore further minimizing impacts on NYSDEC Eligible wetland W-
G at MP 0.8;
H at MP 1.0;
2
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Adjusted temporary access road TAR-03 to use landowners existing entrance;

incorporation of HDD 5 from MP 2.35 to MP 3.58, further minimizing impacts on Indigot Creek
and Catlin Creek, wetlands, and landowners. Revised associated TAR-04 and ATWS 025, 026,
027, 037, 038;
extension of wetland complex W-AP/W-AQ on previously unsurveyed tract 08.02.00-OR-NY;
AV at MP 3.7;
increased depth of cover at Stream St-S to ensure scour protection;
incorporation of HDD 4 from MP 4.03 to 4.55, further minimizing impacts on Catlin Creek and
forested wetlands and revised associated TAR-06 and ATWS 046A, 046B, 049, 050;
incorporation of conventional bore, further minimizing impacts on NYSDEC Regulated Freshwater
wetland W-V at MP 5.3 and including the addition of ATWS 081 and 082; and
water source for the Project identified: private pond north of Route 6 in Greenville, Orange County;
addition of TAR-012 for access to the I-84 HDD.
modifications to the workspaces located within the CPV Valley Energy Center to reflect the as built
condition within the CPV Valley Energy Center property.
Attachment C2 includes a table outlining each modified or new workspace area and provides a description
of the existing land use/cover type, documentation of landowner approval, whether any cultural resources
or federally listed threatened or endangered species would be affected, and whether any other
environmentally sensitive areas are within or abutting the area. Each of the workspace/route modifications
are identified on the updated survey alignment sheets or aboveground facility drawing using a cloud outline
to differentiate the modification and assist the Director of OEP in its evaluation. The modifications have
been incorporated into the 2016 construction alignment sheets contained in Appendix C1 since each of the
changes has been made either through consultation with NYSDEC, or is required for design reasons and
does not result in significant environmental impact.
Consistent with Conditions 4 and 5 in the Order, Millennium requests that the Director of OEP review
and approve these modifications to the Project workspace.
IMPLEMENTATION OF CERTIFICATE ORDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
Millennium has included as Attachment A an Environmental Conditions Compliance Tracking Table with
this IP to facilitate review of the status of the individual environmental certificate conditions and FERC
approval status. The numbering sequence in the Tracking Table and throughout the IP follows that
presented in the Order. Upon receipt of written authorization from the Director of the Office of Energy
Projects (OEP), Millennium will commence Project-related activities.
3
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 1
Millennium shall follow the construction procedures and mitigation measures described in its
applications and supplements (including responses to staff data requests) and as identified in the
Environmental Assessment (EA), unless modified by the Order. Millennium must:
a. request any modification to these procedures, measures, or conditions in a filing with the Secretary
of the Commission (Secretary);
b. justify each modification relative to site-specific conditions;
c. explain how that modification provides an equal or greater level of environmental protection than
the original measure; and
d. receive approval in writing from the Director of the OEP before using that modification.
Compliance Statement
Millennium will follow the construction procedures and mitigation measures described in its application
and supplements, including responses to staff data requests and as identified in the EA. Should Millennium
desire a modification to any of these procedures, measures, or conditions, Millennium will request such
modification and provide the necessary justification relative to site-specific conditions, and provide an
explanation of the equal or greater environmental protection afforded by said modification. Millennium
will receive written approval from the Director of OEP before implementing said modification(s).
4
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 2
The Director of OEP has delegated authority to take whatever steps are necessary to ensure the protection
of all environmental resources during construction and operation of the Project. This authority shall
include:
a. the modification of conditions of the Order; and

b. the design and implementation of any additional measures deemed necessary (including stop-work
authority) to assure continued compliance with the intent of the environmental conditions as well
as the avoidance or mitigation of adverse environmental impact resulting from project construction
and operation.
Millennium acknowledges that the Director of OEP has delegated authority to take whatever steps are
necessary to ensure the protection of all environmental resources during construction and operation of the
Project. This authority shall allow:

b. the design and implementation of any additional measures deemed necessary (including stop-work
authority) to assure continued compliance with the intent of the environmental conditions of the
Order as well as the avoidance or mitigation of adverse environmental impact resulting from Project
construction and operation.
5
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 3
Prior to any construction, Millennium shall file an affirmative statement with the Secretary, certified
by senior company officials, that all company personnel, Environmental Inspectors (EIs), and
contractor personnel will be informed of the EI's authority and have been or will be trained on the
implementation of the environmental mitigation measures appropriate to their jobs before
becoming involved with construction and restoration activities.
Millennium has included an affirmative statement signed by a senior company official (Attachment B),
which certifies that all company and contract personnel will be informed of the EIs authority and have
been, or will be adequately trained on the implementation of the environmental mitigation measures
appropriate to their jobs before becoming involved with construction and restoration activities.
6
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 4
The authorized facility locations shall be as shown in the EA, as supplemented by filed alignment sheets.
As soon as they are available, and before the start of construction, Millennium shall file with the
Secretary any revised detailed survey alignment maps or sheets at a scale not smaller than 1:6,000
with station positions for all facilities approved by the Order. All requests for modifications of
environmental conditions of the Order or site-specific clearances must be written and must
reference locations designated on these alignment maps/sheets.
Millennium's exercise of eminent domain authority granted under NGA section 7(h) in any
condemnation proceedings related to the Order must be consistent with these authorized facilities
and locations. Millennium's right of eminent domain granted under NGA section 7(h) does not
authorize it to increase the size of its natural gas pipeline to accommodate future needs or to
acquire a right-of-way for a pipeline to transport a commodity other than natural gas.
Millennium verifies that facility locations shall be shown as in the EA, except as identified above in the
Project Modifications section. These changes are also reflected on the revised survey alignment sheets for
the Project facilities attached as Attachment C1 to this Implementation Plan.
Modified or new workspace areas are described in Attachment C2. As explained in the Project
Modifications section, Attachment C2 provides a description of the existing land use/cover type,
documentation of landowner approval, whether any cultural resources or federally listed threatened or
endangered species would be affected, and whether any other environmentally sensitive areas are within or
abutting the area. With the exception of these proposes modifications, no other modifications have been
made since the EA was issued.
Millennium will submit written requests for Commission approval for any further modifications to the
Project, including survey maps/sheets, in compliance with Conditions 1 and 4. These requests will
reference the location of any such modifications on the applicable alignment sheet(s) or plot plan(s).
Millennium acknowledges that any exercise of eminent domain authority granted to Millennium under
NGA section 7(h) in any condemnation proceeding related to the Order will be consistent with authorized
facilities and locations in the Order. Millennium is aware that its right of eminent domain granted under
NGA section 7(h) does not authorize Millennium to increase the size of its natural gas pipeline to
accommodate future needs or to acquire a right-of-way for a pipeline to transport a commodity other than
natural gas.
7
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 5
Millennium shall file with the Secretary detailed alignment maps/sheets and aerial photographs at a
scale not smaller than 1:6,000 identifying all route realignments or facility relocations, staging
areas, pipe storage yards, new access roads, and other areas that would be used or disturbed that
have not been previously identified in filings with the Secretary. Approval for use of each of these
areas must be explicitly requested in writing. For each area, the request must include a description
of the existing land use or cover type, documentation of landowner approval, whether any cultural
resources or federally listed threatened or endangered species would be affected, and whether any
other environmentally sensitive areas are within or abutting the area. All areas shall be clearly
identified on the maps, sheets, or aerial photographs. Use of each area must be approved in writing
by the Director of OEP before construction in or near that area.
This requirement does not apply to route variations required herein or extra workspace allowed by the
Commissions Upland Erosion Control, Revegetation and Maintenance Plan or minor field
realignments per landowner needs and requirements that do not affect other landowners or
sensitive environmental areas such as wetlands. Examples of alterations requiring approval
include all route realignments and facility location changes resulting from:
a. implementation of cultural resources mitigation measures;

b. implementation of endangered, threatened, or special concern species mitigation measures;
c. recommendations by state regulatory authorities; and
d. agreements with individual landowners that affect other landowners or could affect sensitive
environmental areas.
Millennium has incorporated the minor temporary workspace additions identified above under Condition 4
for use during construction and operation of the Project. These areas to be disturbed have not been
previously identified in filings with the Secretary.
Since these Project modifications occurred subsequent to the issuance of the Certificate, Millennium is
filing the following with the Secretary:
a. Detailed alignment maps or sheets and aerial photographs at a scale not smaller than 1:6,000
identifying all proposed modifications (Filed as Attachment C1).
b. A description of the existing land use or cover type Filed as Attachment C2.
c. Documentation of landowner approval Survey is 100 percent complete for the Project (see
Attachment J).
d. Whether any cultural resources or federally listed threatened or endangered species would be
affected.
8
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Proposed workspace areas are located within the area of potential effects included in Millenniums
cultural resource surveys performed for the Project with the exception of proposed pipe/contractor
yard CY-3 and the proposed water withdrawal location. Pipe/contractor yard CY-3 and the water
withdrawal location are located within the area of potential effects included in Millenniums
cultural resource surveys performed for the Eastern System Upgrade (Docket No. CP-16-486-000).
Additionally, two tracts were surveyed in November 2016 (Tracts 08.01.00-OR-NY and 08.02.00-
OR-NY) and were not included in the in survey report submitted to the New York State Office of
Parks, Recreation and Historic Preservation (NYS OPRHP) for the Project. As a result the
proposed workspace areas, with the exception of pipe/contractor yard CY-3, the water withdrawal
location, and tracts 08.01.00-OR-NY and 08.02.00-OR-NY, are covered under the NYS OPRHP
clearance issued on November 25, 2015. Pipe/contractor yard CY-3 and the water withdrawal
location are covered under the NYS OPRHP clearance issued for the Eastern System Upgrade on
August 9, 2016 (see Attachment F). Millennium has completed surveys on of tracts 08.01.00-OR-
NY and 08.02.00-OR-NY and did not identify any historic or archeological resources. The results
of this survey will be filed with the NYS OPRHP concurrent with filing of this Implementation
Plan. The Addendum Report is included with this Implementation Plan as Attachment I (Privileged
and Confidential) Concurrence from the NYS OPRHP will be provided to FERC upon receipt.
Surveys for federally listed threatened or endangered species are complete for the Project.
Millennium submitted the review package for the Project to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service
(USFWS) in November 2015 and continued consultation through November 2016. An Amendment
to the Phase I Bog Turtle Habitat Survey Report for Wetlands W-AP/W-AQ was filed on November
18, 2016 (FERC Accession Number (20161121-5229). An Amendment to the Phase I Bog Turtle
Habitat Survey Report for Wetlands W-R, W-S, W-T, and W-U is included with this
Implementation Plan (Attachment I Privileged and Confidential). The December 2016
Amendment Report will be filed with the USFWS concurrent with the filing of this IP. With this
Amendment Report, all survey reports for federally listed threatened or endangered species have
been submitted to the USFWS for review and Millennium anticipates a determination from the
USFWS in December 2016. The determination and any required mitigation will be provided to
FERC upon receipt.
e. Whether any other environmentally sensitive areas are within or abutting the area
Millennium conducted wetland and waterbody surveys within and adjacent to the proposed
workspace areas. Environmentally sensitive areas abutting workspace are identified in the Table
in Attachment C2. Millennium proposes to avoid or minimize impacts on the environmentally
sensitive areas by implementing its Environmental Construction Standards, and by using the HDD
and conventional bore construction methods.
Millennium respectfully requests use of these workspace areas during construction of the Project
and will not use these areas until they have been approved in writing by the Director of OEP.
9
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 6
Within 60 days of the acceptance of the Authorization and before construction begins, Millennium
shall file an initial Implementation Plan with the Secretary for review and written approval by the
Director of OEP. Millennium must file revisions to the plan as schedules change. The plan shall
identify:
a. how Millennium will implement the construction procedures and mitigation measures described in
its application and supplements (including responses to staff data requests), identified in the EA,
and required by the Order;
b. how Millennium will incorporate these requirements into the contract bid documents, construction
contracts (especially penalty clauses and specifications), and construction drawings so that the
mitigation required is clear to on-site construction and inspection personnel;
c. the number of EIs assigned per spread and aboveground facility sites and how Millennium will
ensure that sufficient personnel are available to implement the environmental mitigation;
d. company personnel, including EIs and contractors, who will receive copies of the appropriate
materials;
e. the location and dates of the environmental compliance training and instructions Millennium will
give to all personnel involved with construction and restoration (initial and refresher training as
the Projects progress and personnel change);
f. the company personnel and specific portion of Millennium's organization having responsibility for
compliance;
g. the procedures (including use of contract penalties) Millennium will follow if noncompliance
occurs; and
h. for each discrete facility, a Gantt or PERT chart (or similar project scheduling diagram), and dates
for:
(1) the completion of all required surveys and reports;

(2) the environmental compliance training of onsite personnel;
(3) the start of construction; and
(4) the start and completion of restoration.
Millennium is filing this IP with the Secretary for review and written approval by the Director of OEP.
Millennium will file revisions and/or updates to this IP as needed. Millennium's compliance with each of
the seven specific conditions of Condition 6 (i.e., Conditions 6.a to 6.h) is detailed below.
a. Implementation of Procedures and Mitigation Measures

Prior to construction, Millennium will compile a package of all permits, plans and compliance
documentation in a permit book that will be issued to all company and contractor supervisory personnel,
including the EIs. The permit book will be distributed during the environmental training program
(described below in Section 6.e.) and will be required to be kept onsite at all times by applicable personnel.
10
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
The permit book will contain all of the federal, state, and local permits, authorizations, and clearances that
were obtained for the Project. In addition to the permits, the permit book will include the FERC Plan and
Procedures and Millenniums Spill Prevention and Response Procedures.
b. Incorporation of FERC requirements in Contract Bid Documents

Millennium will implement the mitigation measures required by the Order by including the various
specifications, drawings, terms and conditions in the Contract Documents. Special mitigation measures
such as training, special construction areas, amendments to address FERC conditions, State site-specific
conditions, and other requirements will be incorporated into the Contract Document. Locations of various
proposed environmental mitigation measures, where applicable, will be included on the construction
alignment sheets and other detailed drawings to form one complete set of Construction Drawings for the
Project.
c. Environmental Inspectors (EI)

Millennium will employ at least one EI for construction of the Project. A Company Environmental
Coordinator (EC) will oversee the activities of the Lead and staff EIs and will ensure that sufficient
personnel are made available to implement the environmental mitigation program. The Environmental
Project Manager, located in Millenniums Office in Houston, Texas will serve as corporate liaison, ensuring
that all corporate resources needed to successfully implement all environmental conditions and measures
are made available to the Project.
During peak construction, Millenniums environmental inspection program will also include a Utility
Inspector. The Utility Inspector is responsible for ensuring, confirming and documenting that construction
is executed according to Millenniums specifications and all federal and state codes and regulations. In
addition, the Construction Contractor will have a Contractor Environmental Coordinator (Contractor EC).
The EI will have the primary on-site authority and responsibility for ensuring contractor compliance with
the various environmental mitigation measures for the assigned spread. In coordinating the efforts of the
EI, the Company EC will consult with the Millennium Construction Superintendents and Chief Inspectors
on a daily basis. The Craft/Utility Inspectors will have secondary authority and critical responsibility to
ensure that their assigned activities are performed in compliance with the various environmental mitigation
measures. The EI will be available for consultation with the Craft/Utility Inspectors when questions arise.
Millennium will provide all these individuals with appropriate environmental training.
d. Environmental Material Distribution

Millennium will provide relevant environmental documents and information to all personnel involved with
the construction process, including Company and Contractor Officers, both Company and Contractor ECs,
EIs, Utility Inspectors, Chief Inspectors, and Construction Contractor Superintendents and foremen. In
addition, copies of the Contract Specifications will be available at Millenniums offices in Houston, Texas
as well as at Millenniums Project office in Slate Hill, New York. Similarly, the Contractor will be provided
sufficient copies of the Contract Specifications to maintain reference sets at its home and field offices.
11
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Additional copies will be made available to other Company departments, such as Operations and Right-of-
Way. Other Contractor personnel will be provided environmental materials on an as-needed basis and will
be informed as to where additional materials will be maintained at the Contractors office.
e. Environmental Training
Millennium will conduct a comprehensive environmental training program, which will include the
following modules:
Supervisory Staff Training;

General Personnel Training (Crew Training); and
Specialized Personnel Training (e.g., development and use of pipeyards, residential construction
and site-specific residential construction plans, etc.)
As part of this training program, an Environmental Training Handbook outlining the key components of
Millenniums environmental compliance protocols for projects under the jurisdiction of the Commission
will be provided to all supervisory and key construction personnel. Millennium anticipates that initial
Environmental Training will occur in late January 2017.
Other supporting materials will include:
A hardhat decal (to certify training attendance),

Sign-in sheets/certification statement, and
Tailgate training handouts (e.g., erosion control details, protected species/resources descriptions,
and waterbody/wetland protection requirements).
Supervisory Staff Training

A supervisory staff training program will be provided immediately before the start of pipeline construction.
Attendees will include Millennium inspectors (i.e., EIs, Chief Inspectors, and Craft/Utility Inspectors) as
well as key Contractor personnel, including the Construction Superintendent, the Contractors ECs,
Environmental Foremen and the Crew Foremen. Other individuals attending include other supervisory
personnel, construction and environmental management staff, contractor staff in supervisory roles, and
agency representatives. During this training, the following topics will be included among those that will
be addressed:
Environmental Inspection Program

FERC 3rd Party Monitoring Program
Variance Request Process
Environmental Compliance Management
Agency Representation and Concerns
12
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Environmental Protective Measures outlined in the Order, FERCs Plan and Procedures, and
Millenniums Spill Prevention and Response Procedures and requirements of other Federal and
State Agency Permits
Key Project-Specific Environmental Concerns.
General Personnel Training

In addition to the supervisory staff training, Millennium will provide an environmental training program
for all construction personnel working on the Project, as well as survey staff, agency representatives, and
visitors to the job site. Millenniums EIs and other qualified staff will deliver this mandatory training in
the field. This training will discuss the role of the EIs and the requirements in the FERC Plan and
Procedures, highlight key environmental obligations related to the Project, and underscore Millenniums
expectations for environmental compliance from all Project personnel. This training will be conducted
throughout construction as new personnel or visitors arrive on-site.
Specialized Personnel Training (for example, contractor yards, residential, etc.)

Short training sessions will be conducted at each contractor yard and other areas, as appropriate, before
construction activities begin in those areas. All Project personnel involved in construction activities in
these areas will be required to attend. Millenniums EC or EIs will conduct the trainings on-site prior to
initiating work. Key environmental concerns and requirements, including installation and maintenance of
erosion controls, procedures specified in Millenniums Spill Prevention and Response Procedures, and
workspace limits will be emphasized. Site- and topic-specific training handouts will be provided.
f. Valley Lateral Project Organization

Millenniums Project office in Slate Hill, New York and regional office in Houston, Texas will share the
primary responsibilities of ensuring that construction is performed in compliance with all terms and
conditions of the Contract Documents, the various environmental measures required by the Commissions
Order, and all applicable federal and state agencies regulations. Key personnel are as follows.
Project Manager: Mike Armstrong

Construction Manager: Randy Parker
Environmental Project Manager: Randy Parker
Pipeline Construction Superintendent: TBD
Construction Environmental Coordinators: TBD
Right-of-Way Manager: James Wilson
g. Noncompliance
If a noncompliance event occurs, the on-site EI or Utility Inspectors will initially consult the Contractor
Crew Foreman or other Contractor Supervisor personnel regarding the noncompliance issue and appropriate
corrective action to be implemented. Upon reaching agreement on a plan of action, the Contractor Crew
Foreman will initiate the corrective action and resolve the noncompliance immediately. In cases where it
13
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
appears a timely agreement cannot be reached between the EI and Contractor Crew Foreman, the EI and
EC will contact the Contractor's Project Superintendent and the FERC Third-Party Monitor to resolve the
situation. In addition, the Environmental Inspectors will document the issue of noncompliance, the
corrective measure that was implemented (or the date the measure will be implemented), and whether the
corrective measure was successful, for inclusion in the status reports submitted to the Commission.
Millenniums Contract Document has numerous provisions for avoiding noncompliance and facilitating
resolution in the event of noncompliance by the Contractor. For example, the Contract requires the
Contractor to perform in compliance with all laws and address all regulations and permit/clearance
conditions. The Contractor has the obligation to correct/repair all work not in compliance in as timely a
fashion as possible. Millennium may also remove personnel (either Contractor or inspection personnel)
from the Project if their performance does not meet the environmental permit and/or contract requirements
or, most importantly, Project and Millenniums compliance expectations. Millennium believes that diligent
administration and enforcement of the terms of the Contract Document will adequately ensure compliance
with the conditions of the Order.
h. Construction Schedule
A schedule for the start of construction and restoration activities, the completion of restoration activities,
and the environmental compliance training of on-site personnel for the Projects facilities is provided in
Attachment D. With filing of the cultural resources addendum report and the Phase I bog turtle habitat
report amendment (Attachment I Privileged and Confidential), all required surveys and reports have been
completed for the facilities associated with this IP.
14
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 7
Millennium shall employ at least one EI per construction spread. The EIs shall be:
a. responsible for monitoring and ensuring compliance with all mitigation measures required by the
Order and other grants, permits, certificates, or other authorizing documents;
b. responsible for evaluating the construction contractors implementation of the environmental
mitigation measures required in the contract (see condition 6 above) and any other authorizing
document;
c. empowered to order the correction of acts that violate the environmental conditions of the Order,
and any other authorizing document;
d. a full-time position, separate from all other activity inspectors;
e. responsible for documenting compliance with the environmental conditions of that Order, as well
as any environmental conditions/permit requirements imposed by other federal, state, or local
agencies; and
f. responsible for maintaining status reports.
Millennium will employ at least one EI for the Project (one construction spread). The EI(s) will be:
a. responsible for monitoring and ensuring compliance with all mitigation measures required by the
Order and other grants, permits, certificates, or other authorizing documents;
b. responsible for evaluating the construction contractors implementation of the environmental
mitigation measures required in the contract (see condition 6 above) and any other authorizing
document;
c. empowered to order the correction of acts that violate the environmental conditions of the Order,
and any other authorizing document;
e. responsible for documenting compliance with the environmental conditions of that Order, as well
as any environmental conditions/permit requirements imposed by other federal, state, or local
agencies; and
15
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 8
Beginning with the filing of its Implementation Plan, Millennium shall file with the Secretary updated
status reports on a bi-weekly basis until all construction and restoration activities are complete.
On request, these status reports will also be provided to other federal and state agencies with
permitting responsibilities. Status reports shall include:
a. an update on Millennium's efforts to obtain the necessary federal authorizations;

b. the construction status of the Project, work planned for the following reporting period, and any
schedule changes for stream crossings or work in other environmentally sensitive areas;
c. a listing of all problems encountered and each instance of noncompliance observed by the EI
during the reporting period (both for the conditions imposed by the Commission and any
environmental conditions or permit requirements imposed by other federal, state, or local
agencies);
d. a description of the corrective actions implemented in response to all instances of noncompliance,
and their cost;
e. the effectiveness of all corrective actions implemented;
f. a description of any landowner or resident complaints that may relate to compliance with the
requirements of the Order and the measures taken to satisfy their concerns; and
g. copies of any correspondence received by Millennium from other federal, state, or local permitting
agencies concerning instances of noncompliance and Millennium's response.
Millennium will file bi-weekly status reports with the Secretary throughout the Project until all construction
and restoration activities are completed. These reports will be made available to other federal and state
agencies with permitting responsibilities upon request. The status reports will address the following
compliance measures:
a. An update on Millenniums efforts to obtain the necessary federal authorizations;
b. The current construction status of the Project, work planned for the following reporting period, and
schedule changes for stream crossings or work in other environmentally sensitive areas;
c. A listing of all problems encountered and each instance of noncompliance observed by the EI
during the reporting period (both for the conditions imposed by the Commission and any
environmental conditions or permit requirements imposed by other federal, state, or local agencies);
d. A description of corrective actions implemented in response to all instances of noncompliance, and
their cost;
e. The effectiveness of all corrective actions implemented;
f. A description of any landowner or resident complaints which may relate to compliance with the
requirements of the Order, and the measures taken to satisfy their concerns; and
g. Copies of any correspondence received by Millennium from other federal, state, or local permitting
agencies concerning instances of noncompliance, and Millenniums response.
16
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Beginning with the filing of this Implementation Plan, Millennium shall file with the Secretary updated
status reports on a bi-weekly basis for the Valley Lateral Project until all construction and restoration
activities are complete.
17
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 9
Prior to receiving written authorization from the Director of OEP to commence construction of any
respective project facilities, Millennium shall file with the Secretary documentation that it has
received all applicable authorizations required under federal law (or evidence of waiver thereof).
Millennium acknowledges that it must receive written authorization from the Director of the OEP before
commencing construction of Project facilities at each location. Millennium has applied for all authorization
required under federal law for the Project.
Millennium has included a summary of the federal authorizations received as of the date of filing this
Implementation Plan, as Attachment E to this Implementation Plan, documenting the status of all applicable
federal permits and approvals by Project facility. Millennium will file these outstanding authorizations
with a subsequent request for notice to proceed with construction activities. Authorizations received to date
are included in Attachment F.
Millennium will request, in writing, authorization from the Director of OEP to commence construction on
the Project facilities once all applicable authorizations required under federal law have been received.
18
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 10
Millennium must shall receive written authorization from the Director of OEP before placing the
Project in to service. Such authorization will only be granted following a determination that
rehabilitation and restoration of the right-of-way and other areas affected by the Project are
proceeding satisfactorily.
Millennium acknowledges that it will not place the Valley Lateral Project facilities into service until the
Director of OEP issues written authorization following a determination that rehabilitation and restoration
of the right-of-way and other areas affected by the Project are proceeding satisfactorily.
19
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 11
Within 30 days of placing the authorized facilities in service, Millennium shall file an affirmative
statement with the Secretary, certified by a senior company official:
a. that the facilities have been constructed or installed in compliance with all applicable conditions
and that continuing activities will be consistent with all applicable conditions; or
b. identifying which of the certificate conditions Millennium has complied with or will comply with.
This statement shall also identify any areas affected by the respective Projects where compliance
measures were not properly implemented, if not previously identified in filed status reports, and
the reason for noncompliance.
Millennium will file an affirmative statement containing the information listed in Conditions 11.a. and 11.b.
within 30 days of placing the certificated facilities in service. This statement will be certified by a senior
Millennium official.
20
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 12
Prior to construction, Millennium shall file with the Secretary, for review and written approval by the
Director of OEP, revised plan and profile drawings for the pipeline crossings of Indigot Creek (MP
2.6) and Catlin Creek (MP 3.9), that demonstrate maintenance of the minimum regulatory burial
depth (49 CFR 195.248) below the estimated scour depth for these waterbodies.
Millennium is providing a revised plan and profile drawing for the pipeline crossing of Indigot Creek (MP
2.6). Indigot Creek (MP 2.6) will be crossed using HDD. An HDD drawing for this crossing, including
plan view and profile, is included in Appendix C as drawing CPV-HDD-005. As depicted in CPV-HDD-
005, the pipeline will be installed with approximately 28 feet of cover over the pipeline beneath the bed of
Indigot Creek, which has an estimated maximum scour depth of 4.76 feet (FERC Accession Number
20160127-5028). As such the minimum regulatory burial depth (49 CFR 195.248) below the estimated
scour depth for this waterbody will be exceeded in this location.
Millennium is providing a plan and profile drawing for the pipeline crossing of Catlin Creek (MP 3.9).
Catlin Creek (MP 3.9) will be crossed using a dry crossing method, either dam and pump or flume. A plan
and profile drawing for this crossing is included in Appendix C on alignment sheet CPV-AS-005. As
depicted on CPV-AS-005 the pipeline will be installed with approximately eight feet of cover over the
pipeline beneath the bed of Catlin Creek (MP 3.9), which has an estimated maximum scour depth of 4.92
feet (FERC Accession Number 20160127-5028). As such the minimum regulatory burial depth (49 CFR
195.248) below the estimated scour depth for this waterbody will be maintained in this location.
21
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 13
Prior to construction, Millennium shall file with the Secretary, documentation of its U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service consultation to determine the need to identify roost trees and any agreed upon
mitigation for habitat loss within the known, occupied range of the Indiana bat.
Millennium continues to coordinate with the USFWS regarding the Indiana bat and submitted additional
information to the USFWS regarding Indiana bat habitat avoidance and mitigation measures on September
1, 2016 (Accession Number 20160901-5278) and is currently awaiting a response. Millennium will file
with the Secretary all agreed upon mitigation measures developed for the Indiana bat in consultation with
the USFWS, and documentation of its correspondence regarding the proposed measures, prior to
construction.
22
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 14
Millennium shall not begin construction of the proposed Project until:
a. Phase 1, and any applicable Phase 2, bog turtle surveys have been completed for all wetlands
within the 300-foot survey corridor and survey concurrence from the USFWS and NYSDEC has
been filed with the Secretary;
b. The FERC staff completes ESA Section 7 consultation with the USFWS for Indiana bat and bog
turtles; and
c. Millennium has received written notification from the Director of OEP that construction and/or
use of mitigation (including implementation of conservation measures) may begin.
Phase I, and applicable Phase II, bog turtle surveys have been completed for all wetlands within the 300-
foot survey corridor, with the exception of one remaining parcel where access was granted after the Phase
II survey period. The survey information has been provided to the USFWS for review and comment. No
response has been received to date. All wetlands with potential bog turtle habitat are being avoided by the
Project.
Millennium acknowledges that it will not begin construction until:
a. Concurrence from the USFWS and NYSDEC has been received and filed with the Secretary
regarding completed surveys.
b. FERC staff publishes notice that it has completed ESA Section 7 consultation with the USFWS for
Indiana bats and bog turtles; and
c. Millennium has received written notification from the Director of OEP that construction and/or use
of mitigation (including implementation of conservation measures) may begin.
23
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 15
Millennium shall not begin construction of facilities and/or use of staging, storage, or temporary work
areas and new or to-be-improved access roads until:
a. Millennium files with the Secretary remaining cultural resources survey report(s); site evaluation
report(s); and avoidance/treatment plan(s), as required; and comments on the cultural resources
reports and plans from SHPO;
b. the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation is afforded an opportunity to comment if historic
properties would be adversely affected; and
c. the FERC staff reviews and the Director of OEP approves the cultural resources reports and plans,
and notifies Millennium in writing that treatment plans/mitigation measures (including
archaeological data recovery) may be implemented and/or construction may proceed.
Millennium filed with the Commission the Phase 1A/1B Archeological Survey Report for the Project in
November 2015 (FERC Accession Number 20151113-5132). Millennium subsequently received
concurrence from SHPO in November 2015 stating no additional archeological work is necessary for the
survey areas addressed in the report. The November 2015 SHPO correspondence was filed with the
Secretary upon receipt (FERC Accession Number 20151125-5023). No avoidance or treatment plans were
requested by SHPO in response to the Phase 1A/1B Survey Report for the Project.
Millennium completed surveys for cultural resources on tracts 08.01.00-OR-NY and 08.02.00-OR-NY in
November 2016 and no cultural or archeological resources were identified. An addendum survey report
(see Attachment I Privileged and Confidential) will be filed with the NYSORHP concurrent with the
filing of this IP. No impacts on cultural or archeological resources are anticipated on tracts 08.01.00-OR-
NY or 08.02.00-OR-NY based on results of the survey.
Millennium will not begin construction of facilities and/or use of staging, storage, or temporary work
areas and new or to-be-improved access roads until:
a. Millennium has requested and received concurrence from SHPO that no further work is required within
tracts 08.01.00-OR-NY and 08.02.00-NY-OR-NY. Millennium will file any concurrence received to
the Secretary prior to commencing construction on these tracts.
b. the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation is afforded an opportunity to comment if historic

properties would be adversely affected; and
c. the FERC staff reviews and the Director of OEP approves the cultural resources reports and plans, and
notifies Millennium in writing that treatment plans/mitigation measures (including archeological data
recovery) may be implemented and/or construction may proceed.
24
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 16
Millennium shall file the following in the biweekly construction status reports:
a. the noise measurements at the nearest NSA, obtained at the start of HDD operations;
b. the noise mitigation that Millennium implemented at the start of drilling operations; and
c. any additional mitigation measures that Millennium would implement if the initial noise
measurements exceeded an Ldn of 55 dBA at the nearest NSA and/or increased noise over ambient
conditions greater than 10dB.
Millennium will file the following in the biweekly construction status reports:
a. the noise measurements at the nearest NSA, obtained at the start of HDD operations;
b. the noise mitigation that Millennium implemented at the start of drilling operations; and
c. any additional mitigation measures that Millennium would implement if the initial noise measurements
exceeded an Ldn of 55 dBA at the nearest NSA and/or increased noise over ambient conditions greater
than 10dB.
25
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
Condition 17
Millennium shall not begin construction of any HDD crossing where the intersect method would be
used until Millennium files with the Secretary a revised noise analysis and mitigation plan for the
review and written approval of the Director of OEP. During drilling operations, Millennium shall
implement the approved plan, monitor noise levels, and make all reasonable efforts to restrict the
noise attributable to the drilling operations to no more than an Ldn of 55 dBA at the NSAs.
Millennium may use the intersect method to construct the pilot hole for HDD 5. The HDD Construction
Noise Assessment associated with the Valley Lateral Project (Noise Assessment) in Attachment G assumes
that entry site equipment may be utilized on both sides of the HDD 5 crossing. During drilling operations,
Millennium will implement noise mitigation measures included in the Noise Assessment, as necessary.
Millennium will monitor noise levels and will make all reasonable efforts to restrict the noise attributable
to the drilling operations to no more than an Ldn of 55 dBA at the NSAs.
26
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT A
Environmental Conditions Compliance Tracking Table
Valley Lateral Project December 2016

DOCKET NO. CP16-17-000
APPENDIX A - ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE TRACKING TABLE
FERC CONDITIONS ANTICIPATED DATE STATUS/CLARIFICATION

SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
1. Millennium shall follow the construction procedures and mitigation measures Complete 12/21/2016 A compliance statement is provided in the
described in its applications and supplements (including responses to staff December 21, 2016 initial Implementation
data requests) and as identified in the Environmental Assessment (EA), Plan filing.
unless modified by the Order. Millennium must:
Millennium has identified, and informed
a. request any modification to these procedures, measures, or conditions the Director and FERC staff regarding
in a filing with the Secretary of the Commission (Secretary); workspace modifications and additions in
b. justify each modification relative to site-specific conditions; the December 21, 2016 Implementation
c. explain how that modification provides an equal or greater level of Plan filing.
environmental protection than the original measure; and
d. receive approval in writing from the Director of the OEP before using
that modification.
2. The Director of OEP has delegated authority to take whatever steps are Complete 12/21/2016 Acknowledgement of Director of OEP
necessary to ensure the protection of all environmental resources during authority is provided in the December 21,
construction and operation of the Project. This authority shall include: 2016 Implementation Plan filing.

b. the design and implementation of any additional measures deemed
necessary (including stop-work authority) to assure continued
compliance with the intent of the environmental conditions as well as
the avoidance or mitigation of adverse environmental impact resulting
from project construction and operation.
3. Prior to any construction, Millennium shall file an affirmative statement with Complete 12/21/2016 Affirmative Statement is provided in the
the Secretary, certified by senior company officials, that all company December 21, 2016 Implementation Plan
personnel, Environmental Inspectors (EIs), and contractor personnel will be filing.
informed of the EI's authority and have been or will be trained on the
implementation of the environmental mitigation measures appropriate to their
jobs before becoming involved with construction and restoration activities.
1|Page Tracking as of 12/20/2016


SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
4. The authorized facility locations shall be as shown in the EA, as Complete 12/21/2016 Millennium has provided updated
supplemented by filed alignment sheets. As soon as they are available, alignment sheets with revised station
and before the start of construction, Millennium shall file with the positions for the proposed facilities in the
Secretary any revised detailed survey alignment maps or sheets at a scale December 21, 2016 Implementation Plan
not smaller than 1:6,000 with station positions for all facilities approved by filing.
the Order. All requests for modifications of environmental conditions of the
Order or site-specific clearances must be written and must reference
locations designated on these alignment maps/sheets.
Millennium's exercise of eminent domain authority granted under NGA

section 7(h) in any condemnation proceedings related to the Order must be
consistent with these authorized facilities and locations. Millennium's right of
eminent domain granted under NGA section 7(h) does not authorize it to
increase the size of its natural gas pipeline to accommodate future needs or
to acquire a right-of-way for a pipeline to transport a commodity other than
natural gas.


SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
5. Millennium shall file with the Secretary detailed alignment maps/sheets and Complete 12/21/2016 Millennium has provided updated
aerial photographs at a scale not smaller than 1:6,000 identifying all route alignment sheets with new facility
realignments or facility relocations, staging areas, pipe storage yards, new modifications in the December 21, 2016
access roads, and other areas that would be used or disturbed that have not Implementation Plan filing.
been previously identified in filings with the Secretary. Approval for use of
each of these areas must be explicitly requested in writing. For each area,
the request must include a description of the existing land use or cover type,
documentation of landowner approval, whether any cultural resources or
federally listed threatened or endangered species would be affected, and
whether any other environmentally sensitive areas are within or abutting the
area. All areas shall be clearly identified on the maps, sheets, or aerial
photographs. Use of each area must be approved in writing by the Director
of OEP before construction in or near that area.
This requirement does not apply to route variations required herein or extra
workspace allowed by the Commissions Upland Erosion Control,
Revegetation and Maintenance Plan or minor field realignments per
landowner needs and requirements that do not affect other landowners or
sensitive environmental areas such as wetlands. Examples of alterations
requiring approval include all route realignments and facility location changes
resulting from:
a. implementation of cultural resources mitigation measures;

b. implementation of endangered, threatened, or special concern species
mitigation measures;
c. recommendations by state regulatory authorities; and
d. agreements with individual landowners that affect other landowners or
could affect sensitive environmental areas.


SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
6. Within 60 days of the acceptance of the Authorization and before 1/23/2016 for e. 12/21/2016 With this filing, Millennium has filed the
construction begins, Millennium shall file an initial Implementation Plan with Implementation Plan dated December 21,
the Secretary for review and written approval by the Director of OEP. 2016 for review and written approval by
Millennium must file revisions to the plan as schedules change. The plan the Director of OEP.
shall identify:
a. how Millennium will implement the construction procedures and

mitigation measures described in its application and supplements
(including responses to staff data requests), identified in the EA, and
required by the Order;
b. how Millennium will incorporate these requirements into the contract bid
documents, construction contracts (especially penalty clauses and
specifications), and construction drawings so that the mitigation
required is clear to on-site construction and inspection personnel;
c. the number of EIs assigned per spread and aboveground facility sites
and how Millennium will ensure that sufficient personnel are available
to implement the environmental mitigation;
d. company personnel, including EIs and contractors, who will receive
copies of the appropriate materials;
e. the location and dates of the environmental compliance training and
instructions Millennium will give to all personnel involved with
construction and restoration (initial and refresher training as the
Projects progress and personnel change);
f. the company personnel and specific portion of Millennium's
organization having responsibility for compliance;
g. the procedures (including use of contract penalties) Millennium will
follow if noncompliance occurs; and
h. for each discrete facility, a Gantt or PERT chart (or similar project
scheduling diagram), and dates for:
(1) the completion of all required surveys and reports;

(2) the environmental compliance training of onsite personnel;
(3) the start of construction; and
(4) the start and completion of restoration.


SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
7. Millennium shall employ at least one EI per construction spread. The EIs Complete 12/21/2016 Millennium has included the requested
shall be: information and compliance statement in
the December 21, 2016 Implementation
a. responsible for monitoring and ensuring compliance with all mitigation Plan
measures required by the Order and other grants, permits, certificates,
or other authorizing documents;
b. responsible for evaluating the construction contractors implementation
of the environmental mitigation measures required in the contract (see
condition 6 above) and any other authorizing document;
c. empowered to order the correction of acts that violate the
environmental conditions of the Order, and any other authorizing
document;
e. responsible for documenting compliance with the environmental
conditions of that Order, as well as any environmental conditions/permit
requirements imposed by other federal, state, or local agencies; and


SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
8. Beginning with the filing of its Implementation Plan, Millennium shall file with Millennium will file the Millennium has included the requested
the Secretary updated status reports on a bi-weekly basis until all required information information and compliance statement in
construction and restoration activities are complete. On request, these on a bi-weekly basis, the December 21, 2016 Implementation
status reports will also be provided to other federal and state agencies with commencing with the Plan filing.
permitting responsibilities. Status reports shall include: submittal of the
December 21, 2016
a. an update on Millennium's efforts to obtain the necessary federal Implementation Plan,
authorizations; and until all
b. the construction status of the Project, work planned for the following construction and
reporting period, and any schedule changes for stream crossings or restoration activities
work in other environmentally sensitive areas; are complete.
c. a listing of all problems encountered and each instance of
noncompliance observed by the EI during the reporting period (both for
the conditions imposed by the Commission and any environmental
conditions or permit requirements imposed by other federal, state, or
local agencies);
d. a description of the corrective actions implemented in response to all
instances of noncompliance, and their cost;
e. the effectiveness of all corrective actions implemented;
f. a description of any landowner or resident complaints that may relate to
compliance with the requirements of the Order and the measures taken
to satisfy their concerns; and
g. copies of any correspondence received by Millennium from other
federal, state, or local permitting agencies concerning instances of
noncompliance and Millennium's response.
9. Prior to receiving written authorization from the Director of OEP to 2/1/2016 Millennium has included a compliance
commence construction of any respective project facilities, Millennium statement in the December 21, 2016
shall file with the Secretary documentation that it has received all applicable Implementation Plan.
authorizations required under federal law (or evidence of waiver thereof).
Anticipated authorizations required under
federal law will be provided to the
Director and FERC staff upon receipt and
prior to commencement of construction.


SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
10. Millennium shall receive written authorization from the Director of OEP Complete 12/21/2016 Millennium has included the requested
before placing the Project in to service. Such authorization will only be information and compliance statement in
granted following a determination that rehabilitation and restoration of the the December 21, 2016 Implementation
right-of-way and other areas affected by the Project are proceeding Plan filing.
satisfactorily.
11. Within 30 days of placing the authorized facilities in service, Millennium Within 30 days of 12/21/2016 Millennium has included the requested
shall file an affirmative statement with the Secretary, certified by a senior placing the authorized information and compliance statement in
company official: facilities in service the December 21, 2016 Implementation
Plan filing.
a. that the facilities have been constructed or installed in compliance with
all applicable conditions and that continuing activities will be consistent
with all applicable conditions; or
b. identifying which of the certificate conditions Millennium has complied
with or will comply with. This statement shall also identify any areas
affected by the respective Projects where compliance measures were
not properly implemented, if not previously identified in filed status
reports, and the reason for noncompliance.
12. Prior to construction, Millennium shall file with the Secretary, for review Complete 12/21/2016 Millennium has included the requested
and written approval by the Director of OEP, revised plan and profile information and compliance statement in
drawings for the pipeline crossings of Indigot Creek (MP 2.6) and Catlin the December 21, 2016 Implementation
Creek (MP 3.9), that demonstrate maintenance of the minimum regulatory Plan filing.
burial depth (49 CFR 195.248) below the estimated scour depth for these
waterbodies.
13. Prior to construction, Millennium shall file with the Secretary, 1/15/2017 Millennium anticipates completion of
documentation of its U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service (FWS) consultation to consultation with the FWS in January
determine the need to identify roost trees and any agreed upon mitigation 2017 and will file the FWS determination
for habitat loss within the known, occupied range of the Indiana bat. and agreed upon mitigation upon receipt.


SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
14. Millennium shall not begin construction of the proposed Project until: 1/15/2016 for b. Millennium has included a compliance
statement in the December 21, 2016
a. Phase 1, and any applicable Phase 2, bog turtle surveys have been Implementation Plan.
completed for all wetlands within the 300-foot survey corridor and
survey concurrence from the FWS and NYSDEC has been filed with A Phase I Bog Turtle Addendum report
the Secretary; for Wetlands W-AP / W-AQ was filed on
b. The FERC staff completes ESA Section 7 consultation with the FWS November 18, 2016. A Phase I Bog
for Indiana bat and bog turtles; and Turtle Addendum report for Wetlands W-
c. Millennium has received written notification from the Director of OEP R, W-S, W-T, and W-U is included in the
that construction and/or use of mitigation (including implementation of December 21, 2016 Implementation Plan
conservation measures) may begin. and has been filed concurrently with FWS
and NYSDEC.
15. Millennium shall not begin construction of facilities and/or use of staging, 1/15/2016 for a. Millennium has included a compliance
storage, or temporary work areas and new or to-be-improved access roads statement in the December 21, 2016
until: Implementation Plan.
a. Millennium files with the Secretary remaining cultural resources survey A cultural resources Addendum report is
report(s); site evaluation report(s); and avoidance/treatment plan(s), as included in the December 21, 2016
required; and comments on the cultural resources reports and plans Implementation Plan and has been filed
from SHPO; concurrently with NYS OPRHP.
b. the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation is afforded an opportunity
to comment if historic properties would be adversely affected; and
c. the FERC staff reviews and the Director of OEP approves the cultural
resources reports and plans, and notifies Millennium in writing that
treatment plans/mitigation measures (including archaeological data
recovery) may be implemented and/or construction may proceed.


SUPPLEMENTAL FILED
FILING DATE
16. Millennium shall file the following in the biweekly construction status Millennium will file the 12/21/2016 Millennium has included the requested
reports: required information information and compliance statement in
in the biweekly the December 21, 2016 Implementation
a. the noise measurements at the nearest NSA, obtained at the start of construction status Plan filing.
HDD operations; reports.
b. the noise mitigation that Millennium implemented at the start of drilling
operations; and
c. any additional mitigation measures that Millennium would implement if
the initial noise measurements exceeded an Ldn of 55 dBA at the
nearest NSA and/or increased noise over ambient conditions greater
than 10dB.
17. Millennium shall not begin construction of any HDD crossing where the Complete 12/21/2016 Millennium has included the requested
intersect method would be used until Millennium files with the Secretary a information and compliance statement in
revised noise analysis and mitigation plan for the review and written the December 21, 2016 Implementation
approval of the Director of OEP. During drilling operations, Millennium shall Plan filing.
implement the approved plan, monitor noise levels, and make all
reasonable efforts to restrict the noise attributable to the drilling operations
to no more than an Ldn of 55 dBA at the NSAs.

Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT B
Affirmative Statement of Environmental Inspector Authority

Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT C1
Revised Project Alignment Sheets
(Submitted Under Separate Cover)
and
Aboveground Facility Plans
(Submitted Under Separate Cover
as Critical Energy Infrastructure Information)

Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT C2
Route, Workspace, and Other Modifications and Proposed Contractor Ware Yards

Table C2 - Millennium Valley Lateral Project

Route, Workspace, Other Modifications and Proposed Pipeyards
Additional Information
Alignment Sheet / Begin / Constr. Existing Land
Station No. Type of Modification / Comments Effects on Cultural Effects on Listed Threatened Sensitive Areas Within
Drawing Number End MP Year Use / Cover Survey Status
Resources or Endangered Species or Abutting the Area
Types
CPV-AS-001 0 + 00 / -4+ 64 0.0 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace type adjustment. Agricultural, Survey complete None Pending Concurrence None
CPV-AS-010 Upland forest
CPV-ARE-001 Comment: Revised Permanent Access Road PAR-01A Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
13652835-M-001 curve radius and associated ATWS 047A, further November 25, 2015 letter
minimizing tree clearing. from NYS OPRHP
CPV-EXH-002 N/A N/A 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace addition. Industrial / Survey complete None Pending Concurrence None
commercial
Comment: Addition of Pipeyard CY-3 in Minisink, Inside study corridor for Submitted to USFWS on
Orange County for office trailer, parking, material the Eastern System October 25, 2016
storage, fabrication. Upgrade, see August 9,
2016 letter from NYS
OPRHP
CPV-AS-001 44+00 46+50 0.83 0.88 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace reduction, construction Wetland Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-G
method change.
Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
Comment: Incorporation of conventional bore, further November 25, 2015 letter
minimizing impacts on NYSDEC Regulated Freshwater from NYS OPRHP
Wetland W-G. No clearing within PFO wetland during
construction. PEM portion of wetland to be matted for
equipment crossing. No post-construction vegetation
management through wetland.
CPV-AS-001 50+00 52+50 0.95 0.99 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace reduction, construction Wetland Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-H
CPV-AS-002 method change.
Wetland W-H. Wetland to be matted for equipment
crossing. No post-construction vegetation management
through wetland.
CPV-AS-003 130 + 00 2.46 2016/2017 Modification: Workspace addition Agricultural Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-R
CPV-ARE-005
Comment: Adjusted TAR-03 to use landowners existing Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
entrance. November 25, 2015 letter
from NYS OPRHP
CPV-AS-003 124 + 14 189 + 00 2.35 3.58 2016 / 2017 Modification: Pipeline alignment shift and removal of Agricultural, Survey complete Pending Concurrence Pending Concurrence Wetland W-R, Indigot
CPV-AS-004 TWS/ATWS along the new HDD path. Wetland, Open Creek, Wetland W-U,
CPV-ARE-006 water, Upland Addendum report to be Addendum report to be Wetland W-AP, Wetland
CPV-HDD-005 Comment: Incorporation of HDD 5, further minimizing forest, Industrial submitted December submitted December 2016 W-AQ, Wetland W-AS
impacts on Indigot Creek and Catlin Creek, wetlands / commercial, 2016 (Wetlands W-R, W-S, W-T, W-
and landowners. Revised associated Temporary Open land U)
Access Road TAR-04 and ATWS 025, 026, 027, 037,
and 038.
CPV-AS-004 158+83 172.51 3.00 3.27 2016 / 2017 Modification: Extension of wetland features. Wetland Survey complete Pending Concurrence Pending Concurrence Wetlands W-AP and W-
AQ
Comment: Extension of wetland complex W-AP / W-AQ Addendum report to be Addendum report submitted
on previously unsurveyed tract 08.02.00-OR-NY submitted December November 18, 2016 (Wetlands
2016 W-AP / W-AQ)
Page 1 of 3

Types
CPV-AS-004 195+00 to 197+00 3.69 3.73 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace reduction, construction Wetland Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-AV
method change.
Wetland W-AV. No clearing within PSS wetland during
construction. Wetland to be matted for equipment
crossing. No post-construction vegetation management
through wetland.
CPV-AS-005 205+00 3.88 2016 / 2017 Modification: Depth of cover change. Stream Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Stream St-S
Comment: Increased depth of cover to eight feet to Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
ensure protection from scour post-construction. November 25, 2015 letter
from NYS OPRHP
CPV-AS-005 212 + 54 240 + 24 4.03 4.55 2016 / 2017 Modification: Pipeline alignment shift and removal of Agricultural, Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Catlin Creek, Wetland
CPV-AS-006 TWS/ATWS along the new HDD path. Open water, W-AL, Wetland W-AI
CPV-ARE-008 Upland forest, Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
CPV-HDD-004 Comment: Incorporation of HDD 4, further minimizing Wetland, Open November 25, 2015 letter
impacts on Catlin Creek and forested wetlands and land from NYS OPRHP
revised associated Temporary Access Road TAR-06
and ATWS 046A, 046B, 049, and 050.
CPV-AS-006 279 + 49 281 + 09 5.29 5.32 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace reduction, workspace addition Wetland, Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-V
Upland forest
Comment: Incorporation of conventional bore, further Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
minimizing impacts on NYSDEC Regulated Freshwater November 25, 2015 letter
Wetland W-V and including the addition of ATWS 081 from NYS OPRHP
and 082.
CPV-EXH-003 N/A N/A 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace addition Agricultural, Survey complete None Pending Concurrence None
Open water
Comment: Water sourcea for the Project identified: Inside study corridor for Submitted to USFWS on
private pond north of Route 6 in Greenville, Orange the Eastern System October 26, 2016
County. Addition of temporary access road TAR-11. Upgrade, see August 9,
2016 letter from NYS
OPRHP
CPV-ARE-012 380+16 7.20 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace addition. Agricultural Survey complete None Pending Concurrence None
CPV-AS-009
Comment: Added TAR-012 for access to the I-84 HDD Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
workspace. November 25, 2015 letter
from NYS OPRHP
CPV-EXH-001 N/A N/A 2016 / 2017 Modification: New Drawing Commercial / Survey complete None Pending Concurrence None
Industrial
Comment: Added a drawing for Pipeyard CY-1, not Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
included in original drawing set. November 25, 2015 letter
from NYS OPRHP
Page 2 of 3

Types
CPV-AS-009 N/A N/A 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace addition, workspace removal Commercial / Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-AH
CPV-AS-010 Industrial
13652835-M-002 Comment: Removed TAR 10. Merged into ATWS 074 Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
and adjusted shape. Revised location of ATWS 079. November 25, 2015 letter
from NYS OPRHP
CPV-AS-009 N/A N/A 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace shift Commercial / Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-AH
CPV-AS-010 Industrial Stream St-AH
13652835-M-003 Comment: Shifted PAR-02 alignment to conform with Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
as-built conditions on the CPV Energy Center property. November 25, 2015 letter
from NYS OPRHP
CPV-AS-009 N/A N/A 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace addition, workspace shift Commercial / Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-AH
13652835-M-003 Comment: Shifted ATWS 075 and 076 and adjusted Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
boundary, connected ATWS 075 to PAR-02. Revised November 25, 2015 letter
to conform with as-built conditions on the CPV Energy from NYS OPRHP
Center property.
CPV-AS-009 N/A N/A 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace shift Commercial / Survey complete None Pending Concurrence Wetland W-AH
13652835-M-003 Comment: Shifted meter station piping to confirm to as- Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
built conditions on the CPV Energy Center property. November 25, 2015 letter
from NYS OPRHP
CPV-AS-009 N/A 7.8 2016 / 2017 Modification: Workspace addition. Industrial / Survey complete None Pending Concurrence None
CPV-AS-010 commercial
13652835-M-003 Comment: Increased size of ATWS 077, required for Inside study corridor, see Inside study corridor
construction of meter station. November 25, 2015 letter
from NYS OPRHP
NOTES:
a: Pond WB-04 is also proposed as a water withdrawal source for Millenniums Eastern System Upgrade (ESU). Pond WB-04 is not a NYSDEC protected waterbody. There will be no impact on the waterbody bank other than for placement of a screened intake hose. No
clearing is required for the water withdrawal activity.
Page 3 of 3
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT D
Project Schedule

Valley Lateral Project - Schedule Overview
ID TaskName Start Finish 2016 2017

May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct N
1 Valley Lateral Pipeline Wed 2/15/17 Sun 10/1/17
2 i. The completion of all Fri 5/1/15 Sat 12/31/16
required surveys and
3 ii. The environmental Mon 2/13/17 Mon 2/13/17
compliance training of onsite
personnel (2017)
4 iii. Construction Wed 2/15/17 Sun 7/30/17
5 iv. Restoration Sat 4/8/17 Sun 10/1/17
6 Tap Valve Mon 4/10/17 Fri 4/28/17
7 i. The completion of all Fri 5/1/15 Fri 11/13/15
personnel (2017)
9 iii. Construction Mon 4/10/17 Mon 4/17/17
10 iv. Restoration Mon 4/17/17 Fri 4/28/17
11 Pig Launcher Tue 4/4/17 Sun 7/16/17
personnel (2017)
14 iii. Construction Tue 4/4/17 Thu 6/15/17
15 iv. Restoration Fri 6/16/17 Sun 7/16/17
16 Pig Reciever Tue 4/4/17 Sun 7/16/17
personnel (2017)
19 iii. Construction Tue 4/4/17 Thu 6/15/17
20 iv. Restoration Fri 6/16/17 Sun 7/16/17
21 Meter Station Wed 2/1/17 Tue 8/1/17
personnel (2017)
24 iii. Construction Wed 2/1/17 Sat 7/1/17
25 iv. Restoration Sat 7/1/17 Tue 8/1/17
Task ProjectSummary InactiveMilestone ManualSummaryRollup Deadline

Split ExternalTasks InactiveSummary ManualSummary Progress
ValleyLateralProject
Milestone ExternalMilestone ManualTask Startonly ManualProgress
Summary InactiveTask Durationonly Finishonly
1of1
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT E
Federal Authorization Status

TABLE E
Valley Lateral Project - Permits and Approvals
Agency and Contact Information Permit/Consultation Submittal Date Status
FEDERAL
FERC Certificate of Public Convenience November 2015 Order Denying Motion to Dismiss
and Necessity under Section 7(c) of and Issuing Certificate issued on
the Natural Gas Act November 9, 2016.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Nationwide Permit - Section 404 of November 2015
Pending approval
New York District the Clean Water Act (CWA)
U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service Consultation - Section 7 USFWS IPaC Pending concurrence
New York Ecological Services Field Endangered Species Act package Submitted
Office November 2015
Consultation - Migratory Bird Treaty
Act and Bald and Golden Eagle Addendum report
Protection Act filed November 18,
2016
Addendum report
filed December 21,
2016
Page 1 of 3
TABLE E
NEW YORK
New York State Department of Section 401 Water Quality November 2015 Pending approval
Environmental Conservation (NYSDEC) Certification
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers November 2015

(USACE)/NYSDEC Joint Permit
Application
-Freshwater Wetlands Permit
(Article 24)
-Protection of Waters Permit
(Article 15)
SPDES Permit for Construction February 2016

Activities and Stormwater Pollution
Prevention Plan
New York Natural Heritage Program Consultation State listed species April 2015 Complete
Species list received June 2015

New York Bureau of Parks, Recreation, Consultation Section 106 Phase I survey Clearance for surveyed parcels
and Historic Preservation National Historic Preservation Act report filed received November 2015.
November 2015
Clearance for last two parcels
Addendum report anticipated January 2017.
filed December 21,
2016
New York State Department of Consultation April 2015 Complete
Agriculture and Markets
New York State Department of Accommodation of Utilities within September 2016 Pending approval
Transportation State Highway Right-of-Way
Page 2 of 3
TABLE E
Orange County Department of Public Permit Work within County Right- September 2016 Pending approval
Works of-Way
Town of Wawayanda Stormwater Pollution Prevention February 2016 MS4 Acceptance form signed. Issue
Plan of permit pending NYSDEC
approving coverage of the Project
under the SPDES Permit for
Construction Activities.
Page 3 of 3
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT F
Project Correspondence
- MS4 SWPPP Acceptance Form Town of Wawayanda
- New York State Office of Parks Recreation and Historic Preservation Clearance
- Stormwater Permit Town of Wawayanda [To be provided upon receipt]
- U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Clearance [To be provided upon receipt]
- USACE New York District Nationwide Permit 12 [To be provided upon receipt]
- 401 Water Quality [To be provided upon receipt]
- New York Freshwater Wetlands and Protection of Waters [To be provided upon receipt]
- SPDES Construction Stormwater General Permit [To be provided upon receipt]
- NYSDOT Right-of-way [To be provided upon receipt]
- Orange County Right-of-way Road Permits [To be provided upon receipt]

ANDREW M. CUOMO ROSE HARVEY

Governor Commissioner
November 24, 2015
Mr. Timothy Sara

Program Manager Archaeology
TRC Environmental Corp.
4425 Forbes Blvd
Suite B
Lanham, MD 20706
Re: FERC
Millennium CPV Valley Lateral
Minisink and Wawayanda, Orange County, NY
15PR06586
FERC Docket No. PF15-23-000
Dear Mr. Sara:
Thank you for requesting the comments of the New York State Historic Preservation Office
(SHPO). We have reviewed the submitted materials in accordance with Section 106 of the
National Historic Preservation Act of 1966. These comments are those of the SHPO and relate
only to Historic/Cultural resources. They do not include other environmental impacts to New
York State Parkland that may be involved in or near your project. Such impacts must be
considered as part of the environmental review of the project pursuant to the National
Environmental Policy Act and/or the State Environmental Quality Review Act (New York State
Environmental Conservation Law Article 8).
I have reviewed the report entitled Phase IA/IB Archaeological Survey of the Valley Lateral
Project, Towns of Minisink and Wawayanda, Orange County, New York (November 2015). No
sites were identified that are eligible for the National Register of Historic Places. SHPO
concurs with the report recommendation that no additional archaeological work is necessary for
the survey areas that are addressed in the report.
If further correspondence is required regarding this project, please refer to the OPRHP Project
Review (PR) number noted above. If you have any questions I can be reached at 518-268-
2186.
Sincerely,
Tim Lloyd, Ph.D., RPA

Scientist - Archaeology
timothy.lloyd@parks.ny.gov via e-mail only
Division for Historic Preservation
P.O. Box 189, Waterford, New York 12188-0189 (518) 237-8643 www.nysparks.com
ANDREW M. CUOMO ROSE HARVEY

Governor Commissioner
August 09, 2016
Mr. Timothy Sara

Program Manager, Cultural Resources
TRC Environmental Corp.
4425 Forbes Blvd, Suite B
Lanham, MD 20706
Re: FERC
Eastern System Upgrade Project
Sullivan, Delaware, Rockland, and Orange Counties, NY
16PR00550
PF16-3-000
Dear Mr. Sara:
Thank you for requesting the comments of the New York State Historic Preservation Office
(SHPO). We have reviewed the submitted materials in accordance with Section 106 of the
National Historic Preservation Act of 1966. These comments are those of the SHPO and relate
only to Historic/Cultural resources. They do not include other environmental impacts to New
York State Parkland that may be involved in or near your project. Such impacts must be
considered as part of the environmental review of the project pursuant to the National
Environmental Policy Act and/or the State Environmental Quality Review Act (New York State
Environmental Conservation Law Article 8).
We have reviewed the report entitled, Revised Phase IA/IB Archaeological Survey of the
Eastern System Upgrade Project, Orange, Sullivan, and Delaware Counties, New York (July
2016). A total of seven archaeological sites were identified during the survey, listed below with
SHPOs Unique Site Number (USN), TRCs designation, and TRCs recommendation.
SHPO USN TRC Designation TRC Recommendation

07107.000041 MRE-TRC-1 Avoid or Phase II evaluation
07107.000042 MRE-IF-1 Not eligible, no additional work
07105.000142 MRE-IF-9 Not eligible, no additional work
07105.000146 MRE-TRC-6 Not eligible, no additional work

Mr. Timothy Sara

August 09, 2016
Page 2
SHPO concurs with TRCs recommendations that the following three sites do not meet the
eligibility criteria of the State and/or National Registers of Historic Places (S/NRHP), and no
additional archaeological work is necessary: 07107.00042, 07105.000142, and 07105.000146.
TRCs archaeological survey report states that the following sites are outside of the projects
current proposed area of potential effect (APE): 07107.000041, 07107.000043, and
07105.000147. It is SHPOs opinion that there is insufficient information regarding these three
sites to assess their potential eligibility for the S/NRHP. If project plans change such that any
of these sites will be impacted, then SHPO concurs with TRCs recommendation that a Phase
II evaluation(s) be conducted to assess the sites potential eligibility. SHPO also concurs with
TRCs recommendation that protective fencing be placed around Site 07107.000041 to prevent
inadvertent project-related impacts.
TRCs archaeological report states that Site 07105.000148 is within the projects APE. It is
SHPOs opinion that there is insufficient information regarding this site to assess its potential
eligibility for the S/NRHP. TRCs report presents an avoidance plan that consists of the use of
protective matting. SHPO concurs with this plan as a means of avoiding impacts to the site. If
impacts to the site cannot be avoided, then SHPO concurs with TRCs recommendation that a
Phase II evaluation be conducted to assess the sites potential eligibility.
If further correspondence is required regarding this project, please refer to the OPRHP Project
Review (PR) number noted above. If you have any questions I can be reached at 518-268-
2186.
Sincerely,
Tim Lloyd, Ph.D., RPA

Scientist - Archaeology
timothy.lloyd@parks.ny.gov via e-mail only

Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT G
Updated Noise Analysis Reports and Mitigation Plans

11391 MEADOWGLEN, SUITE I

HOOVER ACOUSTICS & HOUSTON, TEXAS 7 7 082
(281)4 96-987 6 FAX: (281)4 96-0016
& KEITH NOISE CONTROL
37 685 BAY WOOD
INC. ENGINEERING FARMINGTON HILLS, MICHIGAN 4 8335
(24 8)4 7 3-87 22 FAX: (24 8)4 7 3-87 85
Subject: HDD Construction Noise Assessment associated with the Valley Lateral
Project
Prepared for: Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
H&K Report No. 3314 / H&K Job No. 4951

Date of Report: December 9, 2016
Submitted by: Brian R. Hellebuyck, P.E., Hoover & Keith Inc. (H&K)
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The following report provides the results of an acoustical assessment of five horizontal directional
drilling (HDD) sites associated with the Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. (Millennium)
Valley Lateral Project (Project). The HDD construction technique is an alternative to traditional
"open cut" construction and is itself an "environmental mitigative measure" for avoiding foreign
pipelines, utilities and water bodies. The purpose of the acoustical assessment is to estimate the
sound contribution of drilling operations at the closest noise-sensitive areas (NSAs), such as
residences, schools or hospitals, and present noise mitigation measures to minimize the noise
impact of HDD activities if warranted.
2.0 SOUND CRITERIA and WORK SCHEDULE
A 55 dBA Ldn sound level contribution, resulting from HDD drilling operations, at nearby NSAs is
typically utilized by the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) as a guideline and/or
criteria when HDD operations could be employed for a 24-hour workday. For 24-hour HDD drilling
activities, FERC also requires mitigation measures to minimize the noise impact of 24-hour HDD
activities.
Town of Wayawanda
The Town of Wawayanda includes a noise standard within the zoning ordinance (Chapter 195 of
the Town Code). The ordinance states that noise from commercial or industrial properties shall
not exceed 65 dBA when measured 100 feet from the boundary of the property from which the
sound originates. In addition, there are numerous references to excessive noise throughout the
Town Code. These references, when taken in conglomeration, provide a general, nuisance type
noise ordinance which prohibits any person from making, continuing or causing loud, unnecessary
or unusual noise which annoys, disturbs, injures or endangers the comfort, repose, health, safety
of others in the Town of Wawayanda.
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. Hoover & Keith Inc.

Valley Lateral Project H&K Job No. 4951
HDD Construction Noise Assessment H&K Report No. 3314 (12/09/16)
No limitations regarding allowable hours of construction were identified 1.
Town of Minisink
No noise ordinances or limitations on allowable hours of construction were identified for the Town
of Minisink2.
Work Schedule
Millennium intends to employ a 24-hour per day HDD construction schedule for the Project HDDs.
For the readers information, a summary of applicable acoustical terminology in this report and
description of typical metrics used to measure/regulate environmental noise is provided on page
D-1.
3.0 DESCRIPTION OF HDD SITES
Figure 1 (p. A-1) depicts the general location of the project HDDs. Figures 2-6 (pp. A-2 to A-6)
provide an area layout around the HDD crossings with the HDD entry and exit points and the
closest NSAs. The following Table A summarizes the observed nearby NSAs to each HDD
entry/exit point, the distance/direction of the nearby (closest) NSAs and observed obstructions
between the HDD site and the respective NSA that could provide additional attenuation of the
HDD noise.
1, 2 Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. Draft Resource Report 9, Air and Noise Quality. August 2015.
-2-

HDD No. Entry or Approx. NSA and Distance & Obstructions Ref.
Exit Point Distance Type of NSA Direction of between NSA & Figure in
from Closest NSA HDD Report
Entry to
Exit Sites
NSA #1 Minimal shielding by Fig. 2

Entry 350 ft. NW
(Residence) foliage (p. A-2)
HDD #1 2,800 ft.
NSA #2 Some shielding by Fig. 2
Exit 800 ft. NW
(Residences) foliage and terrain (p. A-2)
NSA #1 Shielded by foliage Fig. 3
Entry 1,050 ft. SW
(Residences) and terrain (p. A-3)
HDD #2 2,700 ft.
NSA #2 Fig. 3
Exit 350 ft. W Clear line of sight
(Residences) (p. A-3)
NSA #1 Some shielding by Fig. 4
Entry 200 ft. E
(Residences) foliage (p. A-4)
HDD #3 2,600 ft.
NSA #2 Fig. 4
Exit 1,400 ft. SE Shielded by foliage
NSA #1 Shielded by terrain Fig. 5
Entry 950 ft. NE
(Residences) and foliage (p. A-5)
HDD #4 3,700 ft.
NSA #2 Shielded by terrain Fig. 5
Exit 1,450 ft. E
(Residence) and foliage (p. A-5)
NSA #1 Fig. 6
Entry/Exit 500 ft. S Shielded by terrain
HDD #5 5,500 ft.
NSA #2 Mostly clear line of Fig. 6
Entry/Exit 1,500 ft. SE
(Residences) sight (p. A-6)
Table A: Valley Lateral Project HDDs - Distance/Direction of the Closest NSA(s) within mile to each
Respective HDD Entry/Exit Site and Other Related Information
4.0 AMBIENT SOUND SURVEYS AND MEASUREMENT METHODOLOGY
Ambient sound measurements and verification of the NSAs around the HDD site were performed
by Hoover & Keith in October 2015, January 2016 and July 2016. Ambient sound levels were
measured near the closest NSA(s) to each respective HDD site. Ambient sound level data, for
each HDD site is provided on pp. C-1 to C-10.
5.0 ACOUSTICAL ASSESSMENT AND HDD EQUIPMENT
The spreadsheet analyses (i.e., acoustical calculations) of the estimated A-wt. sound level
contributed by the HDD operations during peak operating conditions associated with the HDD
sites at the closest NSA are provided in Tables 1 10 (pp. B-1 to B-4). For those HDD sites (i.e.,
entry or exit location) in closer proximity to residences, the acoustical assessment predicts the
noise contribution of HDD operations if additional noise mitigation measures are employed. For
reference, a description of the acoustical analysis methodology and the source of sound data are
provided on pages B-4 & B-5.
-3-

The following denotes the typical equipment at the HDD or direct pipe entry site and most of the
listed equipment are considered noise sources associated with drilling operations:
Drilling rig and engine-driven hydraulic power unit (i.e., most significant noise source); for the
direct pipe method, the :drilling rig is defined as a tunneling machine, which also includes a
hydraulic power unit powered by an enclosed generator;
Engine-driven mud pump(s) and other engine-driven generator set(s);
Mud mixing/cleaning equipment and associated fluid systems shale shakers;
Crane, backhoe, front loader, forklift and/or truck(s); and
Frac tanks (i.e., water & drilling mud storage); and
Engine-driven light plants (nighttime operation).
The following denotes the typical equipment at the HDD exit side and most of the listed equipment
are considered noise sources, noting that the noise generated at the HDD exit side is significantly
lower than the noise generated at the entry side:
Backhoe, side boom, backhoe and/or trucks;

Possibly one (1) engine-driven generator set and one (1) small engine-driven pump;
Engine-driven light plants (used for nighttime operation).
The following Table B summarizes the estimated sound level (Ldn) of drilling operations at the
closest NSA(s) to each respective HDD site. The Site Specific Noise Mitigation Plans in
Section 7.0 summarizes each HDD and depicts where added noise mitigation measures and/or
administrative actions are to be employed by Millennium.
-4-

HDD No. Entry or Distance & Calc'd Peak Calc'd Peak Meas'd Total Ldn of Increase Ref. Table
Exit Direction of Ldn due to Ldn due to Ambient HDD + above in Report
Point Closest NSA HDD (w/o HDD (w/ Ldn Ambient Ambient
added added Ldn
noise noise
control control
measures) measures)
(dBA) (dBA) (dBA) (dB)

Tab. 1
Entry 350 ft. NW 70.4 57.1 47.5 57.5 10.0
(p. B-1)
HDD #1
Tab. 2
Exit 800 ft. NW 48.0 --- 49.3 51.7 2.4
(p. B-1)
Tab. 3
Entry 1,050 ft. SW 52.7 --- 58.5 59.5 1.0
(p. B-1)
HDD #2
Tab. 4
Exit 350 ft. W 60.1 48.8 56.4 57.1 0.7
(p. B-2)
Tab. 5
Entry 200 ft. E 72.9 59.4 53.3 60.4 7.1
(p. B-2)
HDD #3
Tab. 6
Exit 1,400 ft. SE 42.3 --- 57.6 57.7 0.1
(p. B-2)
Tab. 7
Entry 950 ft. NE 52.5 --- 47.9 53.8 5.9
(p. B-3)
HDD #4
Tab. 8
Exit 1,450 ft. E 41.9 --- 43.2 45.6 2.4
(p. B-3)
Tab. 9
Entry/Exit 500 ft. S 62.8 49.5 40.1 49.9 9.8
(p. B-3)
HDD #5
Tab. 10
Entry/Exit 1,500 ft. SE 51.4 --- 42.7 51.9 9.3
(p. B-4)
Table B: Valley Lateral Project HDDs - Summary of Estd Sound Level Contribution (Leq) of the HDD Sites
within mile, including the assessment of Added Noise Mitigation Measures for HDD Sites in
closer proximity to adjacent NSAs
6.0 GENERAL NOISE MITIGATION MEASURES / OPTIONS
The following summarizes some potential noise mitigation measures/options that could be
employed at the HDD entry and/or exit site. Note that employing full temporary enclosures for
primary equipment (e.g., hydraulic power unit) may not be feasible due to equipment cooling
requirements and associated costs.
Employ a temporary noise barrier around the workspace associated with the HDD entry site,
which could be constructed of -in. thick plywood panels (e.g., 14-16-ft. high), or equal
sound barrier system, installed around 2 or 3 sides of the HDD workspace; as an alternative
to a workspace barrier, mud tanks, equipment trailers, etc. could be strategically arranged
with an additional barrier system as required;
Employ hospitalgrade exhaust silencers on all engines in conjunction with any of the site
HDD equipment (e.g., generators, pumps & hydraulic power unit);
-5-

Partial noise barrier or enclosure around the hydraulic power unit and engine-driven pumps
(e.g., cover sides and roof of equipment with an acoustically-lined plywood barrier system);
Employ a partial noise barrier around any engine jacket-water (JW) coolers;
Install a partial barrier or partial enclosure around the mud mixing/cleaning system;
Relocation of specific equipment (e.g., remotely relocate mud rig);
Employ low-noise generators (i.e., designed with a factory acoustical enclosure);
For an HDD exit site, the most practical noise mitigation method is to employ a temporary
noise barrier at the workspace (i.e., between the site equipment and the closest NSAs), since
HDD exit sites include mostly mobile operating equipment;
As a possible alternative to noise mitigation to achieve the sound criterion at NSA(s) that are
relatively close to the HDD sites (e.g., residences 100 to 300 feet of an HDD entry site), prior
to operation of HDD activities, temporary housing or equivalent monetary compensation could
be discussed and/or offered to the nearby land owner(s).
7.0 SITE SPECIFIC NOISE MITIGATION PLANS
The following section summarizes each HDD and discusses specific noise mitigation measures
for each respective HDD that Millennium intends to implement, and Millennium intends to
implement the listed mitigation measures that were assumed for the noise model. Note that for all
HDD sites, a residentialgrade exhaust silencer shall be employed on all engines associated with
the site equipment (e.g., generators, pumps & hydraulic power unit).
Work Schedule
Millennium intends to employ a 24-hour per day HDD construction schedule for the Project HDDs.
7.1 HDD #1
Entry Side
The closest NSA (NSA #1) is a single house that is 350 ft. NW of the entry point and there is
limited foliage and trees between the entry point and NSA #1. The next closest NSAs are multiple
residences approximately 800 to 900 feet NW to NE of the entry site. The estimated peak HDD
sound levels at NSA #1, with the following additional mitigation measures are as follows:
Assumed Noise Mitigation Measures

16 ft. high barrier on 2 sides of the entry site equipment (i.e., northwest and northeast
sides).
Estimated Peak Sound Levels

24-hour Operation: 57.1 dBA Ldn
Daytime Only Operation: 50.7 dBA
-6-

In summary, the acoustical assessment indicates that the noise of HDD operations at the HDD #1
entry site will exceed the 55 dBA Ldn sound level criterion, for 24-hour Operations, at the closest
NSAs even if additional noise mitigation measures are employed. With respect to 24-hour or
daytime only Operations, Millennium will determine with the selected HDD contractor what hours
will be worked at a later date upon receipt of HDD contractor proposals. Millennium may also
explore temporary relocation for the single residence at NSA #1.
Exit Side
The closest NSA (NSA #2) are 2 houses that are 800 ft. NW of the exit point and there is some
shielding from foliage and terrain between the exit point and NSA #2. Additional residences are
located at 1,000 to 1,000 ft. in the NW to N direction. The estimated peak HDD sound levels at
NSA #2, with no additional mitigation measures are as follows:

Daytime Only Operation: 41.6 dBA
The results of the analysis indicates that the estimated Ldn sound level for 24-hour Operation
meets the FERC guideline of 55 dBA Ldn for a 24 hour drilling schedule at the exit site.
7.2 HDD #2
Entry Side
The closest NSA (NSA #1) are 2 residences 1,050 ft. SW of the entry point and there is significant
shielding by terrain and shielding by foliage between the entry point and NSA #1. NSA #1 is also
directly adjacent to I-84. The next closest residences are located significantly further from the
entry point. The estimated peak HDD sound levels at NSA #1, with no additional mitigation
measures are as follows:

meets the FERC guideline of 55 dBA Ldn for a 24 hour drilling schedule at the entry site.
Exit Side
The closest NSA (NSA #2) is a single residence 350 ft. W of the exit point and there is a clear line
of sight between the exit point and NSA #2. The next closest NSAs are 3 additional residences
approximately 450 ft. SW to N of the exit point. The estimated peak HDD sound levels at NSA #2,
with the following additional mitigation measures are as follows:
-7-


16 ft. high barrier on 2-1/2 sides of the exit site equipment (i.e., southwest and northwest
and of the northeast sides).

7.3 HDD #3
Entry Side
The closest NSA (NSA #1) is a single residence approximately 200 ft. E of the entry point, and
there is some shielding by foliage between entry point and NSA #1. Additional NSAs are located
at 500 to 600 feet in the NW, E and SE directions. The estimated peak HDD sound levels at NSA
#1, with the following additional mitigation measures are as follows:

16 ft. high barrier on 3 sides of the entry site equipment (i.e., northwest, northeast and
southeast sides).

exceeds the FERC guideline of 55 dBA Ldn for a 24 hour drilling schedule at the entry point.
Additional noise control measures and noise control strategies will continue to be developed for
the HDD #3 entry side, which may include compensation for temporary relocation during the HDD
crossing activity.
Exit Side
The closest NSA (NSA #2) are multiple houses approximately 1,400 ft. SE of the exit point and
there is significant foliage and trees between the exit point and NSA #2. The estimated peak HDD
sound levels at NSA #2, with no additional mitigation measures are as follows:

-8-

7.4 HDD #4
Entry Side
The closest NSA (NSA #1) is a single residence 950 ft. NE of the entry point and there is
significant shielding by terrain and shielding by foliage between the entry point and NSA #1. The
next closest residences are in the E-NE direction approximately 1,200 ft. of the entry point and
there is significant shielding by terrain and foliage for those NSAs also. The estimated peak HDD
sound levels at NSA #1, with no additional mitigation measures are as follows:

Exit Side
The closest NSA (NSA #2) is a single residence 1,450 ft. E of the exit point and there is shielding
by terrain and shielding by foliage between the exit point and NSA #2. The next closest NSAs are
residences significantly further in the E and NW directions. The estimated peak HDD sound
levels at NSA #2, with no additional mitigation measures are as follows:

7.5 HDD #5
The HDD #5 pilot hole may be constructed with the intersect method (i.e., drill rigs on both sides
until the pilot hole is established). Upon installation of the pilot hole, the HDD will then be reamed
and pulled back from the HDD #5 Site that is SW of NY 284. Therefore, the construction noise
assessment assumes that Entry Site equipment may be utilized on both sides of the HDD
crossing.
-9-

Entry / Exit Side (SW of NY 284)
The closest NSA (NSA #1) are two residences approximately 500 ft. S of the entry / exit point and
there is shielding by terrain between the entry / exit point and NSA #1. The next closest
residences are 1,500 ft. SW of the entry / exit point. The estimated peak HDD sound levels at
NSA #1, with the following additional mitigation measures are as follows:

16 ft. high barrier on 2 sides of the entry site equipment (i.e., southeast and southwest
sides).

meets the FERC guideline of 55 dBA Ldn for a 24 hour drilling schedule at the entry / exit site.
Entry/Exit Side (NE of Lime Kiln Road)
The closest NSA (NSA #2) are multiple residences approximately 1,500 ft. SE of the entry / exit
point, and there is a mostly clear line of sight between the entry / exit point and NSA #2. The
estimated peak HDD sound levels at NSA #2, with no additional mitigation measures are as
follows:

meets the FERC guideline of 55 dBA Ldn for a 24 hour drilling schedule at the entry / exit site.
-10-

METER
STATION
I-84
HDD 2
HWY.6
HWY.6
HDD 3
NY 284
RIDGEBURY
HDD 5 RD
HDD 4
N
HDD 1
Figure 1: Valley Lateral Project HDD Key Map
A-1

POS.1
NSA#1 SR 22
GREGORY 350'
RD HDD #1
ENTRY
POINT
POS.2
NSA#2
SR 284
800'
HDD #1
EXIT
POINT
LEGEND
- NONRESIDENTIAL BUILDING
- HOUSE OR MOBILE HOME
NSA - NOISE SENSITIVE AREA
- MEASUREMENT POSITION
- TREES OR HEAVY FOLIAGE
APPROXIMATE SCALE IN FEET
0 500 1000 2000
Figure 2: HDD #1: Area Layout Showing the location of HDD Crossing, HDD Entry/Exit Location
and nearby NSAs
A-2

HWY.6
HDD #2
ENTRY
POINT
1050'
I-84
NSA#1
POS.1
POS.2
NSA#2
350'
HDD #2
EXIT
POINT
LEGEND
- NONRESIDENTIAL BUILDING DEBLOCK RD
0 500 1000 2000
and nearby NSAs
A-3

HDD #3
EXIT
POINT
RIDGEBURY HESELTON
1400'
HILL RD RD
NSA#2
POS.2
POS.1
HDD #3
ENTRY
NSA#1
POINT (200' E)
RIDGEBURY RD
LEGEND
0 500 1000 2000
and nearby NSAs
A-4

N PRIVATE RD
NSA#1
HDD #4
ENTRY POS.1
POS.2 POINT
(AT REAR AREA 950'
OF STORAGE
FACILITY)
NY 284
HDD #4
EXIT
POINT
RIDGEBURY
RD
1450' NSA#2
LEGEND
NSA- NOISE SENSITIVE AREA
0 600 1200 2400
and nearby NSAs
A-5

HDD #5
ENTRY / EXIT
POINT
1500'
NSA#2
NY 284 POS.2
RIDGEBURY
RD
LIME KILN RD
HDD #5
ENTRY / EXIT
POINT
500' POS.1
SR 22
LEGEND
NSA#1 - MEASUREMENT POSITION
NSA- NOISE SENSITIVE AREA
0 600 1200 2400
and nearby NSAs
A-6

Dist. (Ft) or Noise Source and Other Conditions/Factors SPL or PWL in dB Per Octave-Band Center Freq. (Hz) A-Wt.
Calculation associated with Acoustical Analysis 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Level
Peak PWL of HDD Operation at an Entry Point 118 115 112 114 112 109 108 106 98 115
Attenuation by Foliage and/or Land Contour 0 0 0 0 -1 -2 -3 -3 -3
350 Hemispherical Radiation -49 -49 -49 -49 -49 -49 -49 -49 -49 Calc'd
350 Atm. Absorption (70% R.H., 60 deg F) 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -1 -3 -5 Ldn
Est'd Total Sound Contribution with No Additional NC 69 66 63 65 62 58 55 52 42 64.0 70.4
Ambient Sound Level 47.5
Sound Contribution of HDD plus Ambient Level 70.4
Potential Increase above the Ambient Sound Level (dB) 22.9
Attenuation due to Added Noise Mitigation Measures -4 -6 -8 -10 -14 -16 -16 -16 -16
Est'd Sound Level of HDD + Added Mitigation Measures 65 60 55 55 48 42 39 36 26 50.7 57.1
Table 1: HDD #1: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #1; Residence 350 ft. NW of Entry Point)
including Sound Level with Additional Noise Mitigation Measures Employed (i.e., Noise Barrier around HDD Site)
Peak PWL of HDD Operation at an Exit Point 110 108 105 102 100 98 95 92 88 103
Attenuation by Foliage and/or Land Contour 0 -1 -2 -3 -4 -5 -5 -5 -5
800 Atm. Absorption (70% R.H., 60 deg F) 0 0 0 0 -1 -2 -3 -6 -11 Ldn
Table 2: HDD #1: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #2; Residences 800 ft. NW of Exit Point),
with no Additional Noise Mitigation Measures Employed
Attenuation by Foliage and/or Land Contour -3 -4 -5 -6 -8 -10 -10 -10 -10
1050Hemispherical Radiation -58 -58 -58 -58 -58 -58 -58 -58 -58 Calc'd
1050Atm. Absorption (70% R.H., 60 deg F) 0 0 0 -1 -1 -2 -4 -8 -15 Ldn
Table 3: HDD #2: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #1; Residence 1,050 ft. SW of Entry Poin
B-1

Attenuation by Foliage and/or Land Contour 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Sound Contribution of HDD plus Ambient Level (dBA) 61.7

Table 4: HDD #2: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #2; Residences 350 ft. W of Exit Point),
200 Atm. Absorption (70% R.H., 60 deg F) 0 0 0 0 0 0 -1 -2 -3 Ldn

Table 5: HDD #3: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #1; Residence 200 ft. E of Entry Point),
Table 6: HDD #3: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #2; Residences 1,400 ft. SE of Exit Point
B-2

950 Atm. Absorption (70% R.H., 60 deg F) 0 0 0 0 -1 -2 -4 -8 -13 Ldn
Table 7: HDD #4: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #1; Residence 950 ft. NE of Entry Point),
Table 8: HDD #4: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #2; Residence 1,450 ft. E of Exit Point),

Table 9: HDD #5: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #1; Residences 500 ft. S of Entry/Exit
Point), incl. Sound Level with Additional Noise Mitigation Measures Employed (i.e., Noise Barrier around HDD Site)
B-3

Table 10: HDD #5: Est'd Sound Contribution of the HDD Operations at Closest NSA (NSA #2; Residence 1,500 ft. SE of Entry/Exit
Point), with no Additional Noise Mitigation Measures Employed
Description of Acoustical Assessment Methodology and Source of Sound Data
In general, the predicted A-wt. sound level contributed by drilling operations at HDD operations at the
nearby NSAs was calculated as a function of frequency from estimated unweighted octave-band (O.B.)
sound power levels (PWLs) during peak operations of HDD stationary equipment at either the HDD
entry site or HDD exit site. The following summarizes the acoustical analysis procedure:
Initially, unweighted O.B. PWLs of the HDD operations were determined from actual sound level
measurements by H&K on similar type of HDD operations and equipment expected for this project.
Estimated PWL values of the HDD operations were calculated from sound measurements at different
distances/directions from HDD operations (e.g., sound measurements at 100 feet, 200 feet, 400 feet
and 800 feet from typical HDD equipment operations).*
Then, expected attenuation in dB per O.B. frequency due to hemispherical sound propagation
(discussed in more detail below**), atmospheric sound absorption (discussed in more detail below***)
and other factors (e.g., attenuation due to foliage and topography**) were subtracted from the
unweighted O.B. PWLs to obtain unweighted O.B. sound pressure levels (SPLs) of HDD operations.
Finally, the resulting estimated total unweighted O.B. SPLs for the HDD operations, including sound
attenuation effects, were logarithmically summed and corrected for A-weighting to provide the
estimated overall A-wt. sound level contributed by the drilling operations at the specified distance(s).
*It should be noted that the estimated sound power levels of HDD operations utilized in the H&K acoustical
analyses were based on measured sound level data at different distances from actual HDD construction
sites, and therefore, the PWL values, for the most part, includes the effect of ground effect (e.g., ground
absorption). Consequently, in our opinion, it would not be appropriate to strictly follow internationalbased
standards, such as ISO 9613-2 1, when calculating the estimated A-wt. sound level at a respective
receptor (i.e., NSA) via the PWL values utilized in the H&K acoustical analysis methodology.
1International Standard Organization (ISO) 9613-2, Dec. 15, 1996 (Publication Date): Acoustics - Attenuation of
Sound During Propagation Outdoors - Part 2: General Method of Calculation
B-4

**Attenuation due to hemispherical sound propagation: Sound propagates outwards in all directions (i.e.,
length, width, height) from a point source, and the sound energy of a noise source decreases with
increasing distance from the source. In the case of hemispherical sound propagation, the source is
located on a flat continuous plane/surface (e.g., ground), and the sound radiates hemispherically (i.e.,
outward, over and above the surface) from the source. The following equation is the theoretical decrease
of sound energy when determining the resulting O.B. SPLs of a noise source at a specific distance (r) of
a receiver from a source O.B. PWL values:
Decrease in SPL (hemispherical propagation) from a noise source = 20*log(r) 2.3 dB

where r is distance of the receiver from the noise source.
***Attenuation due to air absorption, foliage and topography: Air absorbs sound energy, and the amount of
absorption (attenuation) is dependent on the temperature and relative humidity (R.H.) of air and
frequency of sound. For example, the attenuation due to air absorption for 1000 Hz O.B. SPL is
approximately 1.5 dB per 1,000 feet for standard day conditions. Potential attenuation of foliage, based
on our experience and an ISO Standard 2, the medium-frequency attenuation (i.e., 1000 Hz) due to
forest/trees greater than 500 feet thick is approximately 10 dB. Also, forested areas with plantings more
than 100 feet deep can provide some attenuation of ground level noise sources. In addition, the
topography (i.e., land contour, such as a hill or ridge) between the HDD site and the nearby NSA(s) can
provide some additional attenuation of the HDD noise contribution at the respective NSA(s).
2ISO Standard 9613-1: 1993 (E); Acoustics Attenuation of sound during propagation outdoors Part 1: Calculation
of the Absorption of Sound by the Atmosphere, and Part 2: General method of calculation
B-5

Meas'd/Calc'd A-Wt. Levels (dBA)

Measurement Set Day- Avg'd Night Avg'd Calc'd
time of time of Ldn
Meas. Pos. & NSA Date of Test Leq(Ld) Ld Leq(Ln) Ln Notes/Observations
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 10/9/15 39.0 38.7 Primary noise during daytime test: local traffic,
Houses 10/9/15 38.0 39.9 38.7 38.9 47.5 birds, wind, and community noise.
350 ft. NW of center 10/9/15 41.8 39.3 Primary noise during nighttime test: Insects,
of Entry Site distant traffic, and wind.
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 10/9/15 41.8 41.2 Primary noise during daytime test: distant traffic
Houses 10/9/15 39.0 40.0 40.4 40.7 49.3 wind, golf carts, insects, and birds.
800 ft. NW of center 10/9/15 38.5 40.5 Primary noise during nighttime test: Insects,
of Exit Site distant traffic, and wind.
Table A-1: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #1 (Middletown, NY): Summary of Ambient Day/Night Sound
Levels at the NSAs as Meas'd on Oct. 9, 2015, along with Resulting Ldn
Note (1): Ldn calculated by adding 6.4 dB to the measured Ld. If both the Ld and Ln are measured and/or
estimated, the Ldn is calculated using the following formula:
15 9
Ldn = 10 log10 10 Ld /10 + 10( Ln +10 )/10
24 24
Measurement Set Temp. R.H. Wind Wind Peak

Meas. Pos. Time Frame/Date of Tests (F) (%) Direction Speed Wind Sky Conditions
Pos. 1 - 2 10:00 AM to 10:20 AM (10/9/15) 60 72 from W 2 mph 6 mph Partly Cloudy
Pos. 1 - 2 1:35 AM to 1:50 AM (10/9/15) 52 68 from W 1 mph 4 mph Clear
Table B-1: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #1 (Middletown, NY): Summary of the Meteorological
Conditions during the Sound Survey on Oct. 9, 2015
C-1

Measurement Set Sound Pressure Level (SPL) in dB per Octave-Band Frequency (in Hz) A-Wt.
Meas. Pos. & NSA Time/Date of Test 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Level
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 10:09 AM (10/9/15) 49.1 52.3 45.9 35.1 35.1 34.8 26.8 27.8 21.6 39.0
Houses 10:10 AM (10/9/15) 46.6 50.8 45.8 36.3 35.2 32.1 25.3 27.3 20.8 38.0
350 ft. NW of center 10:11 AM (10/9/15) 49.6 56.9 45.7 36.7 40.1 37.5 28.0 27.4 20.5 41.8
of Entry Site Average SPL 48.6 54.1 45.8 36.1 37.5 35.3 26.8 27.5 21.0 39.9
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 10:15 AM (10/9/15) 49.3 53.2 50.7 44.1 39.0 32.7 25.5 30.3 30.2 41.8
Houses 10:16 AM (10/9/15) 48.5 48.8 46.3 40.0 35.4 30.5 24.7 30.1 30.4 39.0
800 ft. NW of center 10:17 AM (10/9/15) 46.4 47.2 45.2 38.5 33.3 29.8 25.9 31.4 30.5 38.5
of Exit Site Average SPL 48.2 50.5 48.1 41.5 36.5 31.2 25.4 30.6 30.4 40.0
Table C-1: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #1 (Middletown, NY): Measured Morning Ambient Ld and
Unweighted Octave-Band ("O.B.") SPLs at the NSAs as Measured on Oct. 9, 2015
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 1:36 AM (10/9/15) 42.5 41.0 38.6 26.0 25.2 23.2 25.1 37.0 16.3 38.7
Houses 1:37 AM (10/9/15) 42.8 40.1 37.9 26.8 27.3 27.6 25.4 36.7 16.2 38.7
350 ft. NW of center 1:38 AM (10/9/15) 44.1 41.6 40.5 28.1 28.2 29.0 25.6 37.1 16.3 39.3
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 1:43 AM (10/9/15) 39.0 42.6 33.1 27.6 30.6 34.9 28.4 38.3 18.8 41.2
Houses 1:44 AM (10/9/15) 38.6 38.3 32.7 27.9 28.9 29.3 26.7 38.5 20.1 40.4
800 ft. NW of center 1:45 AM (10/9/15) 41.3 42.3 39.1 30.3 28.7 30.0 27.2 38.4 19.0 40.5
Table D-1: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #1 (Middletown, NY): Measured Nighttime Ambient Ln and
Octave-Band ("O.B.") SPLs at the NSAs as Measured on Oct. 9, 2015
C-2


time of time of Ldn
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 10/9/15 56.1 52.5 Primary noise during daytime test: I-84 traffic,
Houses 10/9/15 59.2 57.6 46.3 49.9 58.5 birds, wind, local traffic, and distant airplane.
1,050 ft. SW of center 10/9/15 56.8 48.7 Primary noise during nighttime test: Insects,
of Entry Site I-84 traffic, and wind.
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 10/9/15 50.3 44.7 Primary noise during daytime test: I-84 traffic,
Houses 10/9/15 46.4 47.9 49.0 47.8 56.4 wind, local traffic, insects, and birds.
350 ft. W of center 10/9/15 45.5 48.6 Primary noise during nighttime test: Insects,
of Exit Site distant traffic, and frogs.
Levels as Meas'd on Oct. 9, 2015, along with Resulting Ldn
15 9
Ldn = 10 log10 10 Ld /10 + 10( Ln +10 )/10
24 24

C-3

Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 9:05 AM (10/9/15) 62.9 59.2 60.0 53.6 50.3 53.7 46.4 37.8 29.1 56.1
Houses 9:12 AM (10/9/15) 62.0 63.6 58.7 51.8 51.4 57.1 51.8 38.8 27.5 59.2
1,050 ft. SW of center 9:19 AM (10/9/15) 60.8 67.2 61.7 54.7 52.1 53.3 48.3 39.8 29.8 56.8
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 9:30 AM (10/9/15) 60.1 56.0 49.1 43.0 41.8 46.1 43.2 41.6 40.6 50.3
Houses 9:31 AM (10/9/15) 59.3 54.1 46.7 42.2 38.4 39.1 34.9 40.5 41.0 46.4
350 ft. W of center 9:33 AM (10/9/15) 60.3 52.9 47.2 40.4 37.0 37.5 33.3 39.6 41.1 45.5
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 12:32 AM (10/9/15) 59.3 54.1 48.8 45.8 49.2 50.3 41.2 35.1 19.2 52.5
Houses 12:36 AM (10/9/15) 56.5 50.4 43.8 38.2 42.0 44.0 35.9 33.0 17.4 46.3
1,050 ft. SW of center 12:38 AM (10/9/15) 57.0 49.0 44.9 40.7 44.5 46.6 38.7 33.5 17.2 48.7
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 12:45 AM (10/9/15) 49.2 43.8 44.0 39.7 38.8 38.0 37.8 38.8 28.2 44.7
Houses 12:48 AM (10/9/15) 53.7 45.1 44.2 45.3 45.9 44.5 40.8 39.5 26.5 49.0
350 ft. W of center 12:51 AM (10/9/15) 48.4 46.0 44.1 40.5 41.6 46.4 39.4 37.6 26.4 48.6
Table D-2: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #2 (Middletown, NY): Measured Nighttime Ambient Ld and
C-4


time of time of Ldn
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 10/9/15 39.4 48.6 Primary noise during daytime test: local traffic,
Houses 10/9/15 39.4 38.9 39.5 44.7 53.3 birds, wind, and community noise.
200 ft. E of center 10/9/15 37.5 38.9 Primary noise during nighttime test: Insects,
of Entry Site distant traffic, distant dog, and wind.
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 10/9/15 45.6 48.3 Primary noise during daytime test: distant traffic
Houses 10/9/15 46.2 45.2 49.4 49.0 57.6 wind, community noise, insects, and birds.
1,400 ft. SE of center 10/9/15 43.2 49.3 Primary noise during nighttime test: Insects,
of Exit Site distant traffic, wind, and distant dogs.
Levels at the NSAs as Meas'd on Oct. 9, 2015, along with Resulting Ldn
15 9
Ldn = 10 log10 10 Ld /10 + 10( Ln +10 )/10
24 24

C-5

Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 9:46 AM 48.7 48.1 44.2 37.3 35.8 35.7 27.5 27.0 25.7 39.4
Houses 9:48 AM 49.0 46.4 42.9 37.8 33.1 32.8 29.4 33.9 26.0 39.4
200 ft. E of center 9:49 AM 49.4 46.8 43.8 37.6 33.4 32.9 26.5 26.0 20.5 37.5
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 9:41 AM 48.3 49.6 59.6 46.7 37.8 34.5 28.3 27.8 23.0 45.6
Houses 9:42 AM 48.8 52.3 60.6 46.6 37.8 33.2 27.0 28.4 22.7 46.2
1,400 ft. SE of center 9:43 AM 49.8 53.2 53.5 40.9 37.8 34.9 29.7 35.6 31.5 43.2
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 1:13 AM 52.6 51.8 47.5 45.5 46.6 44.4 38.2 37.6 26.5 48.6
Houses 1:16 AM 45.0 43.2 42.1 31.0 28.5 25.8 25.6 37.5 16.9 39.5
200 ft. E of center 1:18 AM 42.5 44.0 40.6 28.1 25.2 23.4 25.3 37.1 16.7 38.9
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 1:05 AM 56.4 47.5 50.5 44.7 47.5 42.5 37.9 37.1 26.4 48.3
Houses 1:06 AM 55.1 46.4 45.8 43.8 47.8 45.5 38.8 37.4 26.9 49.4
1,400 ft. SE of center 1:07 AM 52.6 51.5 48.7 44.6 46.2 46.2 39.0 37.5 27.7 49.3
Table D-3: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #3 (Middletown, NY): Measured Nighttime Ambient Ln and
C-6


time of time of Ldn
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 01/22/16 44.4 40.7 Primary noise during daytime test: High altitude
Houses 01/22/16 44.4 44.3 39.6 39.3 47.9 aircraft, intermittent I-284 and Hwg. 6 traffic.
950 ft. NE of center 01/22/16 44.1 36.9 Primary noise during nighttime test: Distant traffi
of Entry Site and sounds of high altitude aircraft.
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 01/22/16 41.0 35.4 Primary noise during daytime test: Distant traffic
House 01/22/16 40.9 40.5 34.3 34.6 43.2 sound of wind and a distant airplane
1,450 ft. E of center 01/22/16 39.3 34.0 Primary noise during nighttime test: Distant traffi
of Exit Site and the sound of wind.
Table A-4: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #4 (Johnson, NY): Summary of Ambient Day/Night Sound
Levels at the NSAs as Meas'd on Jan. 22, 2016, along with Resulting Ldn
15 9
Ldn = 10 log10 10 Ld /10 + 10( Ln +10 )/10
24 24

Pos. 1 - 2 6:00 PM to 6:45 PM (01/22/16) 27 38 from E 3-5 mph --- Cloudy
Pos. 1 - 2 10:15 PM to 10:45 PM (01/22/16) 24 42 from E 3-5 mph --- Cloudy
Table B-4: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #4 (Johnson, NY): Summary of the Meteorological
Conditions during the Sound Survey on Jan. 22, 2016
C-7

Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 6:03 PM 54.2 59.2 55.6 46.6 36.2 35.3 35.4 25.0 24.5 44.4
Houses 6:05 PM 55.4 64.4 50.6 40.0 37.2 40.1 33.7 23.3 21.8 44.4
950 ft. NE of center 6:06 PM 52.7 52.9 48.0 49.9 35.4 38.6 31.8 24.6 22.1 44.1
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 6:29 PM 51.6 48.3 46.7 39.1 36.1 32.4 36.8 23.1 22.4 41.0
House 6:31 PM 50.0 47.7 45.5 38.3 34.9 31.8 37.5 22.9 20.3 40.9
1,450 ft. E of center 6:32 PM 53.9 49.8 46.5 38.0 36.4 32.1 32.4 22.6 21.0 39.3
Table C-4: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #4 (Johnson, NY): Measured Morning Ambient Ld and
Unweighted Octave-Band ("O.B.") SPLs at the NSAs as Measured on Jan. 22, 2016
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 10:23 PM 55.8 51.2 45.7 33.8 30.6 29.6 38.1 22.5 23.5 40.7
Houses 10:24 PM 62.6 53.3 43.9 33.8 29.0 30.5 36.0 26.3 26.5 39.6
950 ft. NE of center 10:25 PM 53.1 49.6 39.7 29.0 27.9 30.4 33.1 22.2 20.8 36.9
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 10:42 PM 47.0 47.7 43.9 33.8 25.0 25.0 31.5 18.7 18.2 35.4
House 10:43 PM 44.8 46.6 40.8 29.0 24.7 22.9 31.3 17.9 18.6 34.3
1,450 ft. E of center 10:44 PM 44.8 47.8 42.5 29.8 25.3 21.9 30.0 20.7 18.7 34.0
Table D-4: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #4 (Johnson, NY): Measured Nighttime Ambient Ln and
Unweighted Octave-Band ("O.B.") SPLs at the NSAs as Measured on Jan. 22, 2016
C-8


time of time of Ldn
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 07/06 & 07/07/16 42.9 28.3 Primary noise during day: Traffic on NY 284,
Houses 07/06 & 07/07/16 38.4 40.3 31.0 31.5 40.1 birds, insects, light wind, and distant plane.
500 ft. S of center 07/06 & 07/07/16 37.9 33.6 Primary noise during night: Distant traffic.
of Entry/Exit Site
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 07/06 & 07/07/16 37.5 35.0 Primary noise during day: Traffic on Lime Kiln R
Houses 07/06 & 07/07/16 42.5 40.0 34.1 34.1 42.7 birds, insects, distant plane, and light wind.
1,500 ft. SE of center 07/06 & 07/07/16 38.3 33.0 Primary noise during night: Distant traffic.
of Entry/Exit Site
Table A-5: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #5 (Johnson, NY): Summary of Ambient Day/Night Sound
Levels at the NSAs as Meas'd on July 6-7, 2016 along with Resulting Ldn
15 9
Ldn = 10 log10 10 Ld /10 + 10( Ln +10 )/10
24 24

Pos. 1 - 2 11:15 AM to 12:00 PM (06/07/16) 90 60 from W 1 mph 2 mph Partly Cloudy
Pos. 1 - 2 11:30 PM to 12:10 AM (06/06-07/16 71 90 from W --- --- Clear
Table B-5: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #5 (Johnson, NY): Summary of the Meteorological
Conditions during the Sound Survey on July 6-7, 2016
C-9

Meas. Pos. & NSA Time of Test 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Level
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 11:41 AM 49.1 47.7 45.1 34.1 34.7 41.7 30.2 24.9 18.5 42.9
Houses 11:46 AM 40.1 45.0 38.9 31.5 28.1 33.1 27.9 33.0 30.3 38.4
500 ft. S of center 11:48 AM 42.5 43.6 39.9 35.6 32.2 35.1 29.3 23.0 19.1 37.9
of Entry/Exit Site Average SPL 45.6 45.8 42.2 34.0 32.4 38.3 29.2 29.2 26.1 40.3
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 11:16 AM 50.2 47.0 44.7 38.8 34.0 28.6 26.7 29.3 21.2 37.5
Houses 11:18 AM 49.8 48.2 49.9 46.5 40.9 28.5 29.5 31.0 20.9 42.5
1,500 ft. SE of center 11:19 AM 45.8 44.5 41.6 38.7 33.7 31.0 28.6 32.0 20.8 38.3
Table C-5: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #5 (Johnson, NY): Measured Morning Ambient Ld and
Unweighted Octave-Band ("O.B.") SPLs at the NSAs as Measured on July 7, 2016
Meas. Pos. & NSA Time of Test 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 Level
Pos. 1 (NSA #1) 11:40 PM 44.1 42.2 37.4 29.4 24.7 21.8 15.9 12.3 12.6 28.3
Houses 11:43 PM 45.2 43.3 41.4 32.0 27.4 24.2 18.5 12.8 12.9 31.0
500 ft. S of center 11:45 PM 45.1 41.7 42.7 35.0 29.9 28.6 20.1 12.3 12.5 33.6
Pos. 2 (NSA #2) 12:05 AM 45.2 41.5 42.9 37.8 33.2 26.7 21.0 17.1 22.4 35.0
Houses 12:06 AM 44.3 41.8 43.4 36.8 29.7 25.7 24.8 20.7 14.5 34.1
1,500 ft. SE of center 12:07 AM 43.1 41.4 42.4 35.3 28.7 23.5 23.1 22.0 15.1 33.0
Table D-5: Valley Lateral Project: HDD #5 (Johnson, NY): Measured Nighttime Ambient Ln and
Unweighted Octave-Band ("O.B.") SPLs at the NSAs as Measured on July 6-7, 2016
C-10

Summary of Typical Metrics and Acoustical Terminology
(1) Daytime Sound Level (Ld) & Nighttime Sound Level (Ln): Ld is the equivalent A-weighted sound
level, in decibels, for a 15 hour time period, between 07:00 to 22:00 Hours (7:00 a.m. to 10:00
p.m.). Ln is the equivalent A-weighted sound level, in decibels, for a 9 hour time period, between
22:00 to 07:00 Hours (10:00 p.m. to 7:00 a.m.).
(2) Equivalent Sound Level (Leq): The equivalent sound level (Leq) can be considered an average
sound level measured during a period of time, including any fluctuating sound levels during that
period. In this report, the Leq is equal to the level of a steady (in time) A-weighted sound level that
would be equivalent to the sampled A-weighted sound level on an energy basis for a specified
measurement interval. The concept of the measuring Leq has been used broadly to relate
individual and community reaction to aircraft and other environmental noises.
(3) Day-Night Average Sound Level (Ldn): The Ldn is an energy average of the measured daytime Leq
(Ld) and the measured nighttime Leq (Ln) plus 10 dB. The 10-dB adjustment to the Ln is intended
to compensate for nighttime sensitivity. As such, the Ldn is not a true measure of the sound level
but represents a skewed average that correlates generally with past sound surveys which
attempted to relate environmental sound levels with physiological reaction and physiological
effects. For a steady sound source that operates continuously over a 24-hour period and controls
the environmental sound level, an Ldn is approximately 6.4 dB above the measured Leq.
Consequently, an Ldn of 55 dBA corresponds to a Leq of 48.6 dBA. If both the Ld and Ln are
measured, then the Ldn is calculated using the following formula:
15 9
Ldn = 10 log10 10 Ld /10 + 10( Ln +10 )/10
24 24
(4) Sound Power Level (Lw or PWL): Ten times the common logarithm of the ratio of the total
acoustic power radiated by a sound source to a reference power. A reference power of a picowatt
or 10-12 watt is conventionally used.
D-1
Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT H
Updated Environmental Construction Standards

VALLEY LATERAL PROJECT
Environmental Construction Standards
August 2016
ENVIRONMENTAL CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
These Environmental Construction Standards (ECS) for the Valley Lateral Project (Project)
amend previous versions of the ECS by incorporating the Project-specific environmental
requirements. To that end, these ECS collate the procedures that are to be followed to maintain
compliance with Project environmental requirements during typical construction activities,
and are designed for use in the field during construction activities, along with the Construction
site drawings, and any site-specific construction and environmental mitigation plans.
Millenniums construction inspectors and contractors are required to understand and follow
the requirements of these permits, certificates, and plans, as applicable to environmental
compliance.
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. ii Valley Lateral Project

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
I. INTRODUCTION......................................................................................................................1
II. SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION........................................................................................2
II.A ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION............................................................................2
II.B ENVIRONMENTAL VARIANCES ............................................................................3
III CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES ..........................................................................................3
III.A GENERAL ....................................................................................................................3
III.B MARKING APPROVED AREAS OF DISTURBANCE ............................................4
III.B.1 Right of Way.....................................................................................................4
III.B.2 Access Roads....................................................................................................5
III.B.3 Pipeyard(s).......................................................................................................5
III.C CLEARING...................................................................................................................5
III.C.1 Wood Products and Materials .........................................................................6
III.C.2 Brush ................................................................................................................6
III.C.3 Fence Crossings ...............................................................................................6
III.D GRADING ....................................................................................................................6
III.D.1 Grading Near Watercourses ............................................................................6
III.D.2 Tree Stump and Rock Removal/Disposal .........................................................7
III.D.3 Erosion Control Devices Installed During Grading........................................7
III.D.4 Temporary Road Entrances .............................................................................7
III.E TRENCHING................................................................................................................8
III.E.1 General Specifications .....................................................................................8
III.E.2 Blasting ............................................................................................................8
III.E.3 Temporary Trench Plugs .................................................................................9
III.E.4 Temporary Construction Access over the Trench............................................9
III.F PIPE INSTALLATION AND TRENCH DEWATERING ..........................................9
III.F.1 General Pipe Installation.................................................................................9
III.F.2 Trench Dewatering ..........................................................................................9
III.G BACKFILLING ..........................................................................................................10
III.G.1 General...........................................................................................................10
III.G.2 Trench Line Barriers (Trench Plugs).............................................................10
III.H GRADING, CLEANUP, RESTORATION AND STABILIZATION .......................10
III.H.1 Final Grading ................................................................................................11
III.H.2 Final Erosion Control Devices ......................................................................11
III.H.3 Restoration .....................................................................................................11
III.H.4 Temporary Stabilization Measures ................................................................12
III.H.5 Restoring Man Made Structures ....................................................................13
III.H.6 Off-Road Vehicle (ORV) Control ...................................................................13
III.I PRESSURE TESTING ...............................................................................................13
III.J RESIDENTIAL AREA CONSTRUCTION ...............................................................14
III.K AGRICULTURAL AREA CONSTRUCTION ..........................................................14
III.K.1 Topsoil Protection..........................................................................................14
III.K.2 Drainage Tile and Irrigation Facilities .........................................................15
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. iii Valley Lateral Project

III.K.3 Alternate Grazing Plans.................................................................................15

III.K.4 Soil Compaction .............................................................................................15
III.K.5 NYSDAM Plan Incorporation ........................................................................15
III.L NOISE AND DUST CONTROL ................................................................................15
IV. WATERBODY CROSSINGS .................................................................................................15
IV.A GENERAL ..................................................................................................................15
IV.B EQUIPMENT CROSSINGS.......................................................................................16
IV.C CLEARING.................................................................................................................16
IV.D GRADING ..................................................................................................................17
IV.E BLASTING .................................................................................................................17
IV.E.1 Notifications ...................................................................................................17
IV.E.2 Procedures .....................................................................................................17
IV.F CROSSING TECHNIQUES .......................................................................................17
IV.G TRENCHING..............................................................................................................18
IV.H BACKFILLING ..........................................................................................................18
IV.I RESTORATION .........................................................................................................18
IV.I.1 General...........................................................................................................18
IV.I.2 Non-Vegetative Bank Stabilization ................................................................19
V. WETLAND CROSSINGS .......................................................................................................19
V.A GENERAL ..................................................................................................................19
V.A.1 Pre-Construction Surveys and Wetland Flagging .........................................20
V.B CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES............................................................................20
V.C CLEARING.................................................................................................................20
V.D GRADING ..................................................................................................................20
V.E BLASTING .................................................................................................................21
V.F CROSSING TECHNIQUES .......................................................................................21
V.G TRENCHING..............................................................................................................21
V.H BACKFILLING ..........................................................................................................22
V.I RESTORATION .........................................................................................................22
VI. MAINTENANCE.....................................................................................................................22
VI.A GENERAL ..................................................................................................................22
VI.B UPLAND AREAS ......................................................................................................23
VI.C WATERBODIES, WETLANDS, AND ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE
AREAS........................................................................................................................23
VII GLOSSARY AND DEFINITION OF TERMS .......................................................................25
LIST OF TABLES
TABLE 2A Temporary Seeding and Mulching .................................................................................26

TABLE 2B Permanent Seeding and Mulching - Uplands .................................................................26
TABLE 2C Permanent Seeding Forested Wetlands, Article 24 Wetlands and Adjacent Area ......27
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. iv Valley Lateral Project

ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT A FERC PLAN
ATTACHMENT B FERC PROCEDURES
ATTACHMENT C MILLENNIUMS UNANTICIPATED DISCOVERY OF

CONTAMINATION PLAN
ATTACHMENT D MILLENNIUMS SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PLAN
ATTACHMENT E MILLENNIUMS WINTER CONSTRUCTION PLAN
ATTACHMENT F NYSDAM PLAN
ATTACHMENT G TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION FIGURES
Figure 1 Typical Upland Construction Sequence

Figure 2 Typical 75ft. Construction Right-of-Way
Figure 3A Typical 110ft. Construction Right-of-Way / Left Side
Figure 3B Typical 110 ft. Construction Right-of-Way / Right Side
Figure 3C Typical 135 ft. Construction Right-of-Way
Figure 3D Typical 105 ft. Construction Right-of-Way
Figure 4 Typical Foreign Pipeline Crossing
Figure 5 Typical Overhead Electric Transmission Line Crossing
Figure 6 Typical Temporary Access Driveway
Figure 7 Typical Permanent Access Driveway
Figure 8 Typical Construction Road
Figure 9 Temporary Construction Gate
Figure 10 Fence Restoration
Figure 11 Typical Topsoil Conservation
Figure 12a- Interceptor Diversions/Slope Breakers
Figure 12b Interceptor Diversions
Figure 13 Sediment Filter Device Silt Fencing
Figure 14 Sediment Filter Device Staked Bales
Figure 15 Typical Erosion Control Measures at Road Crossings
Figure 16 Trench Line Barriers and Breakers
Figure 17 Filter Bag
Figure 18 Field Tile Replacement Methods
Figure 19 Erosion Control Blanket
Figure 20 Typical Stream Crossing Flume
Figure 21 Typical Stream Crossing Dam and Pump
Figure 22 Typical Stream Crossing Dry Waterbody
Figure 23 Temporary Equipment Crossing Culvert and Stone
Figure 24 Temporary Equipment Crossing Equipment Pads
Figure 25 Typical Wetland Crossing
Figure 26 Timber Mat Detail
Figure 27 Typical Compost Filter Sock
Figure 28 Hydrostatic Test Dewatering Pit
Figure 29 Typical Trench Dewatering
Figure 30 Typical Trench Dewatering within 100 feet of wetlands and
waterbodies
Figure 31 Typical Stream Bank Restoration
Figure 32 Typical Wetland Restoration
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. v Valley Lateral Project

Figure 33 Right-of-Way Maintenance - Wetlands

Figure 34 Right-of-Way Maintenance - Perennial Streams
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. vi Valley Lateral Project

I. INTRODUCTION
In constructing and operating the Valley Lateral Project (Project), Millennium Pipeline Company,
L.L.C. (Millennium) is committed to complying with applicable environmental rules and regulations,
including the Project-specific requirements contained in the approvals issued by the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission), other applicable environmental permits and the
environmental commitments in landowner easement agreements (collectively referred to as the
Environmental Requirements).
It is Millenniums policy that the Project construction, operation, and maintenance activities be
conducted in a safe manner that limits adverse effects on the environment. To this end, Millennium
has prepared these Project-specific Environmental Construction Standards (ECS). In doing so,
Millennium has generally incorporated the Commissions Upland Erosion Control, Revegetation, and
Maintenance Plan (FERC Plan) (Attachment A) and Waterbody and Wetland Construction and
Mitigation Procedures (FERC Procedures) (Attachment B).
The ECS compiles the Environmental Requirements specific to each Project construction task in an
organized format. This format is designed to facilitate the use of the ECS, along with Millenniums
Construction design drawings, in the field during construction. It is anticipated that the ECS will be
used by Millenniums environmental inspector (EI), other inspectors, and the construction contractors.
The ECS represents the procedures that are to be followed to maintain compliance with Project
regulatory requirements during typical construction activities. However, in addition to the ECS,
Millennium has developed separate construction plans or environmental mitigation measures for the
protection of known or potential environmental and cultural resources (inadvertent discovery of
archaeological resources).
During construction, site-specific modifications to the ECS procedures may be required in

response to field conditions. However, any such modifications must be to achieve the same level
of environmental protection as detailed in the ECS and must be documented by the Millennium
EI in his/her daily environmental report.
This ECS is organized as follows:
Section II discusses Supervision and Inspection.
Section III addresses standards for general construction in upland areas, including agricultural
and residential areas.
Sections IV and V discuss the standards for crossings of waterbodies and wetlands,
respectively.
Section VI reviews maintenance and monitoring procedures to be implemented after the
completion of construction.
Attachments to the ECS include:
Attachment A FERC Plan
Attachment B FERC Procedures
Attachment C Millenniums Unanticipated Discovery of Contamination Plan
Attachment D Millenniums Spill Prevention and Response Procedures
Attachment E Millenniums Winter Construction Plan
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. 1 Valley Lateral Project

Attachment F NYSDAM Plan

Attachment G - Millenniums typical construction details.
II. SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION
II.A ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION
Millennium will use at least one EI for construction of the Project. Millennium will conduct training
to ensure that the EI will be able to carry out the duties as described in this ECS. The EI will review
all Project documents (i.e., permits, site plans, aerial photography, and relevant plans) prior to
construction. The EI will have peer status with all other activity inspectors. The EI will have the
authority to stop activities that violate the Environmental Requirements and to order appropriate
corrective action. The EI may also serve to monitor other construction functions.
At a minimum, the EI will be responsible for:
Inspecting construction activities for compliance with the Environmental Requirements and the
mitigation measures agreed to by Millennium.
Identifying, documenting, and overseeing corrective actions, as necessary to bring an activity

back into compliance.
Verifying that the limits of authorized CWA and locations of the access roads are properly
marked and maintained in accordance with this ECS.
Verifying the location of signs and visible flagging marking the boundaries of sensitive
resource areas, waterbodies, wetlands, or areas with special requirements along the
construction work area (CWA).
Identifying erosion/sediment control and soil stabilization needs in all areas.
Ensuring that the design of slope breakers will not cause erosion or direct water into cultural
resource sites, wetlands, waterbodies and sensitive species habitats (collectively referred to as
Sensitive Resource Areas).
Verifying that dewatering activities are properly monitored and do not result in the deposition
of sand, silt, and/or sediment into Sensitive Resource Areas; stopping dewatering activities if
such deposition is occurring and ensuring the design of the discharge is changed to prevent
reoccurrence; and verifying that dewatering structures are removed after completion of
dewatering activities.
Verifying the testing of subsoil and topsoil in agricultural and residential areas to measure
compaction and determine the need for corrective action.
Advising the Chief Inspector (CI) when environmental conditions (such as wet weather or
frozen soils) make it advisable to restrict or delay construction activities in agricultural areas.
Ensuring restoration of contours and topsoil consistent with this ECS.

Verifying that the soils imported for agricultural or residential use are certified as free of
noxious weeds and soil pests, unless otherwise approved by the landowner.
Ensuring that erosion control devices are properly installed and maintained in accordance with
this ECS and determining the need for additional erosion control devices.
Inspecting temporary erosion control measures at least:
o on a daily basis in areas of active construction or equipment operation,

o on a weekly basis in areas with no construction or equipment operation,
o within 24 hours or after every day that rainfall equals or exceeds 0.5 inch.
Ensuring the repair of all ineffective temporary erosion control measures within 24 hours of
identification, or as soon as conditions allow if compliance with this time frame would result
in greater environmental impacts.
Keeping records, during active construction and restoration, of compliance with the
Environmental Requirements and the mitigation measures agreed to by Millennium.
Identifying areas that should be given special attention to ensure stabilization and restoration
after the construction phase.
Verifying that locations for any disposal of excess construction materials for beneficial reuse
comply with this ECS.
II.B ENVIRONMENTAL VARIANCES
Unapproved variances from the ECS and Environmental Requirements and this ECS are not permitted.
Any proposed variance from the procedures in this ECS will only be permitted by written approval
from Millennium. Millennium may be required to obtain written approval from the FERCs Director
of the Office of Energy Projects, or his/her designee, unless specifically permitted by applicable
permits. Millennium will coordinate the filing with FERC and other applicable regulatory agencies.
This filing will be prior to the activity. The approval for a variance will be in writing unless written
approval is not practicable (i.e., emergencies and weekends), in which cases verbal approval may be
given provided that written confirmation is provided as soon as reasonably practicable.
In the event of an emergency, Millennium may take such action as is necessary to contain the
emergency giving due regard to minimizing environmental impact. In conjunction with other
Millennium policies, the requirements contained in this ECS will be followed as close as possible.
III CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES
III.A GENERAL
The Project will be constructed in compliance with applicable Federal regulations and guidelines, and
the specific requirements of applicable permits. Key guidelines and Federal requirements include:
Millenniums Construction Specifications and Procedures.

18 CFR Part 380 Guidelines to be Followed by Natural Gas Pipeline Companies in the
Planning, Clearing and Maintenance of Right-of-Way and the Construction of Aboveground
Facilities.
49 CFR Part 192 Transportation of Natural Gas and Other Gas by Pipeline: Minimum Federal
Safety Standards.
Pipeline
The pipeline construction spread operates as a moving assembly line performing specialized procedures
in an efficient, planned sequence. Figure 1 presents this typical pipeline construction sequence. In
addition, special construction crews install and alter fences, bore under roads and railroads, install
waterbody and wetland crossings that are not done by conventional techniques, and construct valve
settings and meter/regulator stations.
Aboveground Facilities
This ECS is focused primarily on pipeline-related construction, operation, and maintenance. However,
it can be equally applied to the delivery meter station and associated piping, launcher facility and
receiver facility that are part of the Project.
Construction activities typically involve the following activities:
Preconstruction activities (e.g., surveying and staking the CWA boundaries, flagging or
otherwise delineating environmental features, installing signs)
Clearing
Grading
Erosion Control Procedures
Establishing Access Roads
Trenching
Backfilling
Hydrostatic Testing
Final Grading
Stabilization
Final restoration and clean-up
Specific standards for crossings of waterbodies and wetlands are included in ECS Sections IV
and V, respectively. Additional measures that may apply to agricultural or residential areas are
included in this Section III.
III.B MARKING APPROVED AREAS OF DISTURBANCE
III.B.1 Right of Way
Before construction commences the CWA will be marked in the field. For the proposed 16-inch Valley
Lateral, the CWA will consist of the permanent easement area, typically a 50-foot wide easement and
a 25-foot wide temporary work area, for a typical minimum width of 75 feet, as illustrated in Figure 2.

In addition, there may be instances where additional temporary work space (ATWS) is needed to
accommodate activities such as, but not limited to, topsoil conservation (see Figure 11), side hill
construction, equipment staging, pipe and material storage, borrow and disposal areas, temporary and
permanent access, and related construction activities. The CWA will include these ATWS as well as
temporary rights-of-way, contractors yards, pipe and materials storage yards, staging areas, and access
roads and all other areas approved in the FERC Orders approving the Project. Figures 3A through 3D
depict typical workspace widths required in agricultural lands (110 feet), near adjacent wetlands (105
feet), and in areas of steep side slope (up to 135 feet) for the Project. The permanent right-of-way
(ROW) is maintained as Millenniums permanent ROW for the facility.
As required by the FERC Plan, all Project-related ground disturbance will be limited to the CWA. This
does not apply to activities needed to comply with the FERC Plan and FERC Procedures (i.e. slope
breakers, energy-dissipating devices, dewatering structures, drain tile system repairs) nor to minor field
realignments and workspace shifts per landowner needs and requirements that do not affect other
landowners or Sensitive Resource Areas.
III.B.2 Access Roads
Millennium will need access roads to the construction and staging areas. Prior to first use, each
approved access road will be marked in the field. The access roads will typically be 30-feet wide with
additional width in tight turns and at intersections with public roads. The roads will either be temporary
(used for access during construction only) or permanent (used during and after construction for
operation and maintenance of the facilities). All public roads are available for use as access roads
without further environmental review.
After construction, temporary access roads (including any additional width used for construction) will
be removed and the area restored using the same specifications as applied to the rest of the CWA unless
otherwise agreed upon with the landowner (see Figure 8).
III.B.3 Pipeyard(s)
During construction of the Project, Millennium anticipates using approved pipeyard(s) as a contractor
wareyard and a place for the temporary storage of equipment/materials.
Additional pipeyards may not be utilized, and existing yards cannot be expanded, without first obtaining
the approval of the Commission and other appropriate regulatory bodies if water resources are involved.
III.C CLEARING
The CWA will be cleared of vegetation and other obstructions to the dimensions specified on the
Commission approved alignment sheets. The following procedures will be used during clearing:
1. Before commencing vegetation removal, the limits of the CWA and limits of Sensitive
Resource Areas will be established in the field by flagging or staking.
2. Any trees to be saved will be clearly marked or otherwise protected.
3. All clearing activities will be confined to the limits of the CWA.
4. During clearing operations, brush and trees will be felled into the CWA where reasonably
practicable.

5. The clearing crew and related equipment, as well as equipment necessary for the installation of
equipment bridges, will be permitted a single pass through waterbodies prior to equipment
bridge installation (FERC Procedures, Section V.B.5).
III.C.1 Wood Products and Materials
1. If landowner agreements require salvage of wood products, any removed wood products shall
be treated in accordance with landowner requirements. When the landowner has requested
such wood products, they should be stockpiled and left on site, just off the edge of the CWA,
but not within 50 feet of waterbodies or wetlands. Equipment stacking the wood products
should not leave the CWA. Otherwise, all woody materials, including stumps, may be removed
from the CWA, or chipped/mulched on the CWA. If chipped/mulched, such materials may be
given away, buried, or thinly spread across the CWA as described in Section II.C.2.
III.C.2 Brush
All cleared brush may be disposed by using any of the following methods:
1. With landowner agreement, brush may be piled just off the CWA in upland areas, but not within
50 feet of waterbodies or wetlands. Equipment used to stack the brush will not leave the CWA.
Brush piles will be constructed a maximum of approximately 12 feet wide and compacted to
approximately 4 feet high, with periodic breaks at a minimum of approximately every 200 feet
to permit wildlife travel.
2. Brush may be hauled off the CWA to an approved disposal site.
3. Brush may be chipped or mulched. Chips/mulch will be given away, buried, or during
construction applied over the CWA except in croplands, haylands and pasturelands
(collectively referred to as Agricultural Areas) or within 50 feet of waterbodies or wetlands. If
wood chips are used as mulch, do not use more than 1 ton/acre and add the equivalent of 11
lbs/acre available nitrogen (at least 50 percent of which is slow release) in accordance with
Section IV.F.4.3 of the FERC Plan.
III.C.3 Fence Crossings
Where it is necessary to remove fences, adequate temporary fences or gates as illustrated in Figure 9
will be installed in accordance with landowner agreement. Once construction is completed, permanent
fence repairs will be completed in accordance with landowner agreements. Typical fence restoration
is depicted on Figure 10.
III.D GRADING
Grading is necessary to provide a smooth and level surface for the safe and efficient operation of the
construction equipment used in the Project.
III.D.1 Grading Near Watercourses
Within 25 feet of the edge of a waterbody, initial grading will be limited to the areas required to install
equipment bridges and any associated temporary work space.

III.D.2 Tree Stump and Rock Removal/Disposal
Tree Stumps
Tree stumps may be cut, graded or removed within the CWA to allow adequate and safe clearance for
construction equipment and other vehicles. Tree stumps may be removed and chipped or mulched as
part of the clearing operation consistent with the requirements of Section II.C.2 above. In addition,
stumps may be cut flush with the ground using a stump grinder or equivalent.
Rock
Rock (including blast rock) will be disposed by using any of the following methods:
Buried within the CWA, including for use in fill during grade cut restoration.
Windrowed along the edge of the site, if authorized by the landowner.
Stored temporarily along the CWA and used as a deterrent for unauthorized use.
Removed from the CWA to an approved disposal site.
Crushed and then graded into the CWA as part of restoration.
NOTE: On a site-specific basis, mulch, rock, and stumps may also be buried within the CWA in
deep side hill cuts, as part of the restoration of such areas.
III.D.3 Erosion Control Devices Installed During Grading
Temporary erosion and sediment controls will be installed promptly after the initial disturbance of soils
as required by FERC Plan Section IV.F. In the vicinity of wetlands and waterbodies, temporary erosion
control measures, such as silt fencing and interceptor dikes, will be installed prior to conducting grading
activities. Such controls may involve hay or straw bales, silt fence, compacted earth, ground up
(chipped/mulched) woody material, or sand bags, as well as drivable berms across travel lanes within
the CWA), etc. (typical erosion control devices are described in Figures 12A, 12B, 13, 14, and 27). The
EI may require fewer temporary diversions consistent with the table on Figure 12A.
Temporary erosion and sediment control devices will be inspected as required by FERC Plan Section
II.B.13. Any controls requiring maintenance will be promptly reported to the Contractor (e.g., via a
daily punch list).
Temporary erosion controls will be properly maintained throughout construction and reinstalled as
necessary (e.g. after backfilling of the trench) as required under FERC Plan Section IV.F until replaced
by permanent erosion controls or restoration is complete.
III.D.4 Temporary Road Entrances
If needed to maintain safe public road conditions and to prevent tracking soil and mud onto public
roads, temporary road entrances will be installed as shown on Figure 6 where the CWA crosses public
roads or where access roads intersect public roads. Geotextile fabric will be used as noted in Figure 6
in areas used primary for residential purposes (e.g. a lawn) (Residential Areas) or Agricultural Areas.
In Agricultural Areas, topsoil will be stripped prior to the placement of fabric and stone for the
temporary access. Geotextile fabric is otherwise not required. If the public road is gravel, the
temporary entrance is not required to be graveled. If gravel is to be left after construction, landowner
approval is required. If no access is required from the CWA onto the roadway, the installation of a
construction entrance is not required, however, safety fencing may be installed across the CWA and

signs designating no entrance may be erected to avoid any unintentional entrances. Figure 15 depicts
typical erosion controls measures at road crossings.
If mud and/or soil is tracked onto public roads from the CWA, the tracked material will be swept,
shoveled, or scraped as necessary to keep the road surface safe for motorists.
III.E TRENCHING
III.E.1 General Specifications
The trench will be excavated to a depth sufficient to provide for the burial of the piping with the cover
required by U.S. DOT requirements for Class 2, 3 and 4 areas. In areas covered by the New York State
Department of Agriculture and Markets (NYSDAM) pipeline construction guidance document
Pipeline Right-of-Way Construction Projects Agricultural Mitigation, through the Stages of Planning,
Construction/Restoration and Follow-up Monitoring (NYSDAM Plan) the trench will be excavated to
a depth sufficient to provide the coverage required by Section 2.7 of the NYSDAM Plan.
Typically, the trench will not remain open for more than 30 days, except at tie-in and pressure test
locations, unless authorized by the EI. When the trench will remain open for a greater length of time,
appropriate erosion controls and safety measures will be employed as directed by the EI.
Spoil piles from trench excavation (or other CWA grading) should be stored in upland areas and
stabilized to prevent runoff into wetlands or waterbodies and generally should be placed at least 50 feet
upgradient from the edge of waterbodies. Spoil piles should be contained with erosion and sediment
controls to prevent spoil or silt-laden water from entering waterbodies or wetlands.
If it is necessary to pump water from the trench or bore pits, the water will be pumped into an
undisturbed and vegetated upland area where the water will filter back into the ground, a sediment trap
as illustrated in Figure 28, a sediment filter bag as illustrated in Figure 17, or through a sediment filter
device such as a series of terra tubes, filter sock, or flocculent logs at least 100 feet from any wetland
or waterbody. If little vegetation is present, straw bales or filter sock containment will be added around
the filter bag for additional sediment control. Water impounded in the trench will not be released
directly or by overland flow into any waterbody or wetland. If dewatering is necessary within 100 feet
of wetlands and waterbodies, water will be pumped to a haybale structure located in a well-vegetated
area, and filter bags will not be used (see Figure 30).
III.E.2 Blasting
If bedrock is encountered and requires removal, several conventional (non-explosive) techniques are
available, including conventional excavation with a backhoe, ripping with a dozer followed by backhoe
excavation, or hammering with a pointed backhoe attachment followed by backhoe excavation.
If drilling and blasting is determined to be necessary, all drilling and blasting will be conducted in a
cautious manner and suitable precautions will be taken to avoid injury or damage to persons, livestock,
or other property.
If blasting is necessary within 150 feet of residential or commercial buildings, Millennium may hire an
independent contractor to perform pre- and post-blast structural inspections if requested by the
landowner and may also deploy seismographic monitoring, if Millennium deems that appropriate.

III.E.3 Temporary Trench Plugs
Temporary trench plugs are in-trench barriers that typically consist of sand bags or compacted subsoil
(referred to as soft plugs), or unexcavated portions of the trench (referred to as hard plugs).
Such temporary plugs serve to segment an area of open trench, thereby reducing erosion and
sedimentation down the trench and assisting in reducing dewatering issues at the base of slopes where
water resources are often found.
Trench plugs, as illustrated in Figure 16, will be installed, typically, at every second temporary
interceptor diversion, but may be installed more or less frequently as deemed appropriate by the EI.
III.E.4 Temporary Construction Access over the Trench
Where access across the trench line is required, temporary facilities such as trench plugs, timber mats
(see Figure 26), or steel plates will be constructed or installed to permit safe crossing of livestock,
vehicles, equipment and persons from one side of the trench to the other.
Safety fencing (or equivalent) may be installed along both sides of the trench as appropriate to block
entry to the trench area except at the temporary crossing point.
III.F PIPE INSTALLATION AND TRENCH DEWATERING
III.F.1 General Pipe Installation
Pipe installation activities include stringing and bending; welding and weld inspection, and pipe
lowering-in. After the trench is excavated, pipe sections will be delivered to the CWA and strung
adjacent to the trench. Pipe sections will be bent where necessary to fit the contours of the trench,
aligned, and welded together. The welded joints will be field-coated while the pipe is strung on supports
(skids), and welds will be radiographed.
Lowering-in involves placing the completed pipe sections in the trench, where a tie-in weld will be
made. Before the pipe is lowered- in, the trench will be dewatered, cleaned of debris, and padded as
necessary.
III.F.2 Trench Dewatering
Trench dewatering will be performed as required to remove accumulated water from the trench (or
other pipe excavations) prior to and after the installation of the pipe. Any dewatering, either on or off
the CWA, will be conducted so as not to discharge any heavily silt-laden water from the trench directly
into wetlands or waterbodies (see, FERC Procedures, Sections V.B.11 and VI.B.4).
If necessary to pump water from the trench or bore pits, the water will be pumped into one of the
following:
A non-environmentally sensitive, heavily vegetated upland area;

A sediment trap as illustrated in Figure 28; or
Through a sediment filter bag as illustrated in Figure 17 or through a sediment filter device
such as a series of terra tubes, filter sock, or flocculent logs that is placed at least 100 feet from
any waterbody or wetland (see Figure 29). If little vegetation is present, straw bales or filter
sock containment may be added around the filter bag for additional sediment control. Where
trench dewatering is required within 100 feet of wetlands or waterbodies, filter bags will not

be used and the water will be discharged to a haybale structure located in a well-vegetated area
(see Figure 30).
If dewatering/discharge activities must be located off the CWA, locations will be selected that
reasonably minimize impacts, including impacts to Sensitive Resource Areas.
If reasonably practicable, the intakes of hoses used to pump water from the trench may be elevated and
may be screened to minimize the amount of sediment carried in the discharge.
Dewatering devices or structures will be removed after the completion of all dewatering activities in an
area.
III.G BACKFILLING
III.G.1 General
Backfilling will follow the lowering-in of the pipe. Backfill will consist of the material removed from
the trench or other fill material brought to the site if the existing trench spoil is not suitable for use as
backfill.
Where the trench bottom is irregularly shaped (e.g., due to rock) or excavated spoil is not suitable for
use as backfill around the pipe, padding (typically consisting of sand or screened spoil from the
excavation) may be required.
Soil that has been excavated during construction and not used for backfill will be evenly spread
over upland areas of the CWA or removed from the site and properly disposed in an upland
area.
All waste materials (e.g., barrels, cans, drums, stumps, coating and wrap, rubbish, or other
refuse) will not be placed in the trench and will be removed from the CWA.
Excess rock, including blast rock, may be used to backfill the trench to the top of the existing
bedrock profile once the pipe is properly padded.
In cultivated/agricultural lands, rock will not be used for backfill within 24 inches of the
anticipated final grade in mesic soils nor 30 inches from the anticipated final grade in frigid
soils.
III.G.2 Trench Line Barriers (Trench Plugs)
Trench line barriers as illustrated in Figure 16 will be installed in the trench prior to backfilling in a
manner consistent with requirements in FERC Plan Section V.B.1.
III.H GRADING, CLEANUP, RESTORATION AND STABILIZATION
Restoration of the CWA begins with rough grading, which will commence promptly after or in
conjunction with backfilling. Thereafter, disturbed areas along the CWA will be stabilized either by:
Final grading and restoration; or

Temporary stabilization measures to prevent erosion and sedimentation until final grading and
restoration can be completed.
All construction debris (e.g., used wetland filter bags, skids, trash) will be removed from the CWA.
Non-hazardous materials and waste will be disposed in an approved landfill. Hazardous materials and

waste will be disposed in accordance with all applicable Millennium policies and applicable regulatory
requirements. If construction or restoration continues into the winter season, Millennium will follow
its Winter Construction Plan.
III.H.1 Final Grading
Reasonable efforts will be made to complete final grading and installation of permanent erosion
control devices within 20 days (10 days in Residential Areas) of backfilling the trench. If
related construction in the area or seasonal or other weather or soil conditions prevents
compliance with these time frames, temporary erosion controls (e.g., temporary slope breakers,
silt fence/hay (straw) bale erosion/sediment controls) will be maintained until conditions do
allow final grading and restoration. (refer to FERC Plan, Section V.A.1).
In preparation for reseeding, the CWA will be re-graded to the approximate pre-construction
contours.
In no case will final grading be delayed beyond the end of the next recommended seeding
season.
If final grade can be established, but conditions are not ideal for permanent seeding, temporary
stabilization measures (including temporary seeding) will be applied; the concurrent
application of final seed mix and mulch (as provided in Table 2b and 2c) also may be
considered, with the understanding that subsequent restoration will be required in the following
growing season if the revegetation effort is not successful.
A travel lane may be left open temporarily to allow access by construction traffic if the
temporary erosion control structures are maintained in accordance with the FERC Plan. When
access is no longer needed, the travel lane must be removed and the ROW restored.
During final grading, soil over the trench may be mounded to allow for future settling. Where
fill in the trench or major depressions have settled below ground level, additional fill will be
added as needed, and the area brought to final grade.
The size, density and distribution of rock on the CWA should be similar to adjacent areas not
disturbed by construction.
III.H.2 Final Erosion Control Devices
Final erosion control devices including interceptor diversion/slope breakers will be installed during
final grading as provided in the FERC Plan. See Figures 12A and 12B for installation and spacing
details.
III.H.3 Restoration
Restoration will typically begin within 6 days of final grading, weather and soil conditions permitting.
Millennium will generally follow the soil additive and seeding requirements of FERC Plan
Section V.D. In rocky soils, fertilizer and lime may be incorporated into the soil with tracked
equipment.
The typical application rates for lime, fertilizer, seed and mulch are listed in Table 2a. They will be
used unless a different mix is required by an applicable permit or Millennium agrees to use a different
mix after consulting with the landowner or local soil conservation authority. If mulching is done before
seeding, mulch application will be increased on all slopes (8 percent or more) within 100 feet of
waterbodies and wetlands to a rate of 3 tons/acre of straw or equivalent.

If hydroseeding is utilized, lime and fertilizer applications should be equivalent to Table 2a unless an
applicable permit requires something different or Millennium agrees to a different mix after consulting
with the landowner or local soil conservation authority. Hay or straw mulch will be applied in
accordance with Table 2a over hydroseeding. Hydromulch can be used in conjunction with (for texture
purposes) but not substituted for hay or straw mulch. When hydroseeding, scarify the seedbed to
facilitate the lodging and germination of seed.
The seedbed in disturbed areas will be prepared to a depth of 3-4 inches to provide a firm seedbed
Millennium will uniformly apply and cover seed in accordance with Tables 2a through 2c unless an
applicable permit requires something different or Millennium agrees to a different mix after consulting
with the landowner or local soil conservation authority
Millennium will treat legume seed with an inoculate specific to the species using the manufacturers
recommended rate of inoculant appropriate for the seeding method. If the above recommendations are
not available for conventional seeding, Millennium will use 4 times the manufactures recommended
rate of inoculate. For hydroseeding, 10 times the recommended rate of inoculate will be used.
Permanent seeding, liming, and fertilizing may be performed by the landowner. Millennium will ensure
that the restoration is satisfactory and consistent with the regulatory requirements.
Millennium will restore all turf, ornamental shrubs, and specialized landscaping in accordance with the
landowners request, or compensate the landowner. Restoration work will be performed by personnel
familiar with local horticultural and turf establishment practices.
Jute netting as illustrated in Figure 19 or equivalent approved by the EI may be used on steep slopes to
help stabilize the slope. Coconut fiber erosion control blanket/netting will not be used.
Restoration will be considered successful if the standards of the FERC Plan have been met.
III.H.4 Temporary Stabilization Measures
When the EI determines that temporary stabilization measures are required, they will be completed as
soon as reasonably practicable, weather permitting. Seeding and mulching application rates will be as
shown in Table 2a.
Consideration will be given to the following when determining if temporary stabilization measures are
to be implemented:
If final grading and installation of permanent interceptor diversions or slope breakers will not
be completed in an area within 20 days after the trench in that area is backfilled (10 days in
residential areas);
Construction or restoration activity is interrupted for extended periods;
Anticipated weather conditions; and
Resources on and off the CWA to be protected.
If temporary stabilization measures are utilized, final grading and/or restoration will commence once
weather and soil conditions permit.

III.H.5 Restoring Man Made Structures
All existing man-made installations that are disturbed or damaged during construction along new ROW
will be repaired or replaced and left in equivalent or better condition than they were found prior to
construction, unless alternative arrangements with landowners have been agreed to.
Man-made installations on existing ROW that are disturbed or damaged during construction will be
addressed consistent with Millenniums encroachment policy.
III.H.6 Off-Road Vehicle (ORV) Control
Millennium will discuss with each landowner of forested lands that are crossed by the new ROW of the
need for ORV control. If requested, Millennium will install one or more of the following ORV control
measures:
Plant conifers (pine trees) across the CWA. The spacing of trees and length of CWA planted
should provide for adequate facility maintenance, but should be sufficient to limit access and
to screen the ROW from view. Trees will not be planted within 15 feet of either side of the
pipeline;
Install a slash and timber barrier, a pipe barrier, or a line of boulders across the CWA to restrict
vehicle access;
Install a locking gate with fencing extending a reasonable distance to prevent bypass; or
Install No Trespass signs.
III.I PRESSURE TESTING
The pipeline will be pressure tested in accordance with U.S. Department of Transportation (USDOT)
49 Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) Part 192 requirements to ensure its integrity for the intended
service and operating pressures. The pipeline will be tested with water, air or inert gas. Test pressure
will be obtained by adding the appropriate testing medium to the test section with a high-pressure pump.
If water is used, it will be sourced and discharged according to applicable permits and authorizations.
At the completion of the hydrostatic test, the pressure is relieved and the water is removed from the test
section. If necessary, methanol or other drying agents may be injected, after discharging the water, to
dry the pipe. Excess methanol will be collected from the facility and disposed of in accordance with
applicable regulations.
Test Water Sources
Millennium plans to purchase commercially-available water for hydrostatic testing for the Project. If
Hydrostatic test water is drawn from local sources (waterbodies), it will be done in a manner that
complies with FERC Procedures Section VII.C and applicable permit conditions.
Test Water Discharge
Hydrostatic test water will be discharged in a manner consistent with FERC Procedures Section VII.D
and applicable permit requirements. Figure 28 depicts a hydrostatic test dewatering pit.

Water will be discharged by using any of the following methods:
Into a well-vegetated upland area;

Into a transport trailer tank;
Into a body of water (consistent with applicable permits);
Into a tank(s) or holding pond if public water supplies are used; or
Through sediment filter devices or a sediment trap.
III.J RESIDENTIAL AREA CONSTRUCTION
In addition to the measures for Upland Construction, if the CWA crosses Residential Areas, Millennium
will prevent the mixing of topsoil with subsoil as required by the FERC Plan or in the alternative import
topsoil for the disturbed areas as part of the restoration. Millennium will remove excess rock from at
least the top 12 inches of soil, unless the landowner approves otherwise.
Millennium will test topsoil and subsoil for compaction at regular intervals in Residential Areas
disturbed by construction activities. Readings will be taken a minimum of every 100 to 150 feet, or
three to four readings per acre. Millennium will compare the results of such tests to tests on the
same soil type under similar moisture conditions in undisturbed areas to identify approximate
preconstruction conditions. Millennium will use U.S. Army Corps of Engineers-style cone
penetrometers or other appropriate devices to conduct tests. Millennium will perform appropriate soil
compaction mitigation in severely compacted Residential Areas.
In addition, for all residences located within 50 feet of the CWA, Millennium will comply with the
requirements of FERC Plan Section III.H.
III.K AGRICULTURAL AREA CONSTRUCTION
Millennium will coordinate with NYSDAM and has incorporated certain provisions of the NYSDAM
Plan into this ECS either expressly or by agreeing to implement the provisions of the FERC Plan.
Farm owners/operators can use the local landowner information number, (845) 466-9514, before and
during construction and the information hotline, (877) 213-1944, after construction to contact
Millennium about any concerns.
Millennium will include the NYSDAM Plan with the documents provided to bidders for the Project
and will include in the contract issued to the successful bidder a requirement that the contractor comply
with the Agricultural Areas provisions of this ECS and will include the Agricultural Areas provisions
of this ECS in the environmental training done with the winning contractor prior to the start of
construction.
III.K.1 Topsoil Protection
Millennium will prevent the mixing of topsoil with subsoil by stripping topsoil from the Construction
Work Area. Millennium will segregate at least 12 inches of topsoil in deep soils (more than 12 inches
of topsoil) and make reasonable efforts to segregate the entire topsoil layer in soils with less than 12
inches of topsoil.
In cultivated/agricultural lands, Millennium will comply with Section 3.6 of the NYSDAM Plan
regarding use of rock for backfilling the trench. Excess rock will not be used for backfill within

24 inches of the anticipated final grade in mesic soils nor 30 inches from the anticipated final
grade in frigid soils.
III.K.2 Drainage Tile and Irrigation Facilities
Millennium will comply with FERC Plan Section IV.C with regard to work in areas where there are
existing or planned drain tiles and irrigation systems. Drain tile removed, cut, broken, or otherwise
damaged during construction will be repaired or replaced as illustrated in Figure 18.
III.K.3 Alternate Grazing Plans
The open trench will be fenced and temporary livestock and farm equipment crossings (or trench plugs)
will be provided where needed by the landowner.
Millennium will work with the landowner during the planning phase to develop a plan to delay the
pasturing of the ROW, following construction, until pasture areas are adequately revegetated.
Millennium will be responsible for maintaining the temporary fences on the ROW until Millennium
determines that the vegetation on the ROW is established and able to accommodate grazing. At such
time, Millennium will be responsible for the removal of the fences.
III.K.4 Soil Compaction
Millennium will comply with Section 3.7 of the NYSDAM Plan for subsoil decompaction in
agricultural land. In agricultural lands, subsoil compaction results will be no greater than 250 psi for a
depth of 18 inches, as measured with a soil penetrometer, unless bedrock is encountered.
Millennium will comply with FERC Plan Section V.C regarding Soil Compaction in residential areas.
III.K.5 NYSDAM Plan Incorporation
The following sections of the NYSDAM Plan are incorporated by reference into this ECS:
Section 3.4 Blasting Requirements
Section 3.5 Supplemental Backfill Materials
Section 3.7 Subsoil Ripping, Stone Removal, Topsoil Cover and Subsoil Shattering
III.L NOISE AND DUST CONTROL
Construction equipment will be properly muffled and maintained.
Reasonable efforts will be made to control dust at sensitive areas such as Residential Areas and road
crossings. Water trucks may be used to dampen the CWA if fugitive dust becomes a material problem.
IV. WATERBODY CROSSINGS
IV.A GENERAL
The main objective of any waterbody crossing is to complete the work in a manner that minimizes
erosion and subsequent sedimentation into the waterbody. The following general procedures will apply
to crossings of waterbodies:
Millennium will follow the procedures set forth in FERC Procedures, Section V.

The EI will conduct pre-construction walkovers of the CWA to identify the waterbody crossing
boundaries.
If the pipeline parallels a waterbody, Millennium will attempt to maintain at least 15 feet of
undisturbed vegetation between the waterbody and the ROW except at the crossing location.
The crossing will be constructed as close as reasonably possible to a right angle with the
waterbody channel.
Adequate downstream flow rates will be maintained at all times to protect aquatic life and
prevent the interruption of existing downstream uses.
Standards relating to spill prevention at waterbodies are contained in Millenniums Spill
Prevention and Response Procedures (included as Attachment D to this ECS).
Where a waterbody is adjacent to the CWA, sediment barriers will be installed along the edge
of the CWA as necessary to contain spoil and sediment within the CWA.
Millennium will monitor the status of the crossing and will have adequate staff and equipment
available to address adverse environmental effects.
Spill response materials will be available at the crossing site and Millennium will follow the
procedures in its Spill Prevention and Response Procedures (refer to Attachment D).
Under normal conditions, all in-stream construction will be accomplished within the time
frames established in Millenniums plans. Whenever a time limit is imposed on a crossing
procedure, that time limit is only applicable to trenching (except blasting), lowering in, and
backfilling. Clearing, grading and equipment crossing installation and removal activities are
not subject to the time limits.
IV.B EQUIPMENT CROSSINGS
Only clearing equipment and equipment necessary for installation of equipment bridges may cross
waterbodies prior to bridge installation. Millennium will limit the number of such crossings of each
waterbody to one per piece of equipment. Equipment bridges will be constructed to allow unrestricted
flow and to prevent soil from entering the waterbody (see Figures 23 and 24).
Construction equipment bridges consisting of culvert(s) with clean rock fill of non-erodible material or
equipment pads as illustrated in Figures 23 and 24 may be installed at waterbodies. For proper culvert
installation, the EI may permit grading/excavating equipment to enter the waterbody. Equipment
bridges are not required at minor waterbodies that do not have a state-designed fishery classification
(for example, agricultural or intermittent drainage ditches). However, if an equipment bridge is used
it must comply with the provisions of this ECS. Culverts will be aligned to minimize to the extent
reasonable bank erosion and streambed scour.
Temporary equipment bridges will be removed as soon as reasonably practicable after final restoration
of all areas accessed using that bridge. If there will be more than one (1) month between final cleanup
and the beginning of final restoration and reasonable alternative access to the ROW is available, the
temporary equipment bridge will be removed as soon as reasonably practicable after final cleanup of
the area accessed using that bridge.
IV.C CLEARING
Clearing will be done in the manner described in Section III.C above.

IV.D GRADING
Grading equipment will not enter the waterbody to grade the banks. Waterbody banks will be graded
only where, and as much as, necessary to permit safe and efficient operation of construction equipment.
During grading operations, sediment filter devices will be installed promptly across the CWA and as
close to the water as reasonably practicable. Removable sediment filter devices will be installed across
the travel lane. These removable sediment filter devices, if removed during the day, will be re-installed
by the end of the work day or when heavy precipitation is imminent. All disturbed areas within 50 feet
of the waters edge will be promptly mulched. The mulch will be maintained until the waterbody
crossing restoration is complete.
Spoil from CWA grading will be piled at least 10 feet from the waterbodys bank and promptly
protected with sediment filter/erosion control devices to minimize the potential for erosion into the
waterbody.
IV.E BLASTING
IV.E.1 Notifications
Millennium will comply with the notifications required under applicable blasting permits.
IV.E.2 Procedures
During the pre-planning of waterbody crossings, an evaluation (typically test pits dug with a backhoe)
will be made concerning the need for blasting. If the evaluation is inconclusive, the waterbody bed will
be tested for consolidated rock prior to trenching.
If the waterbody bottom is consolidated rock, it can be drilled and shot at any time prior to commencing
the crossing. However, removal of shot rock, and any additional drilling, shooting, and material
removal, will be completed within the minimum number of consecutive calendar days as reasonably
practicable. Any applicable time frame for completing the crossing will immediately commence once
a trench of appropriate dimensions is established.
IV.F CROSSING TECHNIQUES
Millennium typically utilizes either the dry-ditch (i.e., flume or dam and pump), or dry waterbody
techniques to install pipelines across waterbodies. Figures 20, 21, and 22 illustrate these methods.
Upland construction techniques may be used for waterbody crossings without perceptible flow at the
time of the crossing, provided that a culvert is promptly installed to carry stormwater flow across the
trench area and the erosion and sediment control devices illustrated in Figure 22 are installed.
The dry waterbody crossing method shall only be used in streams that have no discernable flow at
the time of the waterbody crossing, provided that a contingency plan is developed that prescribes
measures to be taken in case of a storm event during trenching. Measures shall include, but are not
limited to: monitoring weather conditions closely during work within the stream channel; moving
equipment and materials outside of the stream channel if a storm event is predicted; installing a
temporary waterbody crossing method prior to the predicted storm event; and temporarily stabilizing
the stream channel. In case of a storm event during or just before trenching through a waterbody,
sufficient equipment to be able to handle large flows will be available.

In accordance with the FERC Procedures and where the pipeline will not be installed using HDD, the
duration of construction across perennial waterbodies will be limited to 48 hours (24 hours to cross the
waterbody and 24 hours for restoration) across minor waterbodies (10 feet wide or less) and
intermediate waterbodies (between 10 and 100 feet wide). Banks will be restored to as near to or better
than pre-construction conditions within 24 hours of completion of each open-cut crossing. Any
deviations in timing that would result in extended crossing durations will be identified in advance by
Millennium and notification made to FERC with site-specific justification. No major waterbodies are
crossed by the Project.
IV.G TRENCHING
Notifications to applicable jurisdictional agencies will be made at least 2 days prior to any trenching in
waterbodies, or as specified in applicable permits.
Prior to trenching within the waterbody, the upland trench will be dewatered in the manner described
in III.F.2 above.
Sediment filter devices for trench spoil will be installed prior to commencing trenching activities.
Sediment filter devices can be temporarily removed from the trench line to allow trenching activities
to proceed.
All spoil from minor and intermediate waterbody crossings, and upland spoil from major waterbody
crossings, must be placed in the CWA or ATWS at least 10 feet from the waters edge.
For all new construction activities, the minimum depth of cover for all waterbody crossings is 48 inches
in normal soils and 24 inches in consolidated rock.
Trench plugs will be used at all non-flumed waterbody crossings to prevent diversion of water into
upland portions of the pipeline trench and to keep any accumulated trench water out of the waterbody.
Trench plugs should be of sufficient size to withstand upslope water pressure.
For dry ditch method crossings, sand bag or sand bag and plastic sheeting diversion structure or
equivalent will be used to develop an effective seal and to divert stream flow through the flume pipe
(some modifications to the waterbody bottom may be required to achieve an effective seal). In addition,
the flume pipe will not be removed during trenching, pipe laying, or backfilling activities, or initial
streambed restoration efforts.
IV.H BACKFILLING
Waterbody bottoms will be returned as near as reasonably practicable to their original contours. Spoil
from the trench will be used as backfill. Clean gravel or native cobbles will be used for the final one-
foot of fill in the backfilled trench in all coldwater fisheries. The sediment filter devices removed at the
stream will be promptly reinstalled after backfilling.
IV.I RESTORATION
IV.I.1 General
The preferred restoration method is to achieve final grade and restore the waterbody, its banks, and 50-
foot buffers within 24 hours of backfilling. In the absence of site-specific seeding recommendations,

the specifications listed in Table 2a will be used. If conditions do not permit the preferred method, the
CWA not in use for access will be promptly rough graded and stabilized in accordance with Table 2a.
Waterbody banks will be stabilized and temporary sediment barriers/sediment filter devices will be
installed within 24 hours of completing the crossing. For dry-ditch crossings, streambed and bank
stabilization will be completed before returning flow to the waterbody channel.
Millennium will not use liquid mulch binders within 100 feet of waterbodies.
All waterbody banks will be returned to approximate preconstruction contours or to a stable angle of
repose as approved by the EI. Where applicable, native woody vegetation such as willow stakes will
be used to restore and stabilize stream banks that are temporarily impacted by construction. Any
stabilization measures used on stream banks will consist of biodegradable materials (see Figure 31).
Temporarily disturbed riparian areas will be revegetated with conservation grasses and legumes or
native plant species.
Erosion control fabric, Figure 19, such as jute netting or bonded fiber blankets will be installed as
needed, on the waterbody banks at the time of final bank recontouring. Synthetic monofilament
mesh/netted erosion control blank may not be used in areas designated as sensitive wildlife habitat
unless the product is specifically designed to minimize harm to wildlife. The erosion control fabric will
be anchored with staples or other appropriate devices.
Once permanent revegetation is successful, temporary sediment and erosion control devices will be
removed from the CWA and properly disposed.
Any excess spoil material not taken off site to an approved location will be disposed in an upland area
and adequately stabilized to prevent return flow or sedimentation to wetlands or other waterbodies.
IV.I.2 Non-Vegetative Bank Stabilization
If non-vegetative bank stabilization measures are required immediately at a waterbody crossing,

Millennium will consult with NYSDEC regarding the proposed stabilization measures. The first
preference will be to use native rocks or boulders from the CWA. The objective is to stabilize the
waterbody banks while matching pre-construction and off-CWA conditions to the extent reasonably
practicable. Where necessary, Millennium will install native woody vegetation to restore and stabilize
stream banks that are temporarily impacted by construction. Any stabilization measures used on stream
banks will consist of biodegradable materials.
V. WETLAND CROSSINGS
V.A GENERAL
The main objective of any wetland crossing is to construct the pipeline and restore the original contour
of the wetland.

V.A.1 Pre-Construction Surveys and Wetland Flagging
The EI will mark wetland boundaries in the field prior to the initiation of clearing and construction.
Boundary markings will consist of signs and/or visible flagging. The EI will maintain these field
markings during construction.
The CWA will be limited to 75 feet in wetlands, unless topography or soil limitations require additional
area, which must be approved by the Commission and any other regulatory agency with jurisdiction
over the affected wetland.
V.B CONSTRUCTION TECHNIQUES
Temporary wetland impacts may include soil disturbance, temporary alteration of hydrology and loss
of vegetation during construction.
Mulch will not be used as a temporary erosion control measure in wetlands.
Standards relating to spill prevention at wetlands are contained in Millenniums Spill Prevention and
Response Procedures (included as Attachment D to this ECS). Spill response materials will be
available at wetland crossings, and Millennium will comply with the provisions of its Spill Prevention
and Response Procedures (included as Attachment D to this ECS).
V.C CLEARING
Tree and brush clearing in wetlands will be performed so that vegetation will be cut off at ground level,
leaving the existing root systems in place where practicable. Tree stumps will be removed in areas to
receive fill.
All cut vegetation will be removed from the wetland for disposal.
V.D GRADING
Grading in wetlands will consist of the minimum necessary for safe and efficient equipment operation.
Pulling of tree stumps and grading activities will be limited to the areas directly over the trench
line.1
No grading or removal of stumps or root systems from the rest of the CWA in wetlands will
occur unless the CI and EI determine that safety-related construction constraints require
removal of tree stumps from other areas within the CWA.
No tree stumps, rock, soil imported from outside the wetland, or brush will be used to stabilize
the CWA or as equipment pads in wetlands.
Where wetlands are adjacent to the CWA and the CWA slopes toward the wetland, sediment barriers
will be installed along the edge of the CWA as necessary to prevent sediment flow into the wetland.
Sediment barriers will be removed after successful CWA restoration.
Sediment filter devices will be installed promptly across the CWA during grading at the wetland edge
and maintained until CWA revegetation is complete. Temporary interceptor diversions will be installed
adjacent to wetlands. Typical locations for these devices are illustrated in Figure 25.
1 Stumps may be removed during clearing, depending on the type of clearing equipment used.

V.E BLASTING
During the pre-planning of crossing wetlands with standing water or saturated soils, an evaluation will
be made concerning the need for blasting. If the evaluation is inconclusive, the wetland will be tested
for consolidated rock prior to trenching. If the wetland has consolidated rock, it will be drilled and shot
as part of the single construction entity.
V.F CROSSING TECHNIQUES
For wetland crossings without standing water or saturated soils, upland construction techniques may be
used provided that up to 12 inches of topsoil is taken from the trench and stockpiled separately from
the remaining excavated material. The CWA may be used for access when the wetland soil is firm
enough to avoid rutting or if the CWA has been appropriately stabilized to avoid rutting (e.g., with
timber matting, prefabricated equipment mats, or terra mats). In wetlands that cannot be appropriately
stabilized, all construction equipment other than that needed to install the wetland crossing will use
access roads located in upland areas unless access roads in upland areas do not provide reasonable
access, in which case other construction equipment will be limited to one pass through the wetland
using the CWA.
Crossings in wetlands with non-saturated soil will be constructed in a manner that will reasonably
minimize the amount of time construction activities are occurring in the wetland, such as the length of
time the topsoil is segregated and the trench is open.
Crossings in wetlands with standing water or saturated soils will be constructed as separate construction
entities, such that trenching, pipe installation, backfilling, and restoration are completed in the
minimum number of consecutive calendar days as reasonably necessary. Clearing, grading and
equipment crossing installations are not included as part of the separate construction entity. The push-
pull or float technique of pipe installation will be utilized whenever water and other site conditions
permit. The pipeline will be assembled in an upland area unless the wetland is dry enough to adequately
support skids and pipe.
If standing water or saturated soils are present or if construction equipment causes ruts or mixing of the
topsoil and subsoil, Millennium will use low-ground-weight construction equipment, or operate normal
equipment on timber matting, prefabricated equipment mats or terra mats. Millennium will remove all
equipment mats, and timber matting during restoration of the wetland.
Staging areas will be located at least 50 feet from the wetland edge except where the adjacent upland
consists of cultivated or rotated cropland or other disturbed land.
Construction equipment operating in wetland areas will be limited to that needed to clear the CWA, dig
the trench, fabricate and install the pipeline, backfill the trench, and restore the CWA.
A typical wetland crossing is illustrated in Figure 25.
V.G TRENCHING
Prior to trenching within the wetland, the upland trench may be dewatered in the manner described in
III.F.2 above.

Sediment filter devices for trench spoil will be installed prior to commencing trenching activities if
determined necessary by the EI, to prevent the flow of spoil off the CWA. Sediment filter devices can
be temporarily removed from the trench line to allow trenching activities to proceed
V.H BACKFILLING
Spoil from the trench will be used as backfill. The surface will be re-contoured as closely as reasonably
practicable to the original contour so that changes in drainage patterns will be minimized. The
conserved topsoil layer will be returned to the surface after backfilling.
Where the pipeline trench may drain a wetland, trench line barriers will be constructed and/or the trench
bottom will be sealed as necessary to maintain the original wetland hydrology. For each wetland
crossed, a permanent interceptor diversion and trench line barriers will be installed at the base of slopes
near the boundary between the wetland and adjacent upland areas.
V.I RESTORATION
For each wetland crossed, a trench breaker may be installed at the base of slopes near the boundary
between the wetland and adjacent upland areas. A permanent slope breaker/interceptor diversion will
be installed across the CWA at the base of a slope greater than 5 percent where the base of the slope is
less than 50 feet from the wetland, or as needed to prevent sediment transport into the wetland. In
addition, sediment barriers/sediment filter devices will be installed as shown in Figure 25. In some
areas, with the approval of the EI, an earthen berm may be suitable as a sediment barrier adjacent to the
wetland.
Upon completion of construction of the pipeline in wetland areas with saturated soils, the wetlands will
be seeded with the seed mix and rate specified in Table 2a or Table 2c unless an applicable permit
requires something different or Millennium agrees to a different mix required by an applicable permit
or after consulting with the landowner or local soil conservation authority. A native wetland seed mix
will be applied to all PFO wetlands disturbed by the Project. Typical wetland restoration notes are
included in Figure 32.
Fertilizer or lime will not be used in wetlands.

Asphaltic emulsions will not be used to stabilize mulch within 100 feet of wetlands.
Liquid mulch binders will not be used within 100 feet of wetlands.
When permanent revegetation is successful and restoration work is complete, all remaining sediment
filter devices including silt fence fabric materials including fragments of fabric material, other
construction debris, and remaining hay bales will be removed from the CWA and properly disposed.
VI. MAINTENANCE
VI.A GENERAL
Maintenance of Millenniums rights-of-way is an ongoing process, which is governed by Millennium

policy, certificate conditions, permit conditions and landowner agreements. Use of herbicides will
follow Millennium policy. Maintenance activities will be performed with emphasis on preservation
and enhancement of the environment. All applicable certificate and permit conditions will be
incorporated into the future maintenance plan for the facility.
Full width vegetation maintenance clearing will not occur more frequently than once every 3 years.
However, to facilitate periodic corrosion and leak surveys, a corridor not exceeding 10 feet in width

centered on the pipeline may be maintained annually in an herbaceous state. In no case will full width
vegetation maintenance clearing occur between April 15 and August 1 of any year (see Figure 33).
VI.B UPLAND AREAS
Plant growth on the ROW will be inspected regularly and maintained for the life of the facility. Follow-
up inspections will occur after the first and second growing season.
Revegetation in non-agricultural areas will be considered successful if upon visual survey the density
and cover of non-nuisance vegetation is similar to adjacent undisturbed land. In agricultural areas,
revegetation will be considered successful if upon visual survey, crop growth and vigor are similar to
adjacent undisturbed portions of the same field, unless a landowner agreement provides otherwise. If
revegetation is not successful, the area will be restored as soon as reasonably practicable. Revegetation
efforts will be continued until revegetation is successful.
Problems with drainage resulting from construction activities in active Agricultural Areas will be
reported in accordance with Millennium policy. Corrective measures will be performed as needed.
Erosion problems on the ROW and permanent access roads will be reported in accordance with
Millennium policy. Corrective measures will be performed as needed provided the problem resulted
from construction or operation of the facility. Erosion control devices that are no longer required may
be removed in accordance with Millennium policy. Similarly, additional erosion control devices may
be installed.
All temporary sediment barriers will be maintained in place until permanent revegetation measures are
successful or the upland areas adjacent to wetlands, waterbodies, or roads are stabilized. Temporary
sediment barriers will be removed from an area once that area is successfully restored.
In cooperation with landowners, efforts to control unauthorized ORV use will continue throughout the
life of the project. Signs and gates will be maintained consistent with Millennium policy.
VI.C WATERBODIES, WETLANDS, AND ENVIRONMENTALLY SENSITIVE AREAS
During the operation of the pipeline system, Millennium will work cooperatively with governing
regulatory agencies in an effort to reasonably minimize the impacts of facility maintenance in
waterbodies, wetlands, and other environmentally sensitive areas. The following procedures will be
applied to ROW maintenance activities:
Vegetation maintenance adjacent to waterbodies will be limited to allow the growth of a

vegetated riparian strip 25 feet wide, as measured from the waterbodys mean high water mark.
Figure 34 illustrates typical ROW maintenance standards near waterbodies.
Attempts will be made to prevent the invasion or spread of undesirable exotic vegetation
(i.e., purple loosestrife and phragmites) within wetland areas disturbed during construction.
Typically, these efforts will be limited to the use of Millenniums standard wetland construction
techniques.
Herbicides will not be used within wetlands or waterbodies unless otherwise approved by
applicable regulatory agencies.
In wetlands, a corridor up to 10 feet wide centered on the pipeline will be maintained in an
herbaceous state. In addition, trees that are located within 15 feet of the pipeline and greater
than 15 feet tall may be selectively cut. All felled trees will be removed from the wetland, but
stumps may be left in place.

Millennium will monitor the success of wetland revegetation annually until wetland
revegetation is successful as defined by FERC Procedures Section VI.D.5. If revegetation is
not successful after 3 years, Millennium will develop and implement a plan consistent with the
requirements of FERC Procedures Section VI.D.6 and will continue revegetation efforts until
wetland revegetation is successful.

VII GLOSSARY AND DEFINITION OF TERMS
Agricultural Areas: Collectively any of the following: croplands, haylands or pasturelands.
ATWS Additional temporary work space
CI: The Chief Inspector, who reports directly to the Construction Manager and is
the individual responsible for managing all inspection activities during
construction. The CI supervises a team of inspectors including clearing,
grading, welding, backfilling, restoration, and environmental.
CWA: The construction work area includes, but is not limited to, permanent and
temporary construction ROW, extra work spaces, contractors wareyards and
access roads. The CWA is depicted on the site drawings.
ECS: These Environmental Construction Standards
EI: The Inspector responsible for environmental compliance. Roles and

responsibilities are as defined by the FERC Plan.
Environmental Collectively, any applicable environmental rules and regulations, including the
Requirements: Project-specific requirements contained in the approvals issued by the
Commission, and other applicable environmental permits and the environmental
commitments in landowner easement agreements.
FERC or Commission: Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
FERC Plan: FERC (2013) Upland Erosion Control, Revegetation, and Maintenance Plan
FERC Procedures: FERC (2013) Wetland and Waterbody Construction and Mitigation Procedures
Millennium: Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
NRCS: (U.S. Department of Agriculture) Natural Resource Conservation Service
NYSDAM: New York State Department of Agriculture and Markets
NYSDAM Plan: NYSDAMs pipeline construction guidance document titled Pipeline Right-of-
Way Construction Projects Agricultural Mitigation, through the Stages of
Planning, Construction/Restoration and Follow-up Monitoring
ORV: Off-road vehicle.
Project: Valley Lateral Project
Residential Areas: Upland areas used primary for residential purposes (e.g. a lawn)
ROW: Right-of-way.
Sensitive Resource Areas: Collectively, means cultural resource sites, wetlands, waterbodies and sensitive
species habitats.

TABLE 2A
Temporary Seeding and Mulching
Mix Type Components Rates Dates

A Temporary cover Annual or Perennial Ryegrass 1lb / 1000 sq. ft. Spring,
for upland and Fertilizer (5-10-10) Not required summer, or
wetland areas Pulverized Agricultural lime Not required early fall
B Temporary cover Aroostook winter rye (cereal rye) 1 lb / 1000 sq. ft. Late fall or
for upland and Fertilizer (5-10-10) Not required winter
wetland areas Pulverized agricultural lime Not required
Mulch (uplands Hay/straw 2 tons per acre
only unless
required in
writing by federal
and state
agencies)
TABLE 2B
Permanent Seeding and Mulching - Uplands
Rate in Rate in lbs/1000 square

Seed Mixture Variety
lbs/acre feet
Mix #1- Shaded Areas
Creeping red Enslyva, Pennlawn,
10 0.25
fescue Boreal
Perennial
Pennfine, Linn 10 0.25
ryegrass
Mix #2- Live, pure seed ideal for upland edge of wetlands
Shelter, Pathfinder,
Switchgrass Trailblazer or 20 0.5
Blackwell
Mix #3- Sand and Gravel areas
Shelter, Pathfinder,
Switchgrass Trailblazer or 4 0.1
Blackwell
Big bluestem Niagara 4 0.1

Little bluestem Aldous or Camper 2 0.05
Indiangrass Rumsey 4 0.1
Coastal
Atlantic 2 0.05
panicgrass
El Reno or
Sideoats grama 2 0.05
Trailway

TABLE 2B
Permanent Seeding and Mulching - Uplands
Rate in Rate in lbs/1000 square

Seed Mixture Variety
lbs/acre feet
Wildflower
0.5 0.01
mix
Mix #6*-General Purpose Erosion Control Mix
Creeping red Enslyva, Pennlawn,
20 0.45
fescue Boreal
Tall fescue KY 31, Rebel 20 0.45
Perennial
Pennfine, Linn 5 0.1
ryegrass
Birdsfoot
Empire, Pardee 10 0.45
trefoil
*Mix 4 and 5 are used for tidal areas, sand dune stabilization and salt meadow
cordgrass areas, and are not applicable to the Project.
Source: New York Standards and Specifications for Erosion and Sediment Control
(Bluebook)
TABLE 2C
Permanent Seeding Forested Wetlands, Article 24 Wetlands and Adjacent Area
Rate in lbs/ square

Seed Mix* Source Rate in lbs/acre
feet
Native Grasses, Native Shrubs,
Northeast Native Plants, and Soil
New England Wetmix 18 lbs/acre 1 lb/2,500 sq. ft
Erosion Control Solutions at: New
England Wetland Plants, Inc.
ERNMX-120 20 lbs/acre 0.5 lbs/1,000 sq. ft.
Seed Mix | Ernst Conservation Seeds
ERNMX-137 20 lbs/acre Not available
ERNMX-232 20 lbs/acre Not available
*Or similar approved mix available at the time of restoration.

ATTACHMENT A
FERC PLAN
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. A-i Valley Lateral Project

Office of
m ry y
m to erg
Energy Projects
on
Co ula En
si
is
g l
Re era
d
Fe
May 2013
UPLAND EROSION CONTROL,

REVEGETATION, AND
MAINTENANCE PLAN
Washington, DC 20426
MAY 2013 VERSION

UPLAND EROSION CONTROL, REVEGETATION, AND

MAINTENANCE PLAN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. APPLICABILITY ..................................................................................................................... 1
II. SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION ..................................................................................... 2
A. ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION ............................................................. 2
B. RESPONSIBILITIES OF ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTORS .................. 2
III. PRECONSTRUCTION PLANNING .................................................................................... 4
A. CONSTRUCTION WORK AREAS .............................................................. 4
B. DRAIN TILE AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS ............................................. 4
C. GRAZING DEFERMENT.............................................................................. 5
D. ROAD CROSSINGS AND ACCESS POINTS ............................................. 5
E. DISPOSAL PLANNING ................................................................................ 5
F. AGENCY COORDINATION ........................................................................ 5
G. SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PROCEDURES ......................... 6
H. RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION............................................................... 6
I. WINTER CONSTRUCTION PLANS ........................................................... 6
IV. INSTALLATION ................................................................................................................... 7
A. APPROVED AREAS OF DISTURBANCE.................................................. 7
B. TOPSOIL SEGREGATION ........................................................................... 8
C. DRAIN TILES ................................................................................................. 9
D. IRRIGATION .................................................................................................. 9
E. ROAD CROSSINGS AND ACCESS POINTS ............................................. 9
F. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL ......................................................... 9
1. Temporary Slope Breakers .............................................................................. 9
2. Temporary Trench Plugs ............................................................................... 10
3. Sediment Barriers .......................................................................................... 10
4. Mulch ............................................................................................................. 11
V. RESTORATION ................................................................................................................... 12
A. CLEANUP ..................................................................................................... 12
B. PERMANENT EROSION CONTROL DEVICES ..................................... 13
1. Trench Breakers............................................................................................. 13
2. Permanent Slope Breakers ............................................................................ 14
C. SOIL COMPACTION MITIGATION ......................................................... 14
D. REVEGETATION ........................................................................................ 15
1. General ........................................................................................................... 15
2. Soil Additives ................................................................................................ 15
3. Seeding Requirements ................................................................................... 15
VI. OFF-ROAD VEHICLE CONTROL ................................................................................... 16
VII. POST-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND REPORTING ......................................... 17
A. MONITORING AND MAINTENANCE .................................................... 17
B. REPORTING................................................................................................. 18
i MAY 2013 VERSION
UPLAND EROSION CONTROL, REVEGETATION,

AND MAINTENANCE PLAN (PLAN)
I. APPLICABILITY
A. The intent of this Plan is to assist project sponsors by identifying baseline mitigation
measures for minimizing erosion and enhancing revegetation. Project sponsors shall
specify in their applications for a new FERC authorization and in prior notice and
advance notice filings, any individual measures in this Plan they consider
unnecessary, technically infeasible, or unsuitable due to local conditions and fully
describe any alternative measures they would use. Project sponsors shall also explain
how those alternative measures would achieve a comparable level of mitigation.
Once a project is authorized, project sponsors can request further changes as

variances to the measures in this Plan (or the applicants approved plan). The
Director of the Office of Energy Projects (Director) will consider approval of
variances upon the project sponsors written request, if the Director agrees that a
variance:
1. provides equal or better environmental protection;
2. is necessary because a portion of this Plan is infeasible or unworkable based

on project-specific conditions; or
3. is specifically required in writing by another federal, state, or Native

American land management agency for the portion of the project on its land
or under its jurisdiction.
Sponsors of projects planned for construction under the automatic authorization

provisions in the FERCs regulations must receive written approval for any variances
in advance of construction.
Project-related impacts on wetland and waterbody systems are addressed in the

staffs Wetland and Waterbody Construction and Mitigation Procedures
(Procedures).
1 MAY 2013 VERSION

II. SUPERVISION AND INSPECTION
A. ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTION
1. At least one Environmental Inspector is required for each construction spread

during construction and restoration (as defined by section V). The number
and experience of Environmental Inspectors assigned to each construction
spread shall be appropriate for the length of the construction spread and the
number/significance of resources affected.
2. Environmental Inspectors shall have peer status with all other activity
inspectors.
3. Environmental Inspectors shall have the authority to stop activities that

violate the environmental conditions of the FERCs Orders, stipulations of
other environmental permits or approvals, or landowner easement
agreements; and to order appropriate corrective action.
B. RESPONSIBILITIES OF ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTORS
At a minimum, the Environmental Inspector(s) shall be responsible for:
1. Inspecting construction activities for compliance with the requirements of this

Plan, the Procedures, the environmental conditions of the FERCs Orders, the
mitigation measures proposed by the project sponsor (as approved and/or
modified by the Order), other environmental permits and approvals, and
environmental requirements in landowner easement agreements.
2. Identifying, documenting, and overseeing corrective actions, as necessary to

bring an activity back into compliance;
3. Verifying that the limits of authorized construction work areas and locations
of access roads are visibly marked before clearing, and maintained throughout
construction;
4. Verifying the location of signs and highly visible flagging marking the
boundaries of sensitive resource areas, waterbodies, wetlands, or areas with
special requirements along the construction work area;
5. Identifying erosion/sediment control and soil stabilization needs in all areas;
6. Ensuring that the design of slope breakers will not cause erosion or direct
water into sensitive environmental resource areas, including cultural resource
sites, wetlands, waterbodies, and sensitive species habitats;
2 MAY 2013 VERSION

7. Verifying that dewatering activities are properly monitored and do not result
in the deposition of sand, silt, and/or sediment into sensitive environmental
resource areas, including wetlands, waterbodies, cultural resource sites, and
sensitive species habitats; stopping dewatering activities if such deposition is
occurring and ensuring the design of the discharge is changed to prevent
reoccurrence; and verifying that dewatering structures are removed after
completion of dewatering activities;
8. Ensuring that subsoil and topsoil are tested in agricultural and residential
areas to measure compaction and determine the need for corrective action;
9. Advising the Chief Construction Inspector when environmental conditions

(such as wet weather or frozen soils) make it advisable to restrict or delay
construction activities to avoid topsoil mixing or excessive compaction;
10. Ensuring restoration of contours and topsoil;
11. Verifying that the soils imported for agricultural or residential use are
certified as free of noxious weeds and soil pests, unless otherwise approved
by the landowner;
12. Ensuring that erosion control devices are properly installed to prevent
sediment flow into sensitive environmental resource areas (e.g., wetlands,
waterbodies, cultural resource sites, and sensitive species habitats) and onto
roads, and determining the need for additional erosion control devices;
13. Inspecting and ensuring the maintenance of temporary erosion control

measures at least:
a. on a daily basis in areas of active construction or equipment

operation;
b. on a weekly basis in areas with no construction or equipment

operation; and
c. within 24 hours of each 0.5 inch of rainfall;
14. Ensuring the repair of all ineffective temporary erosion control measures
within 24 hours of identification, or as soon as conditions allow if compliance
with this time frame would result in greater environmental impacts;
15. Keeping records of compliance with the environmental conditions of the

FERCs Orders, and the mitigation measures proposed by the project sponsor
in the application submitted to the FERC, and other federal or state
environmental permits during active construction and restoration;
3 MAY 2013 VERSION
16. Identifying areas that should be given special attention to ensure stabilization
and restoration after the construction phase; and
17. Verifying that locations for any disposal of excess construction materials for
beneficial reuse comply with section III.E.
III. PRECONSTRUCTION PLANNING
The project sponsor shall do the following before construction:
A. CONSTRUCTION WORK AREAS
1. Identify all construction work areas (e.g., construction right-of-way, extra

work space areas, pipe storage and contractor yards, borrow and disposal
areas, access roads) that would be needed for safe construction. The project
sponsor must ensure that appropriate cultural resources and biological
surveys are conducted, as determined necessary by the appropriate federal and
state agencies.
2. Project sponsors are encouraged to consider expanding any required cultural

resources and endangered species surveys in anticipation of the need for
activities outside of authorized work areas.
3. Plan construction sequencing to limit the amount and duration of open trench
sections, as necessary, to prevent excessive erosion or sediment flow into
sensitive environmental resource areas.
B. DRAIN TILE AND IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
1. Attempt to locate existing drain tiles and irrigation systems.
2. Contact landowners and local soil conservation authorities to determine the

locations of future drain tiles that are likely to be installed within 3 years of
the authorized construction.
3. Develop procedures for constructing through drain-tiled areas, maintaining

irrigation systems during construction, and repairing drain tiles and irrigation
systems after construction.
4. Engage qualified drain tile specialists, as needed to conduct or monitor

repairs to drain tile systems affected by construction. Use drain tile
specialists from the project area, if available.
4 MAY 2013 VERSION

C. GRAZING DEFERMENT
Develop grazing deferment plans with willing landowners, grazing permittees, and
land management agencies to minimize grazing disturbance of revegetation efforts.
D. ROAD CROSSINGS AND ACCESS POINTS
Plan for safe and accessible conditions at all roadway crossings and access points
during construction and restoration.
E. DISPOSAL PLANNING
Determine methods and locations for the regular collection, containment, and
disposal of excess construction materials and debris (e.g., timber, slash, mats,
garbage, drill cuttings and fluids, excess rock) throughout the construction process.
Disposal of materials for beneficial reuse must not result in adverse environmental
impact and is subject to compliance with all applicable survey, landowner or land
management agency approval, and permit requirements.
F. AGENCY COORDINATION
The project sponsor must coordinate with the appropriate local, state, and federal
agencies as outlined in this Plan and/or required by the FERCs Orders.
1. Obtain written recommendations from the local soil conservation authorities

or land management agencies regarding permanent erosion control and
revegetation specifications.
2. Develop specific procedures in coordination with the appropriate agencies to

prevent the introduction or spread of invasive species, noxious weeds, and
soil pests resulting from construction and restoration activities.
3. Develop specific procedures in coordination with the appropriate agencies

and landowners, as necessary, to allow for livestock and wildlife movement
and protection during construction.
4. Develop specific blasting procedures in coordination with the appropriate

agencies that address pre- and post-blast inspections; advanced public
notification; and mitigation measures for building foundations, groundwater
wells, and springs. Use appropriate methods (e.g., blasting mats) to prevent
damage to nearby structures and to prevent debris from entering sensitive
environmental resource areas.
5 MAY 2013 VERSION

G. SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PROCEDURES
The project sponsor shall develop project-specific Spill Prevention and Response
Procedures, as specified in section IV of the staff's Procedures. A copy must be filed
with the Secretary of the FERC (Secretary) prior to construction and made available
in the field on each construction spread. The filing requirement does not apply to
projects constructed under the automatic authorization provisions in the FERCs
regulations.
H. RESIDENTIAL CONSTRUCTION
For all properties with residences located within 50 feet of construction work areas,
project sponsors shall: avoid removal of mature trees and landscaping within the
construction work area unless necessary for safe operation of construction
equipment, or as specified in landowner agreements; fence the edge of the
construction work area for a distance of 100 feet on either side of the residence; and
restore all lawn areas and landscaping immediately following clean up operations, or
as specified in landowner agreements. If seasonal or other weather conditions
prevent compliance with these time frames, maintain and monitor temporary erosion
controls (sediment barriers and mulch) until conditions allow completion of
restoration.
I. WINTER CONSTRUCTION PLANS
If construction is planned to occur during winter weather conditions, project sponsors

shall develop and file a project-specific winter construction plan with the FERC
application. This filing requirement does not apply to projects constructed under the
automatic authorization provisions of the FERCs regulations.
The plan shall address:
1. winter construction procedures (e.g., snow handling and removal, access road
construction and maintenance, soil handling under saturated or frozen
conditions, topsoil stripping);
2. stabilization and monitoring procedures if ground conditions will delay

restoration until the following spring (e.g., mulching and erosion controls,
inspection and reporting, stormwater control during spring thaw conditions);
and
3. final restoration procedures (e.g., subsidence and compaction repair, topsoil

replacement, seeding).
6 MAY 2013 VERSION

IV. INSTALLATION
A. APPROVED AREAS OF DISTURBANCE
1. Project-related ground disturbance shall be limited to the construction right-

of-way, extra work space areas, pipe storage yards, borrow and disposal areas,
access roads, and other areas approved in the FERCs Orders. Any project-
related ground disturbing activities outside these areas will require prior
Director approval. This requirement does not apply to activities needed to
comply with the Plan and Procedures (i.e., slope breakers, energy-dissipating
devices, dewatering structures, drain tile system repairs) or minor field
realignments and workspace shifts per landowner needs and requirements that
do not affect other landowners or sensitive environmental resource areas. All
construction or restoration activities outside of authorized areas are subject to
all applicable survey and permit requirements, and landowner easement
agreements.
2. The construction right-of-way width for a project shall not exceed 75 feet or
that described in the FERC application unless otherwise modified by a FERC
Order. However, in limited, non-wetland areas, this construction right-of-
way width may be expanded by up to 25 feet without Director approval to
accommodate full construction right-of-way topsoil segregation and to ensure
safe construction where topographic conditions (e.g., side-slopes) or soil
limitations require it. Twenty-five feet of extra construction right-of-way
width may also be used in limited, non-wetland or non-forested areas for
truck turn-arounds where no reasonable alternative access exists.
Project use of these additional limited areas is subject to landowner or land

management agency approval and compliance with all applicable survey and
permit requirements. When additional areas are used, each one shall be
identified and the need explained in the weekly or biweekly construction
reports to the FERC, if required. The following material shall be included in
the reports:
a. the location of each additional area by station number and reference to

previously filed alignment sheets, or updated alignment sheets
showing the additional areas;
b. identification of the filing at FERC containing evidence that the

additional areas were previously surveyed; and
7 MAY 2013 VERSION

c. a statement that landowner approval has been obtained and is

available in project files.
Prior written approval of the Director is required when the authorized

construction right-of-way width would be expanded by more than 25 feet.
B. TOPSOIL SEGREGATION
1. Unless the landowner or land management agency specifically approves

otherwise, prevent the mixing of topsoil with subsoil by stripping topsoil
from either the full work area or from the trench and subsoil storage area
(ditch plus spoil side method) in:
a. cultivated or rotated croplands, and managed pastures;
b. residential areas;
c. hayfields; and
d. other areas at the landowners or land managing agencys request.
2. In residential areas, importation of topsoil is an acceptable alternative to

topsoil segregation.
3. Where topsoil segregation is required, the project sponsor must:
a. segregate at least 12 inches of topsoil in deep soils (more than 12

inches of topsoil); and
b. make every effort to segregate the entire topsoil layer in soils with less
than 12 inches of topsoil.
4. Maintain separation of salvaged topsoil and subsoil throughout all

construction activities.
5. Segregated topsoil may not be used for padding the pipe, constructing
temporary slope breakers or trench plugs, improving or maintaining roads, or
as a fill material.
6. Stabilize topsoil piles and minimize loss due to wind and water erosion with
use of sediment barriers, mulch, temporary seeding, tackifiers, or functional
equivalents, where necessary.
8 MAY 2013 VERSION

C. DRAIN TILES
1. Mark locations of drain tiles damaged during construction.
2. Probe all drainage tile systems within the area of disturbance to check for
damage.
3. Repair damaged drain tiles to their original or better condition. Do not use
filter-covered drain tiles unless the local soil conservation authorities and the
landowner agree. Use qualified specialists for testing and repairs.
4. For new pipelines in areas where drain tiles exist or are planned, ensure that
the depth of cover over the pipeline is sufficient to avoid interference with
drain tile systems. For adjacent pipeline loops in agricultural areas, install the
new pipeline with at least the same depth of cover as the existing pipeline(s).
D. IRRIGATION
Maintain water flow in crop irrigation systems, unless shutoff is coordinated with
affected parties.
E. ROAD CROSSINGS AND ACCESS POINTS
1. Maintain safe and accessible conditions at all road crossings and access
points during construction.
2. If crushed stone access pads are used in residential or agricultural areas, place
the stone on synthetic fabric to facilitate removal.
3. Minimize the use of tracked equipment on public roadways. Remove any soil
or gravel spilled or tracked onto roadways daily or more frequent as necessary
to maintain safe road conditions. Repair any damages to roadway surfaces,
shoulders, and bar ditches.
F. TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL
Install temporary erosion controls immediately after initial disturbance of the soil.
Temporary erosion controls must be properly maintained throughout construction (on
a daily basis) and reinstalled as necessary (such as after backfilling of the trench)
until replaced by permanent erosion controls or restoration is complete.
1. Temporary Slope Breakers
a. Temporary slope breakers are intended to reduce runoff velocity and

divert water off the construction right-of-way. Temporary slope
9 MAY 2013 VERSION
breakers may be constructed of materials such as soil, silt fence,

staked hay or straw bales, or sand bags.
b. Install temporary slope breakers on all disturbed areas, as necessary to

avoid excessive erosion. Temporary slope breakers must be installed
on slopes greater than 5 percent where the base of the slope is less
than 50 feet from waterbody, wetland, and road crossings at the
following spacing (closer spacing shall be used if necessary):
Slope (%) Spacing (feet)

5 - 15 300
>15 - 30 200
>30 100
c. Direct the outfall of each temporary slope breaker to a stable, well

vegetated area or construct an energy-dissipating device at the end of
the slope breaker and off the construction right-of-way.
d. Position the outfall of each temporary slope breaker to prevent

sediment discharge into wetlands, waterbodies, or other sensitive
environmental resource areas.
2. Temporary Trench Plugs
Temporary trench plugs are intended to segment a continuous open trench

prior to backfill.
a. Temporary trench plugs may consist of unexcavated portions of the

trench, compacted subsoil, sandbags, or some functional equivalent.
b. Position temporary trench plugs, as necessary, to reduce trenchline

erosion and minimize the volume and velocity of trench water flow at
the base of slopes.
3. Sediment Barriers
Sediment barriers are intended to stop the flow of sediments and to prevent
the deposition of sediments beyond approved workspaces or into sensitive
resources.
a. Sediment barriers may be constructed of materials such as silt fence,

staked hay or straw bales, compacted earth (e.g., driveable berms
across travelways), sand bags, or other appropriate materials.
10 MAY 2013 VERSION

b. At a minimum, install and maintain temporary sediment barriers

across the entire construction right-of-way at the base of slopes greater
than 5 percent where the base of the slope is less than 50 feet from a
waterbody, wetland, or road crossing until revegetation is successful
as defined in this Plan. Leave adequate room between the base of the
slope and the sediment barrier to accommodate ponding of water and
sediment deposition.
c. Where wetlands or waterbodies are adjacent to and downslope of

construction work areas, install sediment barriers along the edge of
these areas, as necessary to prevent sediment flow into the wetland or
waterbody.
4. Mulch
a. Apply mulch on all slopes (except in cultivated cropland) concurrent

with or immediately after seeding, where necessary to stabilize the soil
surface and to reduce wind and water erosion. Spread mulch
uniformly over the area to cover at least 75 percent of the ground
surface at a rate of 2 tons/acre of straw or its equivalent, unless the
local soil conservation authority, landowner, or land managing agency
approves otherwise in writing.
b. Mulch can consist of weed-free straw or hay, wood fiber hydromulch,

erosion control fabric, or some functional equivalent.
c. Mulch all disturbed upland areas (except cultivated cropland) before

seeding if:
(1) final grading and installation of permanent erosion control

measures will not be completed in an area within 20 days after
the trench in that area is backfilled (10 days in residential
areas), as required in section V.A.1; or
(2) construction or restoration activity is interrupted for extended

periods, such as when seeding cannot be completed due to
seeding period restrictions.
d. If mulching before seeding, increase mulch application on all slopes

within 100 feet of waterbodies and wetlands to a rate of 3 tons/acre of
straw or equivalent.
e. If wood chips are used as mulch, do not use more than 1 ton/acre and
add the equivalent of 11 lbs/acre available nitrogen (at least 50 percent
of which is slow release).
11 MAY 2013 VERSION
f. Ensure that mulch is adequately anchored to minimize loss due to

wind and water.
g. When anchoring with liquid mulch binders, use rates recommended by

the manufacturer. Do not use liquid mulch binders within 100 feet of
wetlands or waterbodies, except where the product is certified
environmentally non-toxic by the appropriate state or federal agency
or independent standards-setting organization.
h. Do not use synthetic monofilament mesh/netted erosion control

materials in areas designated as sensitive wildlife habitat, unless the
product is specifically designed to minimize harm to wildlife. Anchor
erosion control fabric with staples or other appropriate devices.
V. RESTORATION
A. CLEANUP
1. Commence cleanup operations immediately following backfill operations.

Complete final grading, topsoil replacement, and installation of permanent
erosion control structures within 20 days after backfilling the trench (10 days
in residential areas). If seasonal or other weather conditions prevent
compliance with these time frames, maintain temporary erosion controls (i.e.,
temporary slope breakers, sediment barriers, and mulch) until conditions
allow completion of cleanup.
If construction or restoration unexpectedly continues into the winter season

when conditions could delay successful decompaction, topsoil replacement,
or seeding until the following spring, file with the Secretary for the review
and written approval of the Director, a winter construction plan (as specified
in section III.I). This filing requirement does not apply to projects constructed
under the automatic authorization provisions of the FERCs regulations.
2. A travel lane may be left open temporarily to allow access by construction

traffic if the temporary erosion control structures are installed as specified in
section IV.F. and inspected and maintained as specified in sections II.B.12
through 14. When access is no longer required the travel lane must be
removed and the right-of-way restored.
3. Rock excavated from the trench may be used to backfill the trench only to the
top of the existing bedrock profile. Rock that is not returned to the trench
shall be considered construction debris, unless approved for use as mulch or
for some other use on the construction work areas by the landowner or land
managing agency.
12 MAY 2013 VERSION
4. Remove excess rock from at least the top 12 inches of soil in all cultivated or
rotated cropland, managed pastures, hayfields, and residential areas, as well as
other areas at the landowners request. The size, density, and distribution of
rock on the construction work area shall be similar to adjacent areas not
disturbed by construction. The landowner or land management agency may
approve other provisions in writing.
5. Grade the construction right-of-way to restore pre-construction contours and

leave the soil in the proper condition for planting.
6. Remove construction debris from all construction work areas unless the
landowner or land managing agency approves leaving materials onsite for
beneficial reuse, stabilization, or habitat restoration.
7. Remove temporary sediment barriers when replaced by permanent erosion

control measures or when revegetation is successful.
B. PERMANENT EROSION CONTROL DEVICES
1. Trench Breakers
a. Trench breakers are intended to slow the flow of subsurface water

along the trench. Trench breakers may be constructed of materials
such as sand bags or polyurethane foam. Do not use topsoil in trench
breakers.
b. An engineer or similarly qualified professional shall determine the

need for and spacing of trench breakers. Otherwise, trench breakers
shall be installed at the same spacing as and upslope of permanent
slope breakers.
c. In agricultural fields and residential areas where slope breakers are not
typically required, install trench breakers at the same spacing as if
permanent slope breakers were required.
d. At a minimum, install a trench breaker at the base of slopes greater

than 5 percent where the base of the slope is less than 50 feet from a
waterbody or wetland and where needed to avoid draining a waterbody
or wetland. Install trench breakers at wetland boundaries, as specified
in the Procedures. Do not install trench breakers within a wetland.
13 MAY 2013 VERSION

2. Permanent Slope Breakers
a. Permanent slope breakers are intended to reduce runoff velocity,

divert water off the construction right-of-way, and prevent sediment
deposition into sensitive resources. Permanent slope breakers may be
constructed of materials such as soil, stone, or some functional
equivalent.
b. Construct and maintain permanent slope breakers in all areas, except

cultivated areas and lawns, unless requested by the landowner, using
spacing recommendations obtained from the local soil conservation
authority or land managing agency.
In the absence of written recommendations, use the following spacing

unless closer spacing is necessary to avoid excessive erosion on the
construction right-of-way:
Slope (%) Spacing (feet)

5 - 15 300
>15 - 30 200
>30 100
c. Construct slope breakers to divert surface flow to a stable area without

causing water to pool or erode behind the breaker. In the absence of a
stable area, construct appropriate energy-dissipating devices at the end
of the breaker.
d. Slope breakers may extend slightly (about 4 feet) beyond the edge of
the construction right-of-way to effectively drain water off the
disturbed area. Where slope breakers extend beyond the edge of the
construction right-of-way, they are subject to compliance with all
applicable survey requirements.
C. SOIL COMPACTION MITIGATION
1. Test topsoil and subsoil for compaction at regular intervals in agricultural and
residential areas disturbed by construction activities. Conduct tests on the
same soil type under similar moisture conditions in undisturbed areas to
approximate preconstruction conditions. Use penetrometers or other
appropriate devices to conduct tests.
2. Plow severely compacted agricultural areas with a paraplow or other deep

tillage implement. In areas where topsoil has been segregated, plow the
subsoil before replacing the segregated topsoil.
14 MAY 2013 VERSION

If subsequent construction and cleanup activities result in further compaction,

conduct additional tilling.
3. Perform appropriate soil compaction mitigation in severely compacted

residential areas.
D. REVEGETATION
1. General
a. The project sponsor is responsible for ensuring successful revegetation

of soils disturbed by project-related activities, except as noted in
section V.D.1.b.
b. Restore all turf, ornamental shrubs, and specialized landscaping in

accordance with the landowners request, or compensate the
landowner. Restoration work must be performed by personnel
familiar with local horticultural and turf establishment practices.
2. Soil Additives
Fertilize and add soil pH modifiers in accordance with written

recommendations obtained from the local soil conservation authority, land
management agencies, or landowner. Incorporate recommended soil pH
modifier and fertilizer into the top 2 inches of soil as soon as practicable after
application.
3. Seeding Requirements
a. Prepare a seedbed in disturbed areas to a depth of 3 to 4 inches using

appropriate equipment to provide a firm seedbed. When
hydroseeding, scarify the seedbed to facilitate lodging and germination
of seed.
b. Seed disturbed areas in accordance with written recommendations for

seed mixes, rates, and dates obtained from the local soil conservation
authority or the request of the landowner or land management agency.
Seeding is not required in cultivated croplands unless requested by the
landowner.
c. Perform seeding of permanent vegetation within the recommended

seeding dates. If seeding cannot be done within those dates, use
appropriate temporary erosion control measures discussed in section
IV.F and perform seeding of permanent vegetation at the beginning of
the next recommended seeding season. Dormant seeding or temporary
15 MAY 2013 VERSION
seeding of annual species may also be used, if necessary, to establish

cover, as approved by the Environmental Inspector. Lawns may be
seeded on a schedule established with the landowner.
d. In the absence of written recommendations from the local soil

conservation authorities, seed all disturbed soils within 6 working
days of final grading, weather and soil conditions permitting, subject
to the specifications in section V.D.3.a through V.D.3.c.
e. Base seeding rates on Pure Live Seed. Use seed within 12 months of
seed testing.
f. Treat legume seed with an inoculant specific to the species using the
manufacturers recommended rate of inoculant appropriate for the
seeding method (broadcast, drill, or hydro).
g. In the absence of written recommendations from the local soil

conservation authorities, landowner, or land managing agency to the
contrary, a seed drill equipped with a cultipacker is preferred for seed
application.
Broadcast or hydroseeding can be used in lieu of drilling at double the

recommended seeding rates. Where seed is broadcast, firm the
seedbed with a cultipacker or roller after seeding. In rocky soils or
where site conditions may limit the effectiveness of this equipment,
other alternatives may be appropriate (e.g., use of a chain drag) to
lightly cover seed after application, as approved by the Environmental
Inspector.
VI. OFF-ROAD VEHICLE CONTROL
To each owner or manager of forested lands, offer to install and maintain measures to
control unauthorized vehicle access to the right-of-way. These measures may include:
A. signs;
B. fences with locking gates;
C. slash and timber barriers, pipe barriers, or a line of boulders across the right-of-way;
and
D. conifers or other appropriate trees or shrubs across the right-of-way.
16 MAY 2013 VERSION

VII. POST-CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES AND REPORTING
A. MONITORING AND MAINTENANCE
1. Conduct follow-up inspections of all disturbed areas, as necessary, to

determine the success of revegetation and address landowner concerns. At a
minimum, conduct inspections after the first and second growing seasons.
2. Revegetation in non-agricultural areas shall be considered successful if upon

visual survey the density and cover of non-nuisance vegetation are similar in
density and cover to adjacent undisturbed lands. In agricultural areas,
revegetation shall be considered successful when upon visual survey, crop
growth and vigor are similar to adjacent undisturbed portions of the same
field, unless the easement agreement specifies otherwise.
Continue revegetation efforts until revegetation is successful.
3. Monitor and correct problems with drainage and irrigation systems resulting
from pipeline construction in agricultural areas until restoration is successful.
4. Restoration shall be considered successful if the right-of-way surface

condition is similar to adjacent undisturbed lands, construction debris is
removed (unless otherwise approved by the landowner or land managing
agency per section V.A.6), revegetation is successful, and proper drainage has
been restored.
5. Routine vegetation mowing or clearing over the full width of the permanent
right-of-way in uplands shall not be done more frequently than every 3 years.
However, to facilitate periodic corrosion/leak surveys, a corridor not
exceeding 10 feet in width centered on the pipeline may be cleared at a
frequency necessary to maintain the 10-foot corridor in an herbaceous state.
In no case shall routine vegetation mowing or clearing occur during the
migratory bird nesting season between April 15 and August 1 of any year
unless specifically approved in writing by the responsible land management
agency or the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service.
6. Efforts to control unauthorized off-road vehicle use, in cooperation with the

landowner, shall continue throughout the life of the project. Maintain signs,
gates, and permanent access roads as necessary.
17 MAY 2013 VERSION

B. REPORTING
1. The project sponsor shall maintain records that identify by milepost:
a. method of application, application rate, and type of fertilizer, pH

modifying agent, seed, and mulch used;
b. acreage treated;
c. dates of backfilling and seeding;
d. names of landowners requesting special seeding treatment and a

description of the follow-up actions;
e. the location of any subsurface drainage repairs or improvements made

during restoration; and
f. any problem areas and how they were addressed.
2. The project sponsor shall file with the Secretary quarterly activity reports
documenting the results of follow-up inspections required by section VII.A.1;
any problem areas, including those identified by the landowner; and
corrective actions taken for at least 2 years following construction.
The requirement to file quarterly activity reports with the Secretary does not
apply to projects constructed under the automatic authorization, prior notice,
or advanced notice provisions in the FERCs regulations.
18 MAY 2013 VERSION

ATTACHMENT B
FERC PROCEDURES
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. B-i Valley Lateral Project

m ry y
Office of
m to erg
on
Energy Projects
Co ula En
si
is
g l
Re era
May 2013
d
Fe
WETLAND AND WATERBODY

CONSTRUCTION AND MITIGATION
PROCEDURES
Washington, DC 20426
MAY 2013 VERSION

WETLAND AND WATERBODY CONSTRUCTION AND

MITIGATION PROCEDURES
TABLE OF CONTENTS
I. APPLICABILITY ................................................................................................................ 1
II. PRECONSTRUCTION FILING ......................................................................................... 2
III. ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTORS ................................................................................. 3
IV. PRECONSTRUCTION PLANNING ................................................................................. 3
V. WATERBODY CROSSINGS ............................................................................................ 5

A. NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES AND PERMITS ........................................... 5
B. INSTALLATION .................................................................................................. 5
1. Time Window for Construction ............................................................................ 5
2. Extra Work Areas .................................................................................................. 5
3. General Crossing Procedures ................................................................................ 6
4. Spoil Pile Placement and Control ......................................................................... 7
5. Equipment Bridges ................................................................................................ 7
6. Dry-Ditch Crossing Methods ................................................................................ 8
7. Crossings of Minor Waterbodies .......................................................................... 9
8. Crossings of Intermediate Waterbodies .............................................................. 10
9. Crossings of Major Waterbodies ........................................................................ 10
10. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control ......................................................... 10
11. Trench Dewatering .............................................................................................. 11
C. RESTORATION ................................................................................................. 11
D. POST-CONSTRUCTION MAINTENANCE.................................................... 12
VI. WETLAND CROSSINGS ................................................................................................ 13

A. GENERAL .......................................................................................................... 13
B. INSTALLATION ................................................................................................ 14
1. Extra Work Areas and Access Roads ................................................................. 14
2. Crossing Procedures ............................................................................................ 15
3. Temporary Sediment Control.............................................................................. 16
4. Trench Dewatering .............................................................................................. 17
C. RESTORATION ................................................................................................. 17
D. POST-CONSTRUCTION MAINTENANCE AND REPORTING .................. 18
VII. HYDROSTATIC TESTING ............................................................................................. 19

A. NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES AND PERMITS ......................................... 19
B. GENERAL .......................................................................................................... 19
C. INTAKE SOURCE AND RATE........................................................................ 19
D. DISCHARGE LOCATION, METHOD, AND RATE ...................................... 20
i MAY 2013 VERSION

WETLAND AND WATERBODY

CONSTRUCTION AND MITIGATION PROCEDURES (PROCEDURES)
I. APPLICABILITY
A. The intent of these Procedures is to assist project sponsors by identifying baseline

mitigation measures for minimizing the extent and duration of project-related
disturbance on wetlands and waterbodies. Project sponsors shall specify in their
applications for a new FERC authorization, and in prior notice and advance notice
filings, any individual measures in these Procedures they consider unnecessary,
technically infeasible, or unsuitable due to local conditions and fully describe any
alternative measures they would use. Project sponsors shall also explain how those
alternative measures would achieve a comparable level of mitigation.
Once a project is authorized, project sponsors can request further changes as

variances to the measures in these Procedures (or the applicants approved
procedures). The Director of the Office of Energy Projects (Director) will consider
approval of variances upon the project sponsors written request, if the Director
agrees that a variance:
1. provides equal or better environmental protection;
2. is necessary because a portion of these Procedures is infeasible or unworkable

based on project-specific conditions; or
3. is specifically required in writing by another federal, state, or Native

American land management agency for the portion of the project on its land
or under its jurisdiction.
Sponsors of projects planned for construction under the automatic authorization

provisions in the FERCs regulations must receive written approval for any variances
in advance of construction.
Project-related impacts on non-wetland areas are addressed in the staffs Upland

Erosion Control, Revegetation, and Maintenance Plan (Plan).
1 MAY 2013 VERSION

B. DEFINITIONS
1. Waterbody includes any natural or artificial stream, river, or drainage with

perceptible flow at the time of crossing, and other permanent waterbodies
such as ponds and lakes:
a. minor waterbody includes all waterbodies less than or equal to 10

feet wide at the waters edge at the time of crossing;
b. intermediate waterbody includes all waterbodies greater than 10 feet

wide but less than or equal to 100 feet wide at the waters edge at the
time of crossing; and
c. major waterbody includes all waterbodies greater than 100 feet wide
at the waters edge at the time of crossing.
2. Wetland includes any area that is not in actively cultivated or rotated

cropland and that satisfies the requirements of the current federal
methodology for identifying and delineating wetlands.
II. PRECONSTRUCTION FILING
A. The following information must be filed with the Secretary of the FERC (Secretary)
prior to the beginning of construction, for the review and written approval by the
Director:
1. site-specific justifications for extra work areas that would be closer than 50
feet from a waterbody or wetland; and
2. site-specific justifications for the use of a construction right-of-way greater

than 75-feet-wide in wetlands.
B. The following information must be filed with the Secretary prior to the beginning of
construction. These filing requirements do not apply to projects constructed under
the automatic authorization provisions in the FERCs regulations:
1. Spill Prevention and Response Procedures specified in section IV.A;
2. a schedule identifying when trenching or blasting will occur within each

waterbody greater than 10 feet wide, within any designated coldwater fishery,
and within any waterbody identified as habitat for federally-listed threatened
or endangered species. The project sponsor will revise the schedule as
necessary to provide FERC staff at least 14 days advance notice. Changes
within this last 14-day period must provide for at least 48 hours advance
notice;
2 MAY 2013 VERSION

3. plans for horizontal directional drills (HDD) under wetlands or waterbodies,

specified in section V.B.6.d;
4. site-specific plans for major waterbody crossings, described in section V.B.9;
5. a wetland delineation report as described in section VI.A.1, if applicable; and
6. the hydrostatic testing information specified in section VII.B.3.
III. ENVIRONMENTAL INSPECTORS
A. At least one Environmental Inspector having knowledge of the wetland and

waterbody conditions in the project area is required for each construction spread.
The number and experience of Environmental Inspectors assigned to each
construction spread shall be appropriate for the length of the construction spread and
the number/significance of resources affected.
B. The Environmental Inspectors responsibilities are outlined in the Upland Erosion

Control, Revegetation, and Maintenance Plan (Plan).
IV. PRECONSTRUCTION PLANNING
A. The project sponsor shall develop project-specific Spill Prevention and Response
Procedures that meet applicable requirements of state and federal agencies. A copy
must be filed with the Secretary prior to construction and made available in the field
on each construction spread. This filing requirement does not apply to projects
constructed under the automatic authorization provisions in the FERCs regulations.
1. It shall be the responsibility of the project sponsor and its contractors to

structure their operations in a manner that reduces the risk of spills or the
accidental exposure of fuels or hazardous materials to waterbodies or
wetlands. The project sponsor and its contractors must, at a minimum, ensure
that:
a. all employees handling fuels and other hazardous materials are

properly trained;
b. all equipment is in good operating order and inspected on a regular

basis;
c. fuel trucks transporting fuel to on-site equipment travel only on

approved access roads;
d. all equipment is parked overnight and/or fueled at least 100 feet from
a waterbody or in an upland area at least 100 feet from a wetland
boundary. These activities can occur closer only if the Environmental
Inspector determines that there is no reasonable alternative, and the
3 MAY 2013 VERSION

project sponsor and its contractors have taken appropriate steps

(including secondary containment structures) to prevent spills and
provide for prompt cleanup in the event of a spill;
e. hazardous materials, including chemicals, fuels, and lubricating oils,

are not stored within 100 feet of a wetland, waterbody, or designated
municipal watershed area, unless the location is designated for such
use by an appropriate governmental authority. This applies to storage
of these materials and does not apply to normal operation or use of
equipment in these areas;
f. concrete coating activities are not performed within 100 feet of a

wetland or waterbody boundary, unless the location is an existing
industrial site designated for such use. These activities can occur
closer only if the Environmental Inspector determines that there is no
reasonable alternative, and the project sponsor and its contractors
have taken appropriate steps (including secondary containment
structures) to prevent spills and provide for prompt cleanup in the
event of a spill;
g. pumps operating within 100 feet of a waterbody or wetland boundary

utilize appropriate secondary containment systems to prevent spills;
and
h. bulk storage of hazardous materials, including chemicals, fuels, and

lubricating oils have appropriate secondary containment systems to
prevent spills.
2. The project sponsor and its contractors must structure their operations in a
manner that provides for the prompt and effective cleanup of spills of fuel
and other hazardous materials. At a minimum, the project sponsor and its
contractors must:
a. ensure that each construction crew (including cleanup crews) has on

hand sufficient supplies of absorbent and barrier materials to allow the
rapid containment and recovery of spilled materials and knows the
procedure for reporting spills and unanticipated discoveries of
contamination;
b. ensure that each construction crew has on hand sufficient tools and
material to stop leaks;
c. know the contact names and telephone numbers for all local, state,
and federal agencies (including, if necessary, the U. S. Coast Guard
and the National Response Center) that must be notified of a spill; and
4 MAY 2013 VERSION

d. follow the requirements of those agencies in cleaning up the spill, in

excavating and disposing of soils or other materials contaminated by a
spill, and in collecting and disposing of waste generated during spill
cleanup.
B. AGENCY COORDINATION
The project sponsor must coordinate with the appropriate local, state, and federal
agencies as outlined in these Procedures and in the FERCs Orders.
V. WATERBODY CROSSINGS
A. NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES AND PERMITS
1. Apply to the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers (COE), or its delegated agency,
for the appropriate wetland and waterbody crossing permits.
2. Provide written notification to authorities responsible for potable surface

water supply intakes located within 3 miles downstream of the crossing at
least 1 week before beginning work in the waterbody, or as otherwise
specified by that authority.
3. Apply for state-issued waterbody crossing permits and obtain individual or

generic section 401 water quality certification or waiver.
4. Notify appropriate federal and state authorities at least 48 hours before

beginning trenching or blasting within the waterbody, or as specified in
applicable permits.
B. INSTALLATION
1. Time Window for Construction
Unless expressly permitted or further restricted by the appropriate federal or

state agency in writing on a site-specific basis, instream work, except that
required to install or remove equipment bridges, must occur during the
following time windows:
a. coldwater fisheries - June 1 through September 30; and
b. coolwater and warmwater fisheries - June 1 through November 30.
2. Extra Work Areas
a. Locate all extra work areas (such as staging areas and additional spoil
storage areas) at least 50 feet away from waters edge, except where
5 MAY 2013 VERSION

the adjacent upland consists of cultivated or rotated cropland or other

disturbed land.
b. The project sponsor shall file with the Secretary for review and
written approval by the Director, site-specific justification for each
extra work area with a less than 50-foot setback from the waters
edge, except where the adjacent upland consists of cultivated or
rotated cropland or other disturbed land. The justification must
specify the conditions that will not permit a 50-foot setback and
measures to ensure the waterbody is adequately protected.
c. Limit the size of extra work areas to the minimum needed to construct
the waterbody crossing.
3. General Crossing Procedures
a. Comply with the COE, or its delegated agency, permit terms and
conditions.
b. Construct crossings as close to perpendicular to the axis of the

waterbody channel as engineering and routing conditions permit.
c. Where pipelines parallel a waterbody, maintain at least 15 feet of

undisturbed vegetation between the waterbody (and any adjacent
wetland) and the construction right-of-way, except where maintaining
this offset will result in greater environmental impact.
d. Where waterbodies meander or have multiple channels, route the

pipeline to minimize the number of waterbody crossings.
e. Maintain adequate waterbody flow rates to protect aquatic life, and

prevent the interruption of existing downstream uses.
f. Waterbody buffers (e.g., extra work area setbacks, refueling

restrictions) must be clearly marked in the field with signs and/or
highly visible flagging until construction-related ground disturbing
activities are complete.
g. Crossing of waterbodies when they are dry or frozen and not flowing
may proceed using standard upland construction techniques in
accordance with the Plan, provided that the Environmental Inspector
verifies that water is unlikely to flow between initial disturbance and
final stabilization of the feature. In the event of perceptible flow, the
project sponsor must comply with all applicable Procedure
requirements for waterbodies as defined in section I.B.1.
6 MAY 2013 VERSION

4. Spoil Pile Placement and Control
a. All spoil from minor and intermediate waterbody crossings, and

upland spoil from major waterbody crossings, must be placed in the
construction right-of-way at least 10 feet from the waters edge or in
additional extra work areas as described in section V.B.2.
b. Use sediment barriers to prevent the flow of spoil or silt-laden water

into any waterbody.
5. Equipment Bridges
a. Only clearing equipment and equipment necessary for installation of

equipment bridges may cross waterbodies prior to bridge installation.
Limit the number of such crossings of each waterbody to one per
piece of clearing equipment.
b. Construct and maintain equipment bridges to allow unrestricted flow

and to prevent soil from entering the waterbody. Examples of such
bridges include:
(1) equipment pads and culvert(s);

(2) equipment pads or railroad car bridges without culverts;
(3) clean rock fill and culvert(s); and
(4) flexi-float or portable bridges.
Additional options for equipment bridges may be utilized that achieve

the performance objectives noted above. Do not use soil to construct
or stabilize equipment bridges.
c. Design and maintain each equipment bridge to withstand and pass the
highest flow expected to occur while the bridge is in place. Align
culverts to prevent bank erosion or streambed scour. If necessary,
install energy dissipating devices downstream of the culverts.
d. Design and maintain equipment bridges to prevent soil from entering

the waterbody.
e. Remove temporary equipment bridges as soon as practicable after

permanent seeding.
f. If there will be more than 1 month between final cleanup and the
beginning of permanent seeding and reasonable alternative access to
the right-of-way is available, remove temporary equipment bridges as
soon as practicable after final cleanup.
7 MAY 2013 VERSION

g. Obtain any necessary approval from the COE, or the appropriate state
agency for permanent bridges.
6. Dry-Ditch Crossing Methods
a. Unless approved otherwise by the appropriate federal or state agency,

install the pipeline using one of the dry-ditch methods outlined below
for crossings of waterbodies up to 30 feet wide (at the waters edge at
the time of construction) that are state-designated as either coldwater
or significant coolwater or warmwater fisheries, or federally-
designated as critical habitat.
b. Dam and Pump
(1) The dam-and-pump method may be used without prior

approval for crossings of waterbodies where pumps can
adequately transfer streamflow volumes around the work area,
and there are no concerns about sensitive species passage.
(2) Implementation of the dam-and-pump crossing method must

meet the following performance criteria:
(i) use sufficient pumps, including on-site backup pumps,

to maintain downstream flows;
(ii) construct dams with materials that prevent sediment
and other pollutants from entering the waterbody (e.g.,
sandbags or clean gravel with plastic liner);
(iii) screen pump intakes to minimize entrainment of fish;
(iv) prevent streambed scour at pump discharge; and
(v) continuously monitor the dam and pumps to ensure
proper operation throughout the waterbody crossing.
c. Flume Crossing
The flume crossing method requires implementation of the following

steps:
(1) install flume pipe after blasting (if necessary), but before any
trenching;
(2) use sand bag or sand bag and plastic sheeting diversion
structure or equivalent to develop an effective seal and to
divert stream flow through the flume pipe (some modifications
to the stream bottom may be required to achieve an effective
seal);
8 MAY 2013 VERSION

(3) properly align flume pipe(s) to prevent bank erosion and

streambed scour;
(4) do not remove flume pipe during trenching, pipelaying, or

backfilling activities, or initial streambed restoration efforts;
and
(5) remove all flume pipes and dams that are not also part of the
equipment bridge as soon as final cleanup of the stream bed
and bank is complete.
d. Horizontal Directional Drill
For each waterbody or wetland that would be crossed using the HDD
method, file with the Secretary for the review and written approval by
the Director, a plan that includes:
(1) site-specific construction diagrams that show the location of

mud pits, pipe assembly areas, and all areas to be disturbed or
cleared for construction;
(2) justification that disturbed areas are limited to the minimum

needed to construct the crossing;
(3) identification of any aboveground disturbance or clearing

between the HDD entry and exit workspaces during
construction;
(4) a description of how an inadvertent release of drilling mud

would be contained and cleaned up; and
(5) a contingency plan for crossing the waterbody or wetland in

the event the HDD is unsuccessful and how the abandoned
drill hole would be sealed, if necessary.
The requirement to file HDD plans does not apply to projects

constructed under the automatic authorization provisions in the
FERCs regulations.
7. Crossings of Minor Waterbodies
Where a dry-ditch crossing is not required, minor waterbodies may be crossed

using the open-cut crossing method, with the following restrictions:
a. except for blasting and other rock breaking measures, complete

instream construction activities (including trenching, pipe installation,
backfill, and restoration of the streambed contours) within 24 hours.
9 MAY 2013 VERSION

Streambanks and unconsolidated streambeds may require additional

restoration after this period;
b. limit use of equipment operating in the waterbody to that needed to

construct the crossing; and
c. equipment bridges are not required at minor waterbodies that do not

have a state-designated fishery classification or protected status (e.g.,
agricultural or intermittent drainage ditches). However, if an
equipment bridge is used it must be constructed as described in
section V.B.5.
8. Crossings of Intermediate Waterbodies
Where a dry-ditch crossing is not required, intermediate waterbodies may be

crossed using the open-cut crossing method, with the following restrictions:
a. complete instream construction activities (not including blasting and

other rock breaking measures) within 48 hours, unless site-specific
conditions make completion within 48 hours infeasible;
b. limit use of equipment operating in the waterbody to that needed to

construct the crossing; and
c. all other construction equipment must cross on an equipment bridge

as specified in section V.B.5.
9. Crossings of Major Waterbodies
Before construction, the project sponsor shall file with the Secretary for the
review and written approval by the Director a detailed, site-specific
construction plan and scaled drawings identifying all areas to be disturbed by
construction for each major waterbody crossing (the scaled drawings are not
required for any offshore portions of pipeline projects). This plan must be
developed in consultation with the appropriate state and federal agencies and
shall include extra work areas, spoil storage areas, sediment control
structures, etc., as well as mitigation for navigational issues. The requirement
to file major waterbody crossing plans does not apply to projects constructed
under the automatic authorization provisions of the FERCs regulations.
The Environmental Inspector may adjust the final placement of the erosion
and sediment control structures in the field to maximize effectiveness.
10. Temporary Erosion and Sediment Control
Install sediment barriers (as defined in section IV.F.3.a of the Plan)

immediately after initial disturbance of the waterbody or adjacent upland.
10 MAY 2013 VERSION

Sediment barriers must be properly maintained throughout construction and

reinstalled as necessary (such as after backfilling of the trench) until replaced
by permanent erosion controls or restoration of adjacent upland areas is
complete. Temporary erosion and sediment control measures are addressed
in more detail in the Plan; however, the following specific measures must be
implemented at stream crossings:
a. install sediment barriers across the entire construction right-of-way at

all waterbody crossings, where necessary to prevent the flow of
sediments into the waterbody. Removable sediment barriers (or
driveable berms) must be installed across the travel lane. These
removable sediment barriers can be removed during the construction
day, but must be re-installed after construction has stopped for the day
and/or when heavy precipitation is imminent;
b. where waterbodies are adjacent to the construction right-of-way and

the right-of-way slopes toward the waterbody, install sediment
barriers along the edge of the construction right-of-way as necessary
to contain spoil within the construction right-of-way and prevent
sediment flow into the waterbody; and
c. use temporary trench plugs at all waterbody crossings, as necessary, to

prevent diversion of water into upland portions of the pipeline trench
and to keep any accumulated trench water out of the waterbody.
11. Trench Dewatering
Dewater the trench (either on or off the construction right-of-way) in a

manner that does not cause erosion and does not result in silt-laden water
flowing into any waterbody. Remove the dewatering structures as soon as
practicable after the completion of dewatering activities.
C. RESTORATION
1. Use clean gravel or native cobbles for the upper 1 foot of trench backfill in all
waterbodies that contain coldwater fisheries.
2. For open-cut crossings, stabilize waterbody banks and install temporary

sediment barriers within 24 hours of completing instream construction
activities. For dry-ditch crossings, complete streambed and bank stabilization
before returning flow to the waterbody channel.
3. Return all waterbody banks to preconstruction contours or to a stable angle of

repose as approved by the Environmental Inspector.
4. Install erosion control fabric or a functional equivalent on waterbody banks at

the time of final bank recontouring. Do not use synthetic monofilament
11 MAY 2013 VERSION

mesh/netted erosion control materials in areas designated as sensitive wildlife

habitat unless the product is specifically designed to minimize harm to
wildlife. Anchor erosion control fabric with staples or other appropriate
devices.
5. Application of riprap for bank stabilization must comply with COE, or its
delegated agency, permit terms and conditions.
6. Unless otherwise specified by state permit, limit the use of riprap to areas
where flow conditions preclude effective vegetative stabilization techniques
such as seeding and erosion control fabric.
7. Revegetate disturbed riparian areas with native species of conservation

grasses, legumes, and woody species, similar in density to adjacent
undisturbed lands.
8. Install a permanent slope breaker across the construction right-of-way at the

base of slopes greater than 5 percent that are less than 50 feet from the
waterbody, or as needed to prevent sediment transport into the waterbody. In
addition, install sediment barriers as outlined in the Plan.
In some areas, with the approval of the Environmental Inspector, an earthen

berm may be suitable as a sediment barrier adjacent to the waterbody.
9. Sections V.C.3 through V.C.7 above also apply to those perennial or

intermittent streams not flowing at the time of construction.
D. POST-CONSTRUCTION MAINTENANCE
1. Limit routine vegetation mowing or clearing adjacent to waterbodies to allow

a riparian strip at least 25 feet wide, as measured from the waterbodys mean
high water mark, to permanently revegetate with native plant species across
the entire construction right-of-way. However, to facilitate periodic
corrosion/leak surveys, a corridor centered on the pipeline and up to 10 feet
wide may be cleared at a frequency necessary to maintain the 10-foot corridor
in an herbaceous state. In addition, trees that are located within 15 feet of the
pipeline that have roots that could compromise the integrity of the pipeline
coating may be cut and removed from the permanent right-of-way. Do not
conduct any routine vegetation mowing or clearing in riparian areas that are
between HDD entry and exit points.
2. Do not use herbicides or pesticides in or within 100 feet of a waterbody

except as allowed by the appropriate land management or state agency.
3. Time of year restrictions specified in section VII.A.5 of the Plan (April 15

August 1 of any year) apply to routine mowing and clearing of riparian areas.
12 MAY 2013 VERSION

VI. WETLAND CROSSINGS
A. GENERAL
1. The project sponsor shall conduct a wetland delineation using the current
federal methodology and file a wetland delineation report with the Secretary
before construction. The requirement to file a wetland delineation report
does not apply to projects constructed under the automatic authorization
provisions in the FERCs regulations.
This report shall identify:
a. by milepost all wetlands that would be affected;
b. the National Wetlands Inventory (NWI) classification for each

wetland;
c. the crossing length of each wetland in feet; and
d. the area of permanent and temporary disturbance that would occur in

each wetland by NWI classification type.
The requirements outlined in this section do not apply to wetlands in actively

cultivated or rotated cropland. Standard upland protective measures,
including workspace and topsoiling requirements, apply to these agricultural
wetlands.
2. Route the pipeline to avoid wetland areas to the maximum extent possible. If
a wetland cannot be avoided or crossed by following an existing right-of-way,
route the new pipeline in a manner that minimizes disturbance to wetlands.
Where looping an existing pipeline, overlap the existing pipeline right-of-way
with the new construction right-of-way. In addition, locate the loop line no
more than 25 feet away from the existing pipeline unless site-specific
constraints would adversely affect the stability of the existing pipeline.
3. Limit the width of the construction right-of-way to 75 feet or less. Prior

written approval of the Director is required where topographic conditions or
soil limitations require that the construction right-of-way width within the
boundaries of a federally delineated wetland be expanded beyond 75 feet.
Early in the planning process the project sponsor is encouraged to identify
site-specific areas where excessively wide trenches could occur and/or where
spoil piles could be difficult to maintain because existing soils lack adequate
unconfined compressive strength.
4. Wetland boundaries and buffers must be clearly marked in the field with
signs and/or highly visible flagging until construction-related ground
disturbing activities are complete.
13 MAY 2013 VERSION

5. Implement the measures of sections V and VI in the event a waterbody

crossing is located within or adjacent to a wetland crossing. If all measures
of sections V and VI cannot be met, the project sponsor must file with the
Secretary a site-specific crossing plan for review and written approval by the
Director before construction. This crossing plan shall address at a minimum:
a. spoil control;
b. equipment bridges;
c. restoration of waterbody banks and wetland hydrology;
d. timing of the waterbody crossing;
e. method of crossing; and
f. size and location of all extra work areas.
6. Do not locate aboveground facilities in any wetland, except where the

location of such facilities outside of wetlands would prohibit compliance with
U.S. Department of Transportation regulations.
B. INSTALLATION
1. Extra Work Areas and Access Roads
a. Locate all extra work areas (such as staging areas and additional spoil
storage areas) at least 50 feet away from wetland boundaries, except
where the adjacent upland consists of cultivated or rotated cropland or
other disturbed land.
b. The project sponsor shall file with the Secretary for review and
written approval by the Director, site-specific justification for each
extra work area with a less than 50-foot setback from wetland
boundaries, except where adjacent upland consists of cultivated or
rotated cropland or other disturbed land. The justification must
specify the site-specific conditions that will not permit a 50-foot
setback and measures to ensure the wetland is adequately protected.
c. The construction right-of-way may be used for access when the

wetland soil is firm enough to avoid rutting or the construction right-
of-way has been appropriately stabilized to avoid rutting (e.g., with
timber riprap, prefabricated equipment mats, or terra mats).
In wetlands that cannot be appropriately stabilized, all construction

equipment other than that needed to install the wetland crossing shall
14 MAY 2013 VERSION

use access roads located in upland areas. Where access roads in

upland areas do not provide reasonable access, limit all other
construction equipment to one pass through the wetland using the
construction right-of-way.
d. The only access roads, other than the construction right-of-way, that
can be used in wetlands are those existing roads that can be used with
no modifications or improvements, other than routine repair, and no
impact on the wetland.
2. Crossing Procedures
a. Comply with COE, or its delegated agency, permit terms and

conditions.
b. Assemble the pipeline in an upland area unless the wetland is dry

enough to adequately support skids and pipe.
c. Use push-pull or float techniques to place the pipe in the trench

where water and other site conditions allow.
d. Minimize the length of time that topsoil is segregated and the trench is
open. Do not trench the wetland until the pipeline is assembled and
ready for lowering in.
e. Limit construction equipment operating in wetland areas to that

needed to clear the construction right-of-way, dig the trench, fabricate
and install the pipeline, backfill the trench, and restore the
construction right-of-way.
f. Cut vegetation just above ground level, leaving existing root systems
in place, and remove it from the wetland for disposal.
The project sponsor can burn woody debris in wetlands, if approved

by the COE and in accordance with state and local regulations,
ensuring that all remaining woody debris is removed for disposal.
g. Limit pulling of tree stumps and grading activities to directly over the
trenchline. Do not grade or remove stumps or root systems from the
rest of the construction right-of-way in wetlands unless the Chief
Inspector and Environmental Inspector determine that safety-related
construction constraints require grading or the removal of tree stumps
from under the working side of the construction right-of-way.
h. Segregate the top 1 foot of topsoil from the area disturbed by

trenching, except in areas where standing water is present or soils are
15 MAY 2013 VERSION

saturated. Immediately after backfilling is complete, restore the

segregated topsoil to its original location.
i. Do not use rock, soil imported from outside the wetland, tree stumps,
or brush riprap to support equipment on the construction right-of-way.
j. If standing water or saturated soils are present, or if construction

equipment causes ruts or mixing of the topsoil and subsoil in
wetlands, use low-ground-weight construction equipment, or operate
normal equipment on timber riprap, prefabricated equipment mats, or
terra mats.
k. Remove all project-related material used to support equipment on the

construction right-of-way upon completion of construction.
3. Temporary Sediment Control
Install sediment barriers (as defined in section IV.F.3.a of the Plan)

immediately after initial disturbance of the wetland or adjacent upland.
Sediment barriers must be properly maintained throughout construction and
reinstalled as necessary (such as after backfilling of the trench). Except as
noted below in section VI.B.3.c, maintain sediment barriers until replaced by
permanent erosion controls or restoration of adjacent upland areas is
complete. Temporary erosion and sediment control measures are addressed in
more detail in the Plan.
a. Install sediment barriers across the entire construction right-of-way

immediately upslope of the wetland boundary at all wetland crossings
where necessary to prevent sediment flow into the wetland.
b. Where wetlands are adjacent to the construction right-of-way and the

right-of-way slopes toward the wetland, install sediment barriers
along the edge of the construction right-of-way as necessary to contain
spoil within the construction right-of-way and prevent sediment flow
into the wetland.
c. Install sediment barriers along the edge of the construction right-of-

way as necessary to contain spoil and sediment within the
construction right-of-way through wetlands. Remove these sediment
barriers during right-of-way cleanup.
16 MAY 2013 VERSION

4. Trench Dewatering
Dewater the trench (either on or off the construction right-of-way) in a

manner that does not cause erosion and does not result in silt-laden water
flowing into any wetland. Remove the dewatering structures as soon as
practicable after the completion of dewatering activities.
C. RESTORATION
1. Where the pipeline trench may drain a wetland, construct trench breakers at
the wetland boundaries and/or seal the trench bottom as necessary to maintain
the original wetland hydrology.
2. Restore pre-construction wetland contours to maintain the original wetland

hydrology.
3. For each wetland crossed, install a trench breaker at the base of slopes near
the boundary between the wetland and adjacent upland areas. Install a
permanent slope breaker across the construction right-of-way at the base of
slopes greater than 5 percent where the base of the slope is less than 50 feet
from the wetland, or as needed to prevent sediment transport into the wetland.
In addition, install sediment barriers as outlined in the Plan. In some areas,
with the approval of the Environmental Inspector, an earthen berm may be
suitable as a sediment barrier adjacent to the wetland.
4. Do not use fertilizer, lime, or mulch unless required in writing by the

appropriate federal or state agency.
5. Consult with the appropriate federal or state agencies to develop a project-

specific wetland restoration plan. The restoration plan shall include measures
for re-establishing herbaceous and/or woody species, controlling the invasion
and spread of invasive species and noxious weeds (e.g., purple loosestrife and
phragmites), and monitoring the success of the revegetation and weed control
efforts. Provide this plan to the FERC staff upon request.
6. Until a project-specific wetland restoration plan is developed and/or

implemented, temporarily revegetate the construction right-of-way with
annual ryegrass at a rate of 40 pounds/acre (unless standing water is present).
7. Ensure that all disturbed areas successfully revegetate with wetland

herbaceous and/or woody plant species.
8. Remove temporary sediment barriers located at the boundary between

wetland and adjacent upland areas after revegetation and stabilization of
adjacent upland areas are judged to be successful as specified in section
VII.A.4 of the Plan.
17 MAY 2013 VERSION

D. POST-CONSTRUCTION MAINTENANCE AND REPORTING
1. Do not conduct routine vegetation mowing or clearing over the full width of
the permanent right-of-way in wetlands. However, to facilitate periodic
corrosion/leak surveys, a corridor centered on the pipeline and up to 10 feet
wide may be cleared at a frequency necessary to maintain the 10-foot corridor
in an herbaceous state. In addition, trees within 15 feet of the pipeline with
roots that could compromise the integrity of pipeline coating may be
selectively cut and removed from the permanent right-of-way. Do not
conduct any routine vegetation mowing or clearing in wetlands that are
between HDD entry and exit points.
2. Do not use herbicides or pesticides in or within 100 feet of a wetland, except

as allowed by the appropriate federal or state agency.
3. Time of year restrictions specified in section VII.A.5 of the Plan (April 15

August 1 of any year) apply to routine mowing and clearing of wetland areas.
4. Monitor and record the success of wetland revegetation annually until

wetland revegetation is successful.
5. Wetland revegetation shall be considered successful if all of the following

criteria are satisfied:
a. the affected wetland satisfies the current federal definition for a

wetland (i.e., soils, hydrology, and vegetation);
b. vegetation is at least 80 percent of either the cover documented for the

wetland prior to construction, or at least 80 percent of the cover in
adjacent wetland areas that were not disturbed by construction;
c. if natural rather than active revegetation was used, the plant species
composition is consistent with early successional wetland plant
communities in the affected ecoregion; and
d. invasive species and noxious weeds are absent, unless they are
abundant in adjacent areas that were not disturbed by construction.
6. Within 3 years after construction, file a report with the Secretary identifying
the status of the wetland revegetation efforts and documenting success as
defined in section VI.D.5, above. The requirement to file wetland restoration
reports with the Secretary does not apply to projects constructed under the
automatic authorization, prior notice, or advance notice provisions in the
FERCs regulations.
For any wetland where revegetation is not successful at the end of 3 years
after construction, develop and implement (in consultation with a
18 MAY 2013 VERSION

professional wetland ecologist) a remedial revegetation plan to actively

revegetate wetlands. Continue revegetation efforts and file a report annually
documenting progress in these wetlands until wetland revegetation is
successful.
VII. HYDROSTATIC TESTING
A. NOTIFICATION PROCEDURES AND PERMITS
1. Apply for state-issued water withdrawal permits, as required.
2. Apply for National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) or

state-issued discharge permits, as required.
3. Notify appropriate state agencies of intent to use specific sources at least 48

hours before testing activities unless they waive this requirement in writing.
B. GENERAL
1. Perform 100 percent radiographic inspection of all pipeline section welds or

hydrotest the pipeline sections, before installation under waterbodies or
wetlands.
2. If pumps used for hydrostatic testing are within 100 feet of any waterbody or
wetland, address secondary containment and refueling of these pumps in the
projects Spill Prevention and Response Procedures.
3. The project sponsor shall file with the Secretary before construction a list
identifying the location of all waterbodies proposed for use as a hydrostatic
test water source or discharge location. This filing requirement does not
apply to projects constructed under the automatic authorization provisions of
the FERCs regulations.
C. INTAKE SOURCE AND RATE
1. Screen the intake hose to minimize the potential for entrainment of fish.
2. Do not use state-designated exceptional value waters, waterbodies which

provide habitat for federally listed threatened or endangered species, or
waterbodies designated as public water supplies, unless appropriate federal,
state, and/or local permitting agencies grant written permission.
3. Maintain adequate flow rates to protect aquatic life, provide for all waterbody
uses, and provide for downstream withdrawals of water by existing users.
4. Locate hydrostatic test manifolds outside wetlands and riparian areas to the
maximum extent practicable.
19 MAY 2013 VERSION

D. DISCHARGE LOCATION, METHOD, AND RATE
1. Regulate discharge rate, use energy dissipation device(s), and install sediment
barriers, as necessary, to prevent erosion, streambed scour, suspension of
sediments, or excessive streamflow.
2. Do not discharge into state-designated exceptional value waters, waterbodies

which provide habitat for federally listed threatened or endangered species, or
waterbodies designated as public water supplies, unless appropriate federal,
state, and local permitting agencies grant written permission.
20 MAY 2013 VERSION

ATTACHMENT C
MILLENNIUMS UNANTICIPATED DISCOVERY

OF CONTAMINATION PLAN
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. C-i Valley Lateral Project

Unanticipated Discovery of Contamination Plan
January 2016
The intent of this Unanticipated Discovery of Contamination Plan is to outline practices to employ
in the event of an unanticipated discovery of contamination in soil, groundwater, and sediment when
excavating during construction activities. The purposes of this plan are to:
protect human health and worker safety

prevent the spread of contamination
comply with applicable State and/or Federal regulations
Pre-job Planning
As part of the planning for the Project, Millennium will undertake a site reconnaissance of the
proposed construction work area, including interviews with property owners, and a review of any readily
available information. Millennium may also conduct an environmental database search (e.g., EDR search)
and/or perform additional investigation. Generally, it is not anticipated that this review will identify any
known contamination along the right-of-way, but may identify areas where there is a higher potential for
contamination.
Millennium will review its findings prior to the start of construction and any identified
contaminated sites and/or areas of concern will be located and available information reviewed for potential
impacts. In the event the planned work will impact a confirmed contaminated site, Millennium will work
with the appropriate regulatory agency, property owner, and responsible party to ensure the construction
activities are conducted in accordance with applicable and established site requirements. Where feasible, a
re-route or other modification to the Project may be considered.
If contaminated sites are identified for areas of the Project, a list of the sites should be kept along
with how the determination was made (EDR, property owner, agency report, etc.). An example of this list
is included in Attachment A at the end of this document.
Unanticipated Discovery Response

In the event unanticipated contaminated soil, groundwater, or other potential environmental
contamination are encountered during the Project (e.g., malodorous soils and/or groundwater with visible
staining and/or sheen), the following general procedures will be implemented:
1) All construction work in the immediate vicinity of areas where suspected contamination
or unknown wastes are encountered will be halted.
2) All construction, oversight, and observing personnel may be evacuated to a road or other
accessible up-wind location until the types and levels of potential contamination can be
Unanticipated Discovery of Contamination Plan 1 Valley Lateral Project

verified by qualified personnel. This assessment may include, but not be limited to:
observation by a qualified health and safety professional, field screening using the
appropriate air sampling devices, and/or laboratory analysis of suspect material.
3) The Environmental Inspector (EI) will be notified and the EI will consult with
Millenniums Environmental Monitoring Center.
4) Following consultation with on-site personnel, Millenniums Environmental Monitoring
Center will be responsible for designating follow-up actions, including mobilizing
emergency response personnel and coordinating with the EPA and/or State and local
agencies as appropriate.
5) If an immediate or imminent threat to human health or the environment exists, the EI or
Millenniums field personnel will immediately contact the appropriate responding agency.
The contact numbers for fire, police, and the State environmental hotline are in
Attachment B.
6) If an immediate or imminent threat to human health or the environment does not exist, or
has been abated, a determination will be made, after consulting with all responsible parties,
for conducting any remedial action. If Millennium or the contractors qualified personnel
are responsible for any remedial action it will be limited to the planned work area only
and no additional disturbance should be made except as needed to facilitate construction.
a) Representative samples of the suspected contaminated media (i.e., soil, water, and
waste) may need to be submitted for laboratory analysis to determine waste
classification and/or agency notification requirements.
b) The EI shall consult with Millenniums Environmental Monitoring Center for the
appropriate analyses, sampling methodology, and sampling frequency.
c) Any excavated soils or waste that are suspected of containing contamination above
the appropriate clean-up standard, or otherwise regulated for disposal, will be
placed on plastic sheeting and covered at the end of each work day or placed in an
appropriate container to prevent the spread of any further contamination.
Containers must be closed or covered and any storage areas cordoned off with
orange safety fence. All containers should be clearly labeled with the name of the
contents and any known hazard associated with the material identified on the
container. Known hazardous wastes should be labeled with the words Hazardous
Waste and the date the waste was placed in the container.

d) Water or groundwater suspected of being contaminated will not be discharged to

grade without prior State approval. Options such as on-site storage tanks or
discharge to publicly owned treatment works may be considered. Limiting and/or
diverting the flow of clean surface water away from the affected area, as well as
other measures, may be implemented to minimize impacts and exposure to the
work area.
7) If it is determined that the Company or its qualified contractor will be responsible for
arranging for disposal of any affected media (soil, water, waste), the material will be
characterized and disposed of properly at a permitted facility in a timely manner. All
disposal documentation should be obtained and filed in the Project files and copies sent to
Millenniums Environmental Monitoring Center.
a) If USEPA regulated hazardous wastes, Toxic Substance Control Act wastes, or

State hazardous wastes are generated, a USEPA generator identification number
will need to be obtained. Millenniums Environmental Monitoring Center must be
contacted to assist in either obtaining a project specific ID number or providing an
EPA ID number for an existing facility.

ATTACHMENT A
KNOWN OR SUSPECTED CONTAMINATED SITES
Instructions: Please complete a separate sheet for each location where contamination has been noted.
I. Site Name
II. Physical Location
III. How Contamination Determination Was Determined (Visual, Sampling, Smell, etc.)

ATTACHMENT B
PRIMARY EMERGENCY CONTACTS
Contact Telephone
Millennium Environmental Inspector
Millennium Environmental Monitoring Center (800) 835-7191

New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (800) 457-7362
24-hour Spill Hotline (518) 457-7362
National Response Center (800) 424-8802
LOCAL EMERGENCY CONTACTS
Contact Telephone

ATTACHMENT D
MILLENNIUMS SPILL PREVENTION AND

RESPONSE PLAN
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. D-i Valley Lateral Project

Spill Prevention and Response Procedure
January 2016
SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PROCEDURE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
I. INTRODUCTION...................................................................................................................1
II. TRAINING .............................................................................................................................1
III. CONTRACTOR PRE-JOB REQUIREMENTS .....................................................................1
IV. EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE ..........................................................1
V. FUEL AND MATERIAL STORAGE ....................................................................................2
VI. REFUELING AND MAINTENANCE...................................................................................2
VII. SPILL RESPONSE .................................................................................................................3
VIII. SPILL NOTIFICATION .........................................................................................................4
ATTACHMENTS
Attachment 1 Project Spill Report Form

Attachment 2 Notifications - Spill Response Reporting
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. i Valley Lateral Project

SPILL PREVENTION AND RESPONSE PROCEDURE
I. INTRODUCTION
This Spill Prevention and Response Procedure (SPRP) describes the measures to prevent spills and, in the
event that spills occur, to control and minimize the effects of a release of petroleum products or hazardous
substances during the construction of the Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. (Millennium) Valley
Lateral Project (Project). The contractor will be responsible for preparing response plans that are
compliant with applicable regulations.
II. TRAINING
During the Project Environmental Awareness Training, all Millennium inspectors and construction
contractor personnel will be briefed on the requirements of this SPRP. Training will emphasize the
following:
The contractor will ensure that all employees handling fuels and, as applicable, hazardous
materials will be properly trained.
Precautionary equipment maintenance and refueling procedures are to be followed to minimize
the potential for releases.
Standard operating procedures are to be followed in the event of a release, including the
deployment and maintenance of spill response materials.
Standard equipment, materials and supplies are to be available for cleanup of a release.
III. CONTRACTOR PRE-JOB REQUIREMENTS
The contractor will provide to Millenniums environmental inspector (EI) a pre-job, written
inventory of lubricants, fuels, and other materials, which could be accidentally discharged
during construction.
Contractor will then consult with Millennium to:
o determine reportable spill quantities for each material on the pre-job inventory;
o classify, in the event of an accidental release, each material on the pre-job inventory
as hazardous or non-hazardous waste under RCRA regulations;
o identify and prepare a written inventory of approved waste transporters and disposal
sites for both hazardous and non-hazardous wastes near the construction site;
o approve the contractors list of equipment and spill procedures and impact
minimization measures;
o define the duties and coordinate the responses of all persons involved in cleaning up a
spill;
o create and maintain, with support from Millennium, an up-to-date list of names,
addresses, and phone numbers of all persons to be contacted in case of a spill; and
o review and approve the contractors mandatory training and instruction for spill
prevention and impact minimization.
IV. EQUIPMENT INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE
Contractor will regularly inspect and maintain construction equipment.

Construction equipment will be outfitted with appropriately sized spill containment kits.
All containers, valves, piping and hoses will be examined regularly to assess general
conditions and remediated as necessary.
All leaks will be promptly corrected and/or repaired.

V. FUEL AND MATERIAL STORAGE
The following procedures will be followed when storing fuels and hazardous materials to help avoid spills
and minimize the impact of spills that accidentally occur:
Bulk quantities of diesel fuel, gasoline and hazardous liquids (e.g., solvents and lubricants)
will be stored in pipeyard(s). Adequate spill containment measures, such as containment
dikes with a capacity for at least 110% of the maximum storage volume, combined with
impervious lining, will be installed before fuel storage tanks are filled, and will be
maintained throughout the Project. The contractor will provide Millenniums EI with copies
of the Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS) for each hazardous material on site and will
maintain such MSDSs on-site.
Lesser quantities of fuels (up to 500 gallons), solvents and lubricants (e.g., motor oils,
hydraulic fluid) may be stored along the construction work area (CWA) as necessary to
service equipment used on the Project, provided that this storage does not conflict with other
parts of this SPRP. Sorbent booms and clean-up kits will be kept at all storage locations.
All storage areas will be located at least 100 feet from waterbodies or wetlands; at least
200 feet from active or private water wells; and at least 400 feet from municipal water wells
unless using an operational fuel storage area established on Millennium property.
All motor fuel, lube oil, chemicals and other polluting substances will be tightly sealed and
clearly labeled during transportation and storage.
All equipment will be checked daily for leaks prior to beginning work in waterbodies or
wetlands. Steps will be taken to repair leaks or remove the equipment from service, if
necessary.
Fuel trucks, pumps, mechanics vehicles, the contractor foremens vehicles, inspectors
vehicles and all vehicles working within aquifer protection areas and public water supply
watersheds will be equipped with spill kits containing absorbent materials approved for
petroleum products and have sufficient tools and material to stop leaks.
VI. REFUELING AND MAINTENANCE
Equipment refueling will not be performed within 100 feet of any waterbody or wetland, with
the following exceptions:
o Areas of rugged terrain or steep slopes where movement of equipment outside of
such 100-foot buffers would cause excessive disturbance to the CWA
o Areas where removing equipment from a wetland or from near a waterbody for
servicing or refueling would increase adverse impacts to the wetland
o Refueling of immobile equipment.
During refueling, necessary precautions will be taken to avoid or minimize the potential for
an accidental spill. Care will be taken during refueling not to overfill or spill fuel onto the
housing of equipment. Appropriate spill kits/absorbent materials will be available at all
refueling sites.
Equipment servicing, lubricating and refueling will also be in accordance with these requirements
whenever possible (i.e., except when stationary equipment such as drilling rigs is being used).
Where these conditions cannot be met, the EI will prepare a supplemental plan, based on field
conditions, to protect these resources and will obtain any required regulatory approval.
Use of hazardous materials for vehicle maintenance will follow the same requirements mentioned
above for equipment refueling. Impervious or sorbent materials will be placed under the work area
before the work begins. Additional sorbent materials will also be readily available.
Waste materials created during maintenance (e.g., used oil) will be collected for proper disposal.
All waste materials, including partially used or empty containers, discarded parts, clean-up rags and
used sorbent materials, as well as discarded hazardous material containers (e.g., oil cans, grease
tubes), will be collected for proper disposal.
Refueling areas will be located hydraulically down gradient and outside aquifer protection
areas, whenever possible, and if located within an aquifer protection area, the refueling area
will be lined. The fueling nozzle will be wrapped with absorbent pads and carried from the
dispensing equipment to the equipment being fueled.
Construction equipment will not be washed in any waterbody or wetland, nor will runoff
resulting from washing operations be permitted to directly enter any waterbody or wetland
area.
Construction equipment and vehicles will not be parked overnight within 100 feet of
waterbodies or wetlands.
Pumps operating within 100 feet of a waterbody or wetland boundary will utilize appropriate
secondary containment systems.
Considerations
The Contractor will assure that all refueling be done pursuant to the following conditions:
Impact minimization measures and equipment will be sufficient to prevent discharged fluids
from leaving the CWA or reaching wetlands or waterbodies, and be readily available for use.
These will include some combination of the following:
o dikes, berms or retaining walls sufficiently impervious to contain spilled oil
o absorbent and barrier materials in quantities determined by the Contractor to be
sufficient to capture the largest reasonably foreseeable spill
o disposable drums or containers suitable for holding and transporting contaminated
materials
o curbing
o culverts, gutters, or other drainage systems
o weirs, booms, or other barriers
o spill diversion or retention ponds
o sumps and collection systems
The Contractor will prepare for approval by Millennium a list of the type, quantity, and the
storage location of containment and clean up equipment to be used during construction. The
list will include the procedures and impact minimization measures to be used in case of a
spill.
VII. SPILL RESPONSE
Stopping the source and containment is the immediate priority in the case of a release. Cleanup
procedures will begin immediately after a release is contained. In the event of a spill, Millennium will
take immediate action to ensure that the impact of the spill is minimized, and to see that appropriate cleanup
action is immediately undertaken.
The first person to notice a spill (e.g., contractor personnel, Millennium inspectors) will take immediate
steps to stop and contain release.
Spill kits consisting of the appropriate materials, as specified by Millennium, will be required in all heavy
construction equipment associated with this project. At a minimum, small vehicles used to transport
Millennium and Contractor personnel will be required to contain absorbent pads. General equipment that
the contractor will use for spill containment and cleanup includes:

absorbents including pillows, socks, and wipe sheets for containment and pick up of spilled
liquids
commercially available spill kits (or the functional equivalent thereof) that are self-contained
and prepackaged with a large variety of sorbents for both small to large spills
structures such as gutters, culverts, and dikes for immediate spill containment, where
available and appropriate
shovels, backhoes, etc, for excavating contaminated materials
sumps and collection systems
drums, barrels, and temporary storage bags to clean up and transport contaminated materials
Response to spills into Waterbodies or Wetlands
In the event of a spill into or in the vicinity of waterbodies or wetlands, the following will occur
immediately:
The spill will be immediately stopped at the source.

The spill will be contained through the use of appropriately deployed containment materials (e.g.,
sorbent booms, absorbent pads, constructing dikes).
The spill will be collected with sorbent materials, skimmed off water surfaces with booms,
and/or the contaminated soil will be excavated.
The waste materials will be properly disposed in accordance with Millennium policy.
The affected areas will be restored as closely as possible to their previous condition.
If the spill is such that Millennium personnel or the on-site contractor cannot immediately and effectively
respond, Millenniums environmental contractor, who specializes in spill cleanup, will be employed
Millennium personnel (e.g., EI) will complete a Spill Report Form (refer to Attachment 1).
VIII. SPILL NOTIFICATION
Spills occurring during construction will be reported immediately to the Millennium Monitoring Center
at 1-800-835-7191 in accordance with Millennium policies, plans and procedures. Millenniums
Environmental Health and Safety department will be responsible for contacting the appropriate agencies,
except as provided for below.
If the call to the Monitoring Center is not returned within 30 minutes and the spill has impacted water, the
person discovering the spill or release will contact the National Response Center at 1-800-424-8802 and
report the release. That person will continue calling the Monitoring Center until a representative is reached.
Attachment 2 lists the primary telephone numbers for such notifications.

ATTACHMENT 1
MILLENNIUM PIPELINE COMPANY, L.L.C.
VALLEY LATER PROJECT
PROJECT SPILL REPORT FORM

SPILL REPORT FORM

Date: Time of Spill Occurrence: Weather Conditions:
Name/Title of first observer:
Regulatory Agencies Notified/Time (date) of Notification:
Location of Spill (Attach photocopy of site plan, as appropriate):
County: Parcel No.:
Town: Milepost/Station No.:
Material Spilled:
Quantity Spilled:
10 gallons or less: Between 10 and 1,000 gallons:
Over 1,000 gallons:
Circumstances causing spill:
If spill is into water, is a sheen present?
Size of area affected by spill:
Estimate depth of spilled material on water or soil:
Has spill left the construction work area?
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. A1-1 Valley Lateral Project

Is spill under control?

If not, is there a potential for the spill to leave the construction work area?
Has spill cleanup begun? If so, what methods are being or will be used?
Signature of Contractor Representative/Date
Signature of Millennium Environmental Inspector/Date

ATTACHMENT 2
NOTIFICATIONS
SPILL RESPONSE REPORTING
PRIMARY EMERGENCY CONTACTS
Contact Telephone
Millennium Environmental Inspector
Millennium Monitoring Center (800) 835-7191

New York State Department of Environmental Conservation (800) 457-7362
24-hour Spill Hotline (518) 457-7362
National Response Center (800) 424-8802
LOCAL EMERGENCY CONTACTS
Contact Telephone

ATTACHMENT E
MILLENNIUMS WINTER CONSTRUCTION PLAN
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. E-i Valley Lateral Project

Winter Construction Plan
January 2016
LIST OF ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
ATWS Additional Temporary Workspace

CWA Construction Work Area
BMP Best Management Practices
ECS Environmental Construction Standards
EI Environmental Inspector
FERC / Commission Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Millennium Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C.
Project Valley Lateral Project
WCP Winter Construction Plan

1.0 INTRODUCTION
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. (Millennium) is seeking authorization from the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) pursuant to Section 7(c) of the Natural Gas Act1 to construct,
install, own, operate, and maintain the Valley Lateral Project (Project). The Project will provide firm
transportation of natural gas to the new 650 megawatt gas-powered CPV Valley Energy Center being
constructed by CPV Valley, LLC in the town of Wawayanda, New York. The Project, as proposed, includes
approximately 7.8 miles of new natural gas pipeline that will extend from Millenniums existing main line
pipeline north to the CPV Valley Energy Center, as well as ancillary aboveground facilities.
Construction of the Project is anticipated to commence during the third quarter of 2016 to meet the in- service
date of April 2017. To meet the anticipated Project schedule, construction activities will continue through the
winter season. Millennium has developed this Winter Construction Plan (WCP) to outline the special
procedures and best management practices (BMPs) that will be implemented during the winter season
construction period for installation of the Project facilities. These special procedures and BMPs should be
considered additions to the other plans, procedures, and BMPs Millennium has specified for use on the Project
and will be used in conjunction with those plans, procedures, and BMPs, as applicable.
This WCP will be considered to be in effect when any of the following conditions occur:
The ground is frozen and plating of topsoil occurs;

Equipment slippage occurs from operating on frozen ground or vehicles risk sliding
outside established construction work area (CWA) clearing limits;
Road crossings cannot be adequately compacted;
Backfill material freezes to the extent that adequate compaction becomes difficult; and/or
Topsoil stockpiles are frozen and cannot be uniformly redistributed across disturbed areas
or separated from the sub-grade material.
2.0 SNOW MANAGEMENT

If a snow event is followed immediately by a period of melting and runoff, the typical erosion and
sedimentation control BMPs specified in Millenniums Environmental Construction Standards (ECS) for
stormwater management will apply, and no special measures will be necessary. If a significant (greater than
6 inches) snowfall event occurs and is followed by an extended period of freeze, the following procedures will
be implemented:
Millennium will minimize snow clearing activities by only clearing in active work areas;
Plowing equipment used for snow removal operations will be equipped with 6-inch shoes
to ensure blades do not remove topsoil or vegetation;
Snow removal equipment will consist mainly of plowing equipment, such as bulldozers,
loaders, utility trucks, dump trucks, or any construction vehicle that can be equipped with a
1 15 U.S.C. 717f(c) (2012).

plow and 6-inch shoes, and may include but is not limited to other equipment, such as snow
blowers and hand shovels;
Rather than blade as low as possible, snow removal operators will blade no lower than a
height sufficient for construction vehicles to safely navigate the CWA;
Snow removal operators will adjust blade height in areas of slope changes to ensure that
contact with the ground is minimized;
If practical, snow removed from other parts of the CWA will be stored over the trench line
prior to excavation to prevent deep frost penetration along the trench line. Upon removal
prior to topsoil removal and trenching activities, this snow will be stockpiled within an outer
10-foot strip on the working side of the CWA that is reserved for snow storage;
Alternatively, snow may be removed from the CWA and placed adjacent to spoil pile
storage. Millennium will not disturb the ground surface while removing the snow from
within the CWA. Millennium will work with individual landowners on a site-specific
basis where snow storage adjacent to the CWA is required;
To permit access to the CWA, snow may be cleared from access roads by pushing or throwing
the snow to the side of the road. Intersections, driveways and other private roads will not be
blocked by plowed or stockpiled snow. Removed snow will not mix with sidecast stored
soils;
If necessary to improve driving conditions, snow may be bladed level along the travel lane on
the CWA, rather than removed;
Snow generally will not be removed from soil storage areas until just prior to backfilling the
pipe trench or the replacement of topsoil. Snow that could interfere with trench backfilling
operations will be removed to create a safe work area. Care will be taken to avoid mixing of
snow and soil during snow removal. Snow may be left on the stored topsoil pile while
replacing subsoil to minimize the mixing of the two. A separation will be placed between
stored soil piles to further ensure mixing of subsoil and topsoil does not occur during the snow
removal;
Snow removal equipment will be confined within the limits of the CWA and access roads;
including any additional temporary workspace (ATWS);
Heavy saturated snow may be pushed, lifted and dumped, and stored adjacent to the
CWA, provided that equipment stays within the CWA boundaries, property is not damaged
or encumbered by the snow, no soil or vegetation is removed, no cultural resources or rare
species habitat are adversely impacted, and breaks are left in windrowed piles to allow for
drainage and wildlife passage. Millennium will work with individual landowners on a
site-specific basis where snow storage adjacent to the CWA is required;
In heavy snow or in areas of significant snow drifts, snow may be stockpiled off the CWA
using equipment mounted to construction vehicles within the CWA limits; and
Snow and ice will be removed from inside the pipe joints prior to their being aligned and
welded;

3.0 FROZEN SOIL HANDLING

In warm weather conditions, all construction activities (topsoil removal and segregation, grading, trenching,
pipe installation, backfilling, restoration, and clean-up) will be conducted in accordance with Millenniums
ECS, as appropriate. The following alternative methods will be implemented in frozen or partially frozen
soil conditions, defined as the presence of frozen soils to a depth of 2 inches, or more, below the surface:
Frozen topsoil stripping activities will be limited to the equipment capable of accurately
stripping variable depths of topsoil; rippers mounted on a machine may be necessary to
achieve depth penetration. If segregation of subsoil and topsoil cannot be accomplished
without mixing, the topsoil salvage operation will cease until soil conditions improve and
segregation requirements can be met;
Millennium will minimize the amount of open trench to reduce the amount of snow that
will have to be removed;
Millennium will install highly visible construction fence around any open trenches in
areas where the pipeline intersects known paths used for snowmobiling, hiking or other such
activities;
Where topsoil or soil stockpiles remain in place during the winter, breaks in the stockpiles
at drainage crossings will be created to allow runoff and snowmelt to be diverted off the
CWA. Mulch or other methods of topsoil conservation will be used to prevent loss of topsoil
during the winter and throughout the spring melt. If requested by landowners, these stockpiles
will be marked with high-visibility poles to alert snowmobilers and others of their presence;
The CWA will be stabilized and subsoil de-compaction and topsoil grading will be completed
during final restoration when the soil has dried sufficiently.
If topsoil placement is suspended due to frozen conditions, normal temporary stabilization
procedures will be applied as ground conditions permit. The final clean-up schedule will
vary, depending on ground conditions and time of construction. Where final clean-up and
restoration have not been completed, the CWA will be left in a roughened condition to reduce
potential for erosion during snowmelt. In upland areas, a slight crown may be left over the
pipeline to account for settling as backfilled soils thaw.
To reduce the possibility of the trench spoil freezing and if practical, the pipeline
construction contractor may choose to excavate the trench after the pipeline has been welded.
Prior to backfilling, frozen stockpiled subsoil will be skimmed to remove the frozen surface
layer and expose unfrozen material. The unfrozen material will be used to backfill
immediately over the pipeline to prevent damage to the coating of the pipeline; and
The EI may halt work if it is determined that muddy conditions are too severe.

4.0 TEMPORARY EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL

Temporary and final erosion control and stabilization methods will be implemented in accordance with
Millenniums ECS. Millennium will monitor erosion control structures and stabilization efforts closely
during periods of snow melt. It is Millenniums intent that all temporary erosion control measures will
be fully operational for the duration of the winter and will be able to withstand spring thaw and snow melt
periods. Millenniums EIs will verify that the erosion control measures are appropriate for the weather
conditions and are functional. The following measures may be implemented during construction:
Temporary erosion controls will be properly maintained during Project construction and
reinstalled, as necessary, until final erosion controls are constructed. Erosion control
devices will be inspected by the EI and repaired, as necessary;
Temporary slope breakers will be installed as described in Millenniums ECS. If frozen
ground prevents the installation of slope breakers, other erosion control methods will be
utilized, and slope breakers will be installed prior to the spring thaw;
Erosion control devices requiring repair or installation during frozen conditions will be
temporarily repaired/constructed using sand bags until conditions dictate that they can be
installed as described in Millenniums ECS;
Haybales that can be properly replaced without retrenching, during frozen conditions, will
be staked using steel rebar;
In cultivated lands, temporary slope breakers will be placed across the CWA. Breaks will
be installed in snow and topsoil piles where they are intersected by the temporary slope
breakers to promote water flow off of the CWA during the spring thaw;
Appropriate erosion controls will be used to stabilize topsoil and subsoil piles. Care will be
taken when installing erosion control measures to account for the volume and direction of flow
expected during spring melt and heavy spring rains;
Mulching will be used to stabilize soil surfaces and on stockpiled topsoil, where appropriate.
In cases where significant snow cover exists, the EI will determine whether mulch should be
applied. Where required, mulch will be applied in accordance with Millenniums ECS;
If necessary, temporary bridges and equipment mats may be removed for the winter season
and stored within the CWA in an upland storage area. Any crossings remaining in place
will be engineered to handle maximum predicted spring runoff flows and will be approved by
applicable regulatory agencies; and
If s t r e a m crossings are required outside of construction windows, prior to any activity,
Millennium will obtain approval from the applicable regulatory agency for each specific
crossing.

5.0 CONSTRUCTION IN AGRICULTURAL AREAS DURING WET

WEATHER
If construction occurs during wet weather, the pipeline trench shall be pumped and free of water prior to
lowering in. Pumps may have to be continuously run, in low areas, until pipe is backfilled to limit soil
saturation.
The Environmental Inspector will determine when construction should not proceed in a given area due to wet
weather conditions. The following are the factors to be considered in determining whether construction will
be allowed to continue due to wet weather conditions:
Work will not be allowed in areas where rutting is mixing subsoil with topsoil. The depth of
the allowable rutting in cultivated/agricultural land is no more than four (4) inches for all soil
types.
In areas where rutting will result in topsoil/subsoil mixing, alternatives such as utilizing mats,
low ground weight equipment, and/or flat bottom sleds pulled by low ground weight
equipment, disking the right-of-way to increase evaporation and dewatering the area with
portable pumps may also be acceptable.
Wet weather restrictions only apply to those areas necessary and may not require cessation of
work in areas not affected by wet weather.
To determine if soils are dry enough to begin restoration activities the Environmental Inspector will check the
soils for not exceeding friable (workable) moisture content using the following procedures (Atterberg field test
for plastic soil consistency):
Exposed construction surface subsoil
o Take a sample with a soil augur at a depth of 14 to 20 inches below the exposed surface.
o Roll the soil in your hand, (hand-roll field test), down to a 1/8-inch diameter thread, and if
the soil remains intact, in increments beyond 3/8-inch long, the soil is too wet (or plastic).
If it breaks (crumbles) apart into 3/8-inch or shorter sections, the moisture content is correct
(acceptable to begin restoration).
Restoration of agricultural soils may only occur during the time period between October 1 and May 15 with a
mutual determination, and concurrence, from the New York State Department of Agriculture and Markets.
Once restoration activities commence the Environmental Inspector will monitor the depth of rutting to
determine whether restoration will be allowed to continue, as outlined above for construction activities.

6.0 LOWERING-IN AND BACKFILL

The following recommendations may be implemented during lowering-in and backfilling activities during the
winter season:
Prior to lowering-in of the pipe, the pipe trench will be cleared of snow to the extent
reasonably practicable;
During backfill operations, precautions will be taken to limit the mixing of snow with
spoil material, although it is recognized that some mixing of snow and soil is unavoidable
during this process;
The trench will be backfilled with unfrozen soils. If necessary, the first several inches of
frozen backfill will be removed from the spoil piles to access unfrozen soils for backfilling.
The segregated frozen spoil material, to be used as backfill once thawed, will be stabilized
until the soils in the trench have thawed and any settling has occurred. This remaining spoil
material will be used as backfill to make up for any settling after the soils in the trench have
fully thawed; and
Backfilling activities will follow lowering-in activities immediately to prevent the infill of
snow over the lowered-in pipe.
7.0 HYDROSTATIC TESTING/DEWATERING

The following recommendations may be implemented during hydrostatic testing activities that occur during
the winter season:
The temperature of the hydrostatic test water will be monitored continuously. The test
manifolds will be insulated and a temporary shelter will be constructed around the test
area. Portable heaters will be used inside the shelter to prevent the test manifolds from
freezing.
Hydrostatic test water discharge locations will be monitored for icing and effectiveness.
Hydrostatic test dewatering will be conducted in accordance with Millenniums ECS, as
appropriate. During the winter season, dewatering structures may need to be sized to
handle more volume and may need to be located further away to avoid runoff back toward the
trench due to decreased infiltration rates of frozen ground; and
No anti-freeze or additives to reduce the test waters freezing point will be used during
hydrostatic testing.

8.0 WINTER AND SPRING INSPECTIONS AND MONITORING

Millenniums EI will continue to inspect the condition of erosion control devices on a daily basis during active
construction or within 24 hours of a 0.5-inch rain event, if safely accessible and weather permitting, to ensure
that the erosion control devices remain in place and are effective. Winter construction monitoring of the CWA
will identify the following:
Erosion control measures requiring maintenance and repair;

Areas along the CWA with slope instability; and
Areas where significant levels of erosion are occurring along the CWA.
The EI will pay particular attention to areas with steep slopes, wetlands, waterbody crossings, and sensitive
habitats.
The construction contractor will attempt to complete repairs of damaged erosion control devices at the end
of each working day. Millennium will stockpile erosion control materials within designated staging areas
during the winter season to ensure they are available for installation and repairs.
Site inspections will be completed in accordance with Millenniums ECS. Millennium will prepare weekly
status reports for areas undergoing winter construction, as well as for previously disturbed areas where no
construction is occurring during the winter season. These reports will identify areas where erosion
control issues have been identified and corrected, along with areas where final resolution and repair will be
deferred until spring due to inaccessibility or the likelihood of more significant damage resulting from attempts
to effect repairs.
9.0 SPRING THAW CONDITIONS AND EROSION CONTROL

MEASURES
Millennium may implement the following procedures when working during spring thaw conditions:
Construction contractors may use equipment best suited to existing ground conditions (i.e.,
low ground pressure equipment);
Construction contractors may install equipment mats along the travel lane where soils are
excessively wet and rutting is occurring to prevent mixing of topsoil and subsoil;
Construction contractors may use frost driving measures, such as snow packing, to increase
the load bearing capacity of the ground where necessary to remove equipment from the CWA;
In excessively wet areas, construction activities may be postponed until early morning or
evening when the ground is frozen (refer to Section 5.0, above);
Equipment mats or geotextiles may be installed in excessively wet areas, as needed, to
minimize rutting;
Runoff water will be controlled by implementing Millenniums ECS;

Erosion control measures will be inspected and repaired in accordance with Millenniums ECS;
and
Work will be suspended by the EI if it is determined that the area is excessively wet and rutting
is occurring.
10.0 TRAINING AND REPORTING

Millennium will incorporate this WCP into its training required by Millenniums ECS.
Millennium will include discussions of winter construction activities in its FERC status reports to keep
applicable regulatory agencies informed about the progress of winter construction activities and other winter
CWA issues as well as any corrective actions implemented or scheduled.

ATTACHMENT F
NYSDAM PLAN
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. F-i Valley Lateral Project

PIPELINE RIGHT-OF-WAY CONSTRUCTION PROJECTS
AGRICULTURAL MITIGATION
THROUGH THE STAGES OF PROJECT PLANNING ,
CONSTRUCTION/RESTORATION AND FOLLOW-UP MONITORING
By
New York State
Department of Agriculture and Markets
Albany, New York
Rev. 2-11
NYS DEPT. OF AGRICULTURE AND MARKETS
Division of Agricultural Protection and Development Services:
Matthew Brower Michael Saviola

Agricultural Resource Specialist Agricultural Resource Specialist
NYS Dept. of Agriculture and M arkets NYS Dept. of Agriculture and Markets
10B Airline Drive Administration Building Suite 201
Albany, NY 12235-0001 900 Jefferson Road
Phone (518) 457-2 713 Rochester, NY 14623
Telefax (518) 457-2716 (607)351-7954
Email: matthew.brower@agmkt.state.ny.us Email: michael.saviola@agmkt.state.ny.us
Counsels Office:
Diane Smith
Associate Attorney
NYS Dept. of Agriculture and Markets
10B Airline Drive
A lbany, NY 12235-0001
Phone (518) 457-4111
Telefax (518) 457-8842
2
1.0 INTRODUCTION
The following agricultural mitigation standards are designed to apply to transmission pipelines
that affect agricultural land. These standards and practices apply to the early planning stage of
the project through construction, restoration, and post-construction monitoring and
rehabilitation. The specific details regarding Agricultural and Soil Conservation
Specialists/Inspectors, in addition to the traditional environmental specialists, apply to projects
of significant length or projects of relatively moderate length, but which affect proportionally
significant or unique areas of agricultural resources.
These standards and practices for construction, cleanup and restoration of agricultural lands are
for mineral soils only and, therefore, do not pertain to organic muckland soils. The New York
State Department of Agriculture and Markets (Ag & Markets) recommends avoidance-routing
around agricultural organic muckland soils. When this is not possible, project-specific
development and implementation of agricultural mitigation techniques will be needed. The
project sponsor's representatives should contact Ag & Markets during preliminary planning for
such sites.
3
2.0 PLANNING
2.1 AGRICULTURAL AND SOIL CONSERVATION SPECIALIST/INSPECTOR
The Project Sponsor must retain a qualified Agricultural and Soil Conservation
Specialist/Inspector (Agricultural Specialist) on each work spread for each phase: Environmental
Management and Construction Plan (EM&CP) development, construction, initial restoration,
post-construction monitoring and follow-up restoration. The Agricultural Specialist will submit
site-specific agricultural information for EM&CP development to the Project Sponsor. This
information will be obtained through field review as well as direct contact with affected farm
operators, County Soil and Water Conservation Districts, Ag & Markets and others. The
Agricultural Specialist will maintain regular contact with the Spread Environmental and
Engineering Coordinators and appropriate on-site Project Inspectors throughout the construction
phase. The Agricultural Specialist also maintains regular contact with the affected farmers and
County Soil and Water Conservation Districts concerning farm resources and management
matters pertinent to the agricultural operations and the site-specific implementation of the
EM&CP. The Poject Sponsor will consult with Ag & Markets at the same time they submit a
request for an EM&CP modification concerning agriculture.
2.2 EM&CP MAPS
The Project Sponsor will provide on the general EM&CP plan maps the information described
below concerning agricultural areas/uses.
2.2.1 Type of Agricultural Land and Facilities
A. Pasture/Grazing
1. Unimproved grazing areas (brushy or wooded land used by
livestock)
2. Permanent open pasture (land devoted only to pasture use, not
suited to tillage rotation)
3. Improved pasture (including tillable rotation pasture/hayland)
4. Livestock fencelines
B. Cropland
1. Hayland
2. Rotation cropland
3. Long-term cropland (also includes agricultural lands enrolled in
either the annual set-aside or the Conservation Reserve Program of
the U.S.D.A. Consolidated Farm Service Agency). Such lands will
be identified through consultation with the offices of the
Consolidated Farm Service Agency and the County Soil and Water
Conservation District.
C. Unique Agricultural Lands (Avoidance routing strongly recommended)

1. Specialty cropland (vegetables, berries, etc.)
4
2. Orchard
3. Vineyard
4. Maple Sugarbush
5. Organic Muckland
6. Permanent Irrigation systems
2.2.2 Vulnerable Agricultural Soils
Vulnerable agricultural soils are defined as areas of cropland, hayland, or pasture which are
somewhat more highly sensitive than other agricultural soils to construction disturbance due to
slope, relative soil wetness, and/or shallowness to bedrock. Wetness conditions are the result of
factors such as landscape position, soil texture, seasonal water table and/or slowly permeable
subsoil horizons (e.g., areas of laterally draining subsoils). All vulnerable agricultural soils
including, but not limited to, those identified in the county soil survey as fragipans, lacustrines,
dense basal tills, soils with a seasonally high water table, or soils with less than 5 feet of depth to
bedrock are to be located and identified on the project map using the following codes:
A. VE (designate the general area of vulnerability of erosion due to R-O-W

factor(s) of slope and/or the texture of exposed soil).
B. V/W (designate the general area of vulnerability to soil horizon wetness

as described above).
C. V/B (designate the general area of vulnerability due to shallow depth to

bedrock).
D. V/OR (designate the location of unavoidable organic mucklands).
2.2.3 Other Features
In addition, the Project Sponsor will provide the following information on the general EM&CP
maps:
A. Land and Water Management Features

1. Subsurface drainage area (indicate each field)
2. Open Ditch
3. Diversion Terrace
4. Buried water lines (farmstead consumptive use)
5. Water source (developed springs, etc.)
6. Unnamed water flow
B. Depth of cover if it varies from the agricultural standard (refer to 2.7).
C. Any off right-of-way access roads, work or storage areas. Map all such
areas identified at the time of the EM&CP submission indicating their
proposed locations and the location and size of all culverts to the extent
5
required. Any other areas that may be identified during construction will
be considered and filed as a change in the EM&CP.
D. The proposed location of any compressor stations, valve stations, metering

and regulating stations and any other proposed facilities. Agricultural
areas should be avoided when siting any above ground facilities.
E. General locations for trench breakers, including a notation of the distance

between breakers based on percent of slope, or an appended generic chart
of trench breaker spacing by degree or percent of slope.
F. General locations for subsurface intercept drains to control soil saturation

and/or aid trench breakers in minimizing water piping, based on the
vulnerable agricultural soils data (see Section 2.2.2) and site monitoring.
Such locations will generally coincide with V/W vulnerable agricultural
soils and breaks in slopes.
2.3 DOCUMENTATION OF IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURES
The Project Sponsor will explain in the EM&CP narrative how the respective features of
agricultural-related mitigation will be included in the contractual specifications or otherwise be
carried out. The narrative will describe the method by which the Project Sponsor's staff and the
contractor's field supervisors will be trained on the agricultural mitigation plan, which includes
management criteria and designed standards and practices.
2.4 CHERRY TREE VEGETATION
The Project Sponsor will identify Black Cherry trees located on the right-of-way near active
livestock use areas during EM&CP development. Black Cherry tree vegetation is toxic to
livestock when cut and wilted and shall not be stockpiled in areas accessible to livestock.
During the clearing phase, such vegetation will be disposed of in a manner which eliminates
contact with livestock.
2.5 TRENCH CROSSINGS
The open trench will be fenced and temporary livestock and farm equipment crossings (or trench
plugs) will be provided where requested and/or needed, by the farm owner/operator.
2.6 UNDERLAYMENT FOR ROCK/GRAVEL FILL
Where access ramps are required from the highway to the pipeline construction area in
agricultural fields, an underlayment of durable, geotextile matting will be placed over the
exposed subsoil surface prior to the use of temporary gravel access fill material. All such
material will be removed upon completion of the project. The use of durable, geotextile matting
as an underlayment helps prevent rock and stone from becoming embedded in the subsoil
6
material. Complete removal of the ramp upon completion of the project and restoration of the
impacted site is required prior to topsoil replacement.
2.7 DEPTH OF COVER
2.7.1 Cropland, Hayland and Improved Pasture
In cropland, hayland and improved pasture a minimum depth of forty-eight inches of cover will
be required; except where the new pipeline is located parallel and adjacent to an older existing
pipeline that was buried with less than forty inches of cover. If such a situation occurs, a
minimum depth of forty inches of cover will be required.
2.7.2 Unimproved Pasture
In unimproved grazing areas and land permanently devoted to pasture, a minimum depth of
thirty-six inches of cover will be required.
2.7.3 Areas of Shallow Soil
In areas where the depth of soil over bedrock ranges from zero to forty-eight inches, the pipe
shall be buried entirely below the top of the bedrock or at the depth specified for the particular
land use (see 2.7.1 and 2.7.2), whichever is less. At no time will the depth of cover be less than
twenty-four inches below the soil surface. All variances from this will be clearly stated in
contract documents, construction drawings, or detailed drawings for special areas or crossings.
2.8 DRAIN LINE ALLOWANCE OF DEPTH
In existing agricultural fields where future surface and subsurface drainage plans have been
identified by the owner/occupant or are on file with the Soil and Water Conservation District
prior to EM&CP development, the Project Sponsor will provide adequate cover over the pipe to
allow the future installation of major header drains and main drains across the right-of-way
without obstruction due to the burial depth of the pipeline. It will be the responsibility of the Ag
Specialist to determine the required elevations of the pipeline for clearance between the bottom
of future drain systems and the top of the pipeline. Deviations to the standard depth of cover as
detailed in section 2.7 will be specified in the EM&CP.
2.9 SUBSURFACE DRAIN REPAIR
During preparation of the EM&CP, a detailed drainage line repair procedure will be developed
for the repair of crushed/severed clay tile and plastic drain lines. The procedure will be
developed by the Ag Specialist in consultation with the local Soil and Water Conservation
District. Specific drawings showing the generic technique to be implemented for drain line
repairs will be provided by the Project Sponsor. The plan for the replacement of functional stone
drainage systems severed during pipeline construction shall be prepared during the restoration
phase by the Agricultural Specialist, in consultation with Ag & Markets and/or the Soil and
Water Conservation District.
7
2.10 ALTERNATIVE GRAZING PLANS
The Ag Specialist(s) will work with the farm operators during the planning phase to develop a
plan to delay the pasturing of the right-of-way, following construction, until pasture areas are
adequately revegatated. The Project Sponsor will be responsible for maintaining the temporary
fences on the right-of-way until the Ag Specialist determines that the vegatation on the right-of-
way is established and able to accommodate grazing. At such time, the Project Sponsor will be
responsible for the removal of the fences.
8
3.0 CONSTRUCTION/RESTORATION
3.1 CONTROL OF TRENCH WASHOUTS, WATER PIPING AND BLOWOUTS
Trench breakers are installed for the dual purpose of preventing trench washouts during
construction and abating water piping and blowouts subsequent to trench backfill. The distance
between permanent trench breakers may range from the relatively close-spaced formula of the
toe of the upper trench breaker being level with the head of the lower trench breaker to the
relatively greater spacing as detailed on the sample drawing TRENCH BREAKER SPACING
or on the sample chart PERMANENT SLOPE BREAKER SPACING. The Project Sponsor
will record each installed trench breaker location, by map referenced station-number.
3.2 TOPSOIL PROTECTION
In all agricultural portions of the right-of-way, topsoil will be removed from the subsoil stockpile
area, trench, construction assembly and traffic zones. The depth of topsoil removal will include
all of the A horizon down to the beginning of the subsoil "B" horizon, generally not to exceed
a maximum of 12 inches. Topsoil removal up to a depth of 16 inches will be required in
specially designated soils encountered along the pipeline route and identified in the EM&CP.
All topsoil will be stockpiled and separated from other excavated materials. The Agricultural
Specialist will determine depth of topsoil stripping per affected farm during EM&CP
development by means of the County Soil Survey and on-site soil augering, if necessary. All
topsoil material will be stripped, stockpiled, and uniformly returned to restore the original soil
profile. During the clearing/construction phase, site specific depths of topsoil stripping will be
monitored by the Agricultural Specialist. Where right-of-way construction requires cut-and-fill
of the soil profile across grades, to the extent practicable, topsoil stockpiling will be located on
the upslope edge of the right-of-way. Where topsoil cannot be seperately stored on the upslope
side, suitable right-of-way space will be provided on the downslope side to ensure the complete
segregation of the topsoil from all cut-and-fill material.
Right-of-way width for agricultural lands will generally be the maximum necessary to allow
adequate space for traffic, the trench and construction area, and the separate stockpiles of both
topsoil and spoil material. Except in special conditions, such as road and stream crossings that
may require a greater working area, the temporary right-of-way construction width should range
from a minimum of 80 feet for a 12 inch diameter pipeline 1 , to a maximum of 125 feet for a 36
inch diameter line. In projects using the relatively wide trenching method to meet construction
worker safety requirements, a proportionally wider right-of-way will be temporarily acquired.
1 The term minimum refers to the absolute minimum width of the temporary construction right-of-way, under the very best of working
conditions: that is, a level farmscape on deep, well drained soil. An 80 feet width, however, is not adequate as the initial, available width
through farmlands with mild, rolling or moderately steep slopes, nor on soils that are less than well drained or shallow to bedrock. In those
situations, the minimum available width of temporary construction right-of-way should be 90 feet. This allows for the inherent cut-and-fill
grading; the drift of wet subsoil muds/spoil materials; and the special concerns of shallow bedrock soils, without jeopardizing the protection of
the stockpiled topsoil materials. Certain site-specific conditions may accommodate the farmland protection in a slightly narrower space, leaving
some of the temporary right-of-way unused. Nevertheless, the availability of the 90 feet for the construction of a 12 inch pipeline should be
provided for the temporary periods of construction and restoration.
9
3.3 SUBSOIL PROTECTION (SHALLOW SOILS)
Construction through farm soils dominated by a shallow depth to bedrock can result in a
significant loss of, or permanent damage to, the subsoil or B horizon and corresponding
damage to the soil profile, regardless of the measures employed to protect the topsoil (A
horizon) material. The structure and thickness of the thin layer of remaining subsoil over
bedrock can be adversely impacted as a result of grading, construction traffic and trench
excavation as well as backfilling that involves bedrock material. The actual need for subsoil
protection, as well as the method to be employed, must be based on project-specific factors
including the diameter of the pipeline to be constructed, the site-specific depth to bedrock and
the thickness of the subsoil. Among the construction phase measures that may help to minimize
damages are:
Stripping and seperately stockpiling the B horizon of the right-of-way for a depth of 12
inches or to the top of the bedrock, whichever is shallower; or, stripping and seperately
stockpiling the B horizon from the full top width of the trench and spoil pile zone.
Removing excavated bedrock materials from the site at the time of excavation.
Backfilling the work trench with imported subsoil material.
3.4 BLASTING REQUIREMENTS
In agricultural areas of till over bedrock which requires blasting, the Project Sponsor will use
matting or controlled blasting to limit the dispersion of blast rock fragments. Farm
owners/operators will be given timely notice prior to blasting on farm property.
3.5 SUPPLEMENTAL BACKFILL MATERIALS
In agricultural areas where the materials excavated during trenching are insufficient in quantity
to meet backfill requirements, the soil of any agricultural land adjacent to the trench and
construction zone will not be used as either backfill or surface cover material. Under no
circumstances will any topsoil material be used for pipe padding material or trench backfill. In
situations where imported soil materials are employed for backfill on agricultural lands, such
material shall be of similar texture to the existing soils on site.
In order to satisfy agricultural restoration requirements, a portion of a farm's non-cropland may,

in some specific instances, be considered as an alternative source of imported soils.
3.6 BACKFILL PROFILE AND TRENCH CROWNING
In areas of cropland, including rotation hayland, permanent hayland and improved pastureland,
ripped or blasted bedrock or concentrated volumes of excavated stone or rock material may be
used for backfill, but no closer than twenty four (24) inches in mesic soils nor thirty (30) inches
in frigid soils from the exposed working construction surface of the right-of-way. (To determine
10
the temperature regime of the soil, consult the U.S.D.A. Natural Resources Conservation
Service, formerly S.C.S.). All excess rock not utilized as trench backfill will be hauled away.
The remaining backfill materials will consist of suitable subsoil over the rock fill material.
Trench crowning will occur during the backfill operation of the construction phase, using subsoil
materials over the trench to allow for trench settling. The stockpiled topsoil will be spread over
the entire affected right-of-way, after the initial ripping of the exposed subsoil and the rock
cleanup has been completed. In areas where trench settling occurs after topsoil spreading,
imported topsoil will be used to fill each depression. Topsoil from the right-of-way or from
adjacent agricultural land will not be used to backfill depressions.
3.7 SUBSOIL RIPPING, STONE REMOVAL, TOPSOIL COVER AND SUBSOIL

SHATTERING
In all agricultural sections of the right-of-way where topsoil is stripped, the Project Sponsor shall
break up the exposed construction surface subsoil with deep tillage by such devices as a deep-
ripper or heavy duty chisel plow. Following the deep ripping and chiseling, all stone and rock
material four inches and larger in size which has been lifted to the surface shall be collected and
taken off site for disposal. Upon approval of the subsoil decompaction and the stone removal by
the Agricultural Specialist, the topsoil that has been temporarily removed for the period of
construction shall then be replaced. Finally, deep subsoil shattering shall be performed with a
subsoiler tool having angled legs. Stone removal shall be completed, as necessary, to eliminate
any additional rocks and stones brought to the surface as a result of the final subsoil shattering
process. Due to the generally unsuitable weather for continuing agricultural land restoration in
late autumn, subsoil decompaction and topsoil replacement activities shall not be performed after
October 1, unless approved on a site-specific basis by the certifying agency and Ag and Markets
in consultation with the Agricultural Specialist.
11
4.0 TWO YEAR MONITORING AND REMEDIATION
The Project Sponsor will provide a monitoring and remediation period of no less than two years
immediately following the full-length activation of the pipeline or the completion of initial right-
of-way restoration, whichever occurs last. The two year period allows for the effects of climatic
cycles such as frost action, precipitation and growing seasons to occur, from which various
monitoring determinations can be made. The Project Sponsor will maintain a project work
spread Agricultural Specialist on at least a part-time basis through this period. The monitoring
and remediation phase will be used to identify any remaining agricultural impacts associated
with right-of-way construction that are in need of mitigation and to implement the follow-up
restoration.
4.1 GENERAL MONITORING AND REMEDIATION
General right-of-way conditions to be monitored include topsoil thickness, relative content of

rock and large stones, trench settling, crop production, drainage and repair of severed fences, etc.
Impacts will be identified through on site monitoring of all agricultural areas along the right-of-
way and through contact with respective farmland operators and County Soil and Water
Conservation Districts.
Topsoil deficiency and trench settling shall be mitigated with imported topsoil that is consistent
with the quality of topsoil on the affected site. Excessive amounts of rock and oversized stone
material will be determined by a visual inspection of the right-of-way and periodic probes of the
trench area. Results will be compared to portions of the same field located outside of the right-
of-way. Included in the determination of relative rock and large stone content is the right-of-
ways condition subsequent to farm plowing/tillage and the relative concentration of such
materials within the right-of-way as compared to off the right-of-way. All excess rocks and large
stones will be removed and disposed of by the Project Sponsor.
On site monitoring shall be conducted at least three times during the growing season and shall
include a comparison of growth and yield for crops on and off the right-of-way. When the
subsequent crop productivity within the affected right-of-way is less than that of the adjacent
unaffected agricultural land, the Agricultural Specialist, in conjunction with the Project Sponsor
as well as other appropriate organizations, will help to determine the appropriate rehabilitation
measures for the Project Sponsor to implement. During the various stages of the project, all
affected farm operators will be periodically apprised of the duration of remediation by their
respective work spread Agricultural Specialist. Because conditions which require remediation
may not be noticeable at or shortly after the completion of construction, the signing of a release
form prior to the end of the remediation period will not obviate the Project Sponsors
responsibility to fully redress all project impacts. After completion of the specific remediation
period, the Project Sponsor will continue to respond to the reasonable requests of the farmland
owner/operators to correct project related affects on the impacted agricultural resources.
4.2 SPECIFIC MONITORING AND REMEDIATION
12
4.2.1 Compaction Testing and Remedial Action
After the moisture of the soil profile on the affected right-of-way has returned to equilibrium
with the adjacent off right-of-way land, subsoil compaction will be tested using an appropriate
soil penetrometer or other soil compaction measuring device. Compaction tests will be made for
each soil type identified on the affected agricultural fields. The subsoil compaction test results
within the right-of-way will be compared with those of the adjacent off right-of-way portion of
the affected farm field/soil unit. Where representative subsoil density on the right-of-way
exceeds the representative subsoil density outside the right-of-way, additional shattering of the
soil profile will be performed using a deep, angled-leg subsoiler tool. Deep shattering will be
applied during periods of relatively low soil moisture to ensure the desired mitigation and to
prevent additional subsoil compaction. Oversized stone/rock material which is uplifted to the
surface as a result of the deep shattering will be removed. In the event that subsequent
construction or clean-up activities result in new compaction, additional deep tillage will be
performed to alleviate such compaction.
4.2.2 Control of Soil Saturations and Seeps
For lands disturbed within or adjoined to agricultural areas where the construction alters the
natural stratification of soil horizons and natural soil drainage patterns, the Project Sponsor will
rectify the effects with measures such as subsurface intercept drain lines. Selection of the type
of intercept drain lines to install to prevent surface seeps and the seasonally prolonged saturation
of the backfilled trench zone and adjacent areas will be performed by a qualified Agricultural
Specialist. Drawings of such drain locations will be provided by the Project Sponsor during
monitoring and follow-up remediation. All drain lines will be installed according to Natural
Resource Conservation Service (formerly SCS) standards and specifications.
4.3 COMMUNICATION ACCESS
The Project Sponsor will provide all farm owners/operators with a telephone number to
facillitate direct contact with the Project Sponsor and the project's Agricultural Specialist(s)
through all of the stages of the project, including operation and maintenance.
13
ATTACHMENT G
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION FIGURES
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. G-i Valley Lateral Project

Figure 1 Typical Upland Pipeline Construction Sequence

TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION

25' TWS ON LEFT SIDE
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL 75 FT CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY
FIGURE 2
ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 3A
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 3 B
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 3C
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 3D
FOREIGN PIPELINE CROSSING DETAIL
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 4
500 kV
230 kV
"D" "C"
115 kV
500 kV
115 kV
230 kV
230 kV
500 kV
115 kV
"D"
"D"
"D"
"C"
"C"
"C"
"B"
"A"
"A" 20' MINIMUM GRADING DISTANCE FROM STRUCTURES, GUYS AND ANCHORS (REGARDLESS OF TOWER SIZE, STYLE OR VOLTAGE).
"B" 40' (230 kV) AND 80' (500 kV) MINIMUM DISTANCE OF PIPELINE (REGARDLESS OF TOWER SIZE OR STYLE).
"C"
"D"
NOTE:
ALL CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND PRACTICES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE
LATEST GUIDE LINES AND REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION-ARTICLE 130 WORK INVOLVING ELECTRICAL HAZARDS AND LOCAL
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS.
TYPICAL PIPE LAY AROUND POWERLINES

MINIMUM GROUND, EQUIPMENT
AND PIPING CLEARANCES
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
PIPE LAY AROUND POWERLINES
FIGURE 5
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TEMPORARY ACCESS DRIVEWAY
FIGURE 6
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
PERMANENT ACCESS DRIVEWAY
FIGURE7 7
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION ROAD
FIGURE 8
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION GATE
FIGURE 9
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FENCE RESTORATION
FIGURE 10
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL TOPSOIL CONSERVATION
FIGURE 11
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
INTERCEPTOR DIVERSIONS / SLOPE BREAKERS
FIGURE 12A
Figure 12B Interceptor Diversions
12A
12A
12B
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
SEDIMENT FILTER DEVICE SILT FENCING
FIGURE 13
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
SEDIMENT FILTER DEVICE STAKED BALES
FIGURE 14
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 15
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TRENCH LINE BARRIERS AND BREAKERS
FIGURE 16
FILTER BAG
FILTER BAG
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FILTER BAG DETAIL
FIGURE 17
Figure 18 Field Tile Replacement Methods
18
Figure 19 Erosion Control Blanket
19
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL STREAM CROSSING FLUME
FIGURE 20
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL STREAM CROSSING DAM AND PUMP
FIGURE 21
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL STREAM CROSSING DRY WATERBODY
FIGURE 22
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 23
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 24
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL WETLAND CROSSING
FIGURE 25
TYPE A
TYPE B
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TIMBER MAT DETAIL
FIGURE 26
Figure 27 - Typical Compost Filter Sock
TYPICAL COMPOST Figure 27

FILTER SOCK

B B
SECTION B-B
HYDROSTATIC DEWATERING DETAILS
SECTION A-A
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
HYDROSTATIC DEWATERING DETAILS
FIGURE 28
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL TRENCH DEWATERING
FIGURE 29
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
FIGURE 30
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL STREAMBANK RESTORATION
FIGURE 31
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
TYPICAL WETLAND RESTORATION
FIGURE 32
AECOM -
License #
16" VALLEY LATERAL
RIGHT-OF-WAY MAINTENANCE-WETLANDS
FIGURE 33
Figure 34 ROW Maintenance Perennial Streams
34
Horizontal Direct Drilling Contingency Plan
December 2016
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
1.0 INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................... 1

2.0 BEST AVAILABLE DRILLING PRACTICES.............................................................................. 1
2.1 Description of the Work ..................................................................................................... 1
2.2 Background ......................................................................................................................... 2
2.2.1 HDD Working Procedures .................................................................................................. 2
3.0 MONITORING OF INADVERTENT RETURNS ......................................................................... 3
3.1 Personnel and Responsibilities ........................................................................................... 3
3.2 Training............................................................................................................................... 4
3.3 Monitoring & Reporting ..................................................................................................... 4
4.0 RESPONSE TO INADVERTENT RETURNS ............................................................................... 5
4.1 Upland Location ................................................................................................................. 5
4.2 Wetland Location ................................................................................................................ 5
5.0 CLEAN-UP ...................................................................................................................................... 6
HDD Contingency Plan 1B-i Valley Lateral Project

1.0 INTRODUCTION
Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. (Millennium) is seeking authorization from the Federal Energy
Regulatory Commission (FERC or Commission) to construct, install, own, operate, and maintain the Valley
Lateral Project (Project). The Project will provide firm natural gas delivery to the new 650 megawatt gas-
powered CPV Valley Energy Center proposed by CPV Valley, L.L.C. (CPV) in the town of Wawayanda,
New York. The Project, as proposed, includes approximately 7.8 miles of new natural gas pipeline that
will extend from Millenniums existing main line pipeline north to the CPV Valley Energy Center, as well
as ancillary aboveground facilities.
This Horizontal Direct Drilling (HDD) Contingency Plan (HDD Plan) has been developed by Millennium
to track and monitor the HDD program. A copy of this HDD Plan is to be maintained on each drilling
location site. All HDD activities will be implemented according to this plan.
2.0 BEST AVAILABLE DRILLING PRACTICES

2.1 Description of the Work
Millennium proposes using HDD at the following locations:
Rutgers Creek Approximately 2,762 feet between milepost 1.29 and milepost 1.81 in
Minisink, New York.
Indigot Creek - Approximately 5,811 feet between milepost 2.35 and milepost 3.58 in
Wawayanda, New York.
Catlin Creek - Approximately 2,770 feet between milepost 4.03 and milepost 4.55 in
Wawayanda, New York.
Ridgebury Hill Road & Catlin Creek Approximately 2,527 feet between milepost 5.63
and milepost 6.11 in Wawayanda, New York.
Interstate Highway-84 (I-84) Approximately 2,597 feet between milepost 7.27 and
milepost 7.76 in Wawayanda, New York.
HDD is a trenchless crossing method that may be used for crossings under roads, railroads, sensitive
resources and waterbodies. HDD is used to install pipelines under rivers and at shore approaches to
eliminate pipeline exposure from erosion and scour and minimize impacts to water quality from
construction activities that would otherwise occur within the waterbody. Pipelines up to 60 inches in
diameter have been successfully installed using this method. The length of pipeline that can be installed
by HDD depends upon underlying soil and rock conditions, pipe diameters, and available technology and
equipment sizes.
HDD involves drilling a pilot hole along a prescribed path and then enlarging that hole using reaming tools
to achieve a hole large enough to accommodate the pipe. The reaming tools are attached to the drill string
at the exit point of the pilot hole and then rotated and drawn back to the drilling rig, thus progressively
enlarging the pilot hole with each pass. During this process, drilling fluid is continuously pumped into the
hole to remove cuttings and maintain the integrity of the hole between the HDD entry and exit points. Once
the hole has been sufficiently enlarged, a prefabricated segment of pipe will be attached behind the reaming
tool on the exit side of the crossing and pulled back through the drill hole to the drill rig, completing the
crossing.
HDD Contingency Plan 1B-1 Valley Lateral Project

There is the potential for an inadvertent release of drilling fluid during execution of an HDD. The
subsequent sections outline the necessary procedures to implement should there be an inadvertent release
of drilling fluid or an HDD failure.
2.2 Background
During the HDD process drilling fluid consisting of bentonite clay and water is maintained in drilling pits
within the construction work area and used for continuous pumping into the boring. Drilling fluid is
specially formulated for properties necessary to facilitate a successful HDD. Drilling fluid is a slurry
composed of water and bentonite clay, usually approximately 95 percent fresh water, intended to maintain
the stability of the drilling hole, lubricate the drilling head and reduce soil friction. Bentonite clay (sodium
montmorillonite) is a naturally occurring and extremely hydrophilic; it can absorb up to ten times its weight
in water.
The HDD Contractor strives to maintain the integrity of the fluid by continuously sampling, testing and
recording its properties throughout drilling operations. Analysis of samples allows for adjustments to be
made to the slurry which helps maintain the most efficacious drilling fluid rheology adaptable to various
geological conditions.
Bentonite is not hazardous nor is it toxic to aquatic ecosystems. The formulation of drilling fluids and its
engineering properties are specified and tested to ensure their suitability for the given subsurface conditions
encountered along the alignment and at each individual HDD location.
The slurry is designed to:

Stabilize the hole against collapse;
Lubricate, cool, and clean the cutters;
Transport cuttings by suspension and flow to entry and exit points; and
Reduce soil friction and required pull loads during pilot hole, reaming, and carrier pipe
installation.
2.2.1 HDD Working Procedures
Prior to the start of drilling operations, site-specific HDD Procedures will be reviewed with the HDD
contractor. At a minimum, the HDD Procedures will address the following:
Return or Release Mitigation If or when the driller becomes aware of abnormally high annular pressures
or apparent fluid loss and release has occurred, the driller can implement one or a combination of the
following options:
Dispatch experienced personnel to observe and monitor the area in the vicinity of the drilled
path;
Decrease pump pressure;
Decrease penetration rate;
Temporarily cease drilling operations and shut down fluid pump;

Re-start pump and stroke bore hole in 30 feet. +/- lengths to restore circulation (swab the
hole) as many as 6 times but no fewer than 2 times;
Introduce additional flow along the borehole starting at the entry/exit using weeper subs; and
Modify the drilling fluid with a change in viscosity and/or lost circulation additives.
Inadvertent Returns at Inaccessible Locations Should inadvertent returns be observed on the ground
surface along inaccessible portions of the alignment; the following procedures will be executed:
Contractor will ensure reasonable measures, within limits of current technology, have been
taken to re-establish circulation; and
Continue drilling utilizing the minimum amount of drilling fluid necessary to penetrate the
formation or to maintain a successful carrier pipe pull back.
Inadvertent Returns at Accessible Locations If inadvertent returns are observed on the ground surface
along accessible portions of the alignment, containment and recovery operations will be completed in
accordance with the procedures discussed in Section 4.0.
3.0 MONITORING OF INADVERTENT RETURNS

3.1 Personnel and Responsibilities
The actions in this HDD Plan are to be implemented by the following personnel:
Chief Inspector Millennium will designate a Chief Inspector (CI) for the Project. The CI has overarching
authority over all construction activities occurring throughout the Project.
Environmental Inspector Millennium will designate a minimum of one Environmental Inspector (EI) to
monitor HDD activities. The EI is in the same peer group with all other inspectors and reports directly to
the CI. The EI has authority to stop any activities which are out of compliance with the FERC certificate
(if applicable), other applicable permits, or landowner requirements. Additionally, the EI can order
corrective action.
HDD Superintendent The HDD contractors senior representative on-site is the HDD Superintendent. It
is the HDD Superintendents responsibility to implement this HDD Plan on the contractors behalf. The
HDD Superintendent must be familiar with all aspects of the drilling activities, the contents of this HDD
Plan and the conditions of approval under which the activity is permitted. The HDD Superintendent will
maintain a copy of this HDD Plan on all drill sites and distribute, as appropriate, to construction personnel.
The HDD Superintendent ensures that workers are properly trained and familiar with the necessary response
procedures to implement should there be an inadvertent release.
HDD Operator The HDD operator is employed by the HDD contractor to operate the drilling rig, driller
and fluid pumps. The HDD Operator is responsible for monitoring circulation through entry and exit
locations as well as annular pressures during the drilling of the pilot-hole. Should circulation loss or higher
than expected annular pressures occur, the HDD Operator must communicate the relevant details of this
event to the HDD Superintendent and HDD contractor field crews as well as the on-site Millennium

inspection staff. The HDD Operator is responsible for stopping or changing the drilling program in the
event of observed or anticipated inadvertent returns.
HDD Contractor Personnel During HDD installation, field crews and Millenniums field representatives
will be responsible to monitor the HDD alignment. Field crews will coordinate with the EI and are
responsible for timely notifications and responses to observed releases in accordance with this HDD Plan.
The EI ultimately must sign off on corrective action plans mitigating releases.
3.2 Training
Prior to drilling, the HDD Superintendent, CI and EI will verify that the HDD Operator and field crew have
received the following site-specific training and information, including, but not limited to:
Project specific safety training;

Review provisions of this HDD Plan and site-specific permit requirements;
Review location of sensitive environmental resources at the site;
Review drilling procedures for release prevention;
Review the site-specific monitoring requirements;
Review the location and operation of release control equipment and materials; and
Review protocols for reporting observed inadvertent returns.
3.3 Monitoring & Reporting
Appropriate monitoring and reporting protocols include;
If circulation is lost or annular fluid pressure increase is observed the HDD Operator will
immediately notify the HDD Superintendent and field crews of the event and approximate
position of the tooling;
Where it is possible to safely do so, field crew personnel will visually inspect the ground surface
near cutting head location;
If an inadvertent release is observed, the following chain of command and associated
procedures should be implemented:
o Field crew will immediately notify the HDD Operator;
o The HDD Operator will stop pumping drilling fluid and notify the HDD Superintendent
and CI;
o The CI notifies the EI and they formulate a response;
o The EI will notify the appropriate regulatory authorities as necessary relaying relevant
details of the event, the proposed response and required documentation within 24 hours;
and
The CI will prepare a report summarizing the incident, the response and outcome.

4.0 RESPONSE TO INADVERTENT RETURNS

Typically, inadvertent releases are detected near the entry or exit points of the drill alignment where the
HDD path is at shallow depths, above bedrock and in permeable or porous soils. In this event the release
will be assessed by the HDD Superintendent, CI and EI to determine the volume of the release. These
personnel will also assess the potential ability of the release to discharge to adjacent waterbodies, wetlands
or possibly wells. The HDD Superintendent will evaluate drilling parameters; depth, type of formation,
fluid flow rate and drilling fluid characteristics, being utilized and implement appropriate changes.
The HDD Superintendent, CI and EI will coordinate and oversee the installation of appropriate containment
structures and implement additional response measures, if and where necessary. Factors such as site
topography and access to the release site for personnel and equipment will be considered in determining
containment and disposal. Under these circumstances containment is usually accomplished through the
excavation of a small sump pit, approximately five cubic yards, then surrounding the release with hay bales,
silt fencing and/or sand bags. Once containment is achieved drilling fluid can be collected via vacuum
truck or pumped to a location accessible to vacuum trucks. Fluids are then either transported back to the
HDD drilling rig or disposed of properly.
The HDD Superintendent, CI and EI coordinate to determine when drilling operations can resume.
Guidelines for responses tailored to the environmental needs of each site are detailed in the following
sections.
4.1 Upland Location
1. Estimate the amount of release to conclude if containment structures would effectively contain the
release.
2. Implement necessary containment measures to contain and recover the slurry.
3. If the release occurs within 50 feet of a wetland or waterbody, silt fence and/or hay bales will be
installed downstream of the release to minimize the risk of the discharge reaching the wetland or
waterbody.
4. Should the release be uncontainable, the operator must suspend drilling operations until a plan for
containment is formulated.
5. Contained fluids should then be removed by either a vacuum truck or by pumping to a location
where a vacuum truck can access them.
6. Once HDD installation is complete, final clean-up can be conducted (see Section 5).
4.2 Wetland Location
The designs of the proposed HDDs have not been finalized. However, Millennium intends the final designs
to minimize the potential for inadvertent releases at HDD crossing locations. However, inadvertent releases
are still possible. Should one occur the following steps will be employed:
1. Estimate the amount of release to conclude if containment structures would effectively contain the
release.
2. Implement necessary containment measures to contain and recover the slurry unless one of the
following conditions is present:

a. The sensitivity of wetland areas may result in containment and recovery efforts causing
additional disturbance due to travel of equipment and personnel, possibly offsetting any
benefit gained from containing and removing the slurry.
b. Should the amount of the slurry be too small to allow practical collection from the affected
area, the fluid will be diluted with fresh water or allowed to dry and dissipate naturally.
3. Suspend drilling operations if the release cannot be controlled or contained until appropriate
containment can be installed.
4. Remove contained fluids by either a vacuum truck or by pumping to a location where a vacuum
truck can access them.
5. Conduct final clean-up once HDD installation is complete (see Section 5).
5.0 CLEAN-UP
After successful HDD installation, site-specific clean-up measures will be developed by the HDD
Superintendent, CI and approved by the EI. When developing these measures potential for secondary
impacts incurred during the clean-up process must be evaluated and analyzed in comparison to the benefits
of clean-up activities.
The following measures are considered appropriate:
Drilling fluid will be cleaned up by hand using shovels, buckets and soft bristled brooms to
minimize damage to vegetation;
Fresh water washes can be utilized when and where beneficial and feasible;
Any containment structures employed will be pumped out and the ground surface scraped to bare
topsoil minimizing loss of topsoil or damage to adjacent vegetation;
Recovered drilling fluid will be recycled or disposed of at approved upland locations or disposal
facility. Drilling fluids will not be disposed of in streams or storm drains;
Once pumped out and cleaned all containment structures will all be removed; and finally
Any recovered materials will be transported to containers for temporary storage prior to removal
from the site.

Bedrock Blasting Plan
January 2016
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section Page
1.0 INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................1

2.0 BLASTING PLAN ...........................................................................................................................3
2.1 Pre-Blast Inspection .................................................................................................................3
2.2 Site-Specific Blasting Plan.......................................................................................................3
2.3 Monitoring of Blasting Activities ............................................................................................4
2.4 Daily Reporting........................................................................................................................5
2.5 Post-Blast Inspection................................................................................................................5
2.6 Waterbody Crossing Blasting Procedures................................................................................5

1.0 INTRODUCTION
This Bedrock Blasting Plan (Plan) describes how Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C. (Millennium) and
its subcontractors plan to mitigate impacts due to bedrock blasting associated with the construction of the
Valley Lateral Project (Project).
Shallow depth to bedrock will potentially be crossed during construction in several areas along the pipeline
alignment. These locations are presented by milepost below.
Shallow Bedrock Underlying the Valley Lateral Project
Depth to
Proposed Facility Bedrock From MP To MP
(inches)
Pipelinea 19 0.37 0.45

18 0.71 0.79
17 0.79 0.81
18 0.98 1.16
18 2.13 2.21
17 2.21 2.27
18 2.27 2.30
17 2.30 2.35
18 2.35 2.36
17 2.36 2.39
17 3.07 3.12
0 3.12 3.30
17 3.30 3.34
Launcher 17 Station -4 +64
Source: SSURGO, 2015
a: Includes only the area crossed by the pipeline trench, not including
temporary workspace or additional temporary workspace. Shallow bedrock
does not underlie any of the other Project facilities including the receiver or
meter station sites, or the meter station pipe trench.

Bedrock types present along the pipeline alignment include the following.
Bedrock Geology along the Valley Lateral
From To Primary Secondary

Project Facilities Formation Name
M.P. M.P. Rock Type Rock Type
Tap Line 0 + 00 3 + 00 Austin Glen Formation graywacke shale
Valley Lateral -4 + 64 0.00 Austin Glen Formation graywacke shale
0 1.4 Austin Glen Formation graywacke shale
1.4 7.8 Normanskill Shale shale mudstone
Pig Launcher -- -- Austin Glen Formation graywacke shale
Pig Receiver -- -- Normanskill Shale shale mudstone
Meter Station Piping -- -- Normanskill Shale shale mudstone
Meter station -- -- Normanskill Shale shale mudstone
Source: USGS, 2008
Millennium anticipates mechanical methods such as conventional excavation with a backhoe, mechanical
ripping, or hammering with a pointed backhoe attachment followed by excavation will sufficiently support
construction activities. However, this Plan was developed to support construction in the event blasting is
subsequently required.
Large rock not suitable for use as backfill material may be windrowed along the edge of the right-of-way
in upland areas where the landowner has authorized placement or removed and disposed of off-site.
If blasting is required, blasting will be completed in accordance with State and local regulations.
Millenniums contractor will provide a site-specific blasting plan prior to implementing blasting-related
operations that will include the handling of blasting material and the compliance with the provisions of this
Blasting Plan.

2.0 BLASTING PLAN
2.1 Pre-Blast Inspection
Millennium shall conduct pre-blast surveys, with landowner permission, to assess the conditions of
occupied structures, wells, springs, and utilities within 150 feet of the proposed construction right-of-way.
Should local or state ordinances require inspections in excess of 150 feet from the work, the more stringent
ordinances shall prevail. The survey will include:
Informal discussions to familiarize the adjacent property owners with blasting effects and planned
precautions to be taken on this Project;
Determination of the existence and location of site-specific structures, utilities, septic systems,
wells and springs;
Detailed examination, photographs, and/or video records of adjacent structures and utilities; and
Detailed mapping and measurement of large cracks, crack patterns, and other evidence of structural
distress; and
Sampling of wells or springs will consist of well yield, turbidity and bacteriological analysis (total
coliform).
The results will be summarized in a condition report that will include photographs and be completed prior
to the commencement of blasting within a particular area.
2.2 Site-Specific Blasting Plan

A site-specific Blasting Plan will be developed at each location and will include the following information:
Explosive type, product name and size, weight per unit, and density;
Delay type, sequence, and delay (ms);
Initiation method (non-electric (shock tube) detonator is the only approved initiation system);
Stemming material and tamping method;
Hole depth, diameter, and pattern;
Explosive depth, distribution, and maximum weight per delay;
Number of holes per delay;
Distance and orientation to nearest aboveground structure;
Distance and orientation to nearest underground structure, including pipelines;
Procedures for storing, handling, transporting, loading, and firing explosives, fire prevention,
inspections after each blast, misfires, flyrock and noise prevention, stray current accidental-

detonation prevention, signs and flagmen, warning signals prior to each blast, notification prior to
blasting, and disposal of waste blasting material;
Seismograph company, names, equipment and sensor location;
Copies of all required federal, state, and local permits;
Blaster's name, company, copy of license, and statement of qualifications;
Magazine type and locations for explosives and detonating caps;
Typical rock type and geology structure (solid, layered, or fractured);
Pipeline location (MP and stationing); and
Applicable alignment sheet numbers.
2.3 Monitoring of Blasting Activities

During blasting, Millenniums contractors will take precautions to prevent damage to adjacent areas and
structures. Precautions include:
Display warning signage, signals, flags, and/or barricades;

Use of matting or other suitable cover, as necessary;
Following Federal, State, and Local procedures and regulations for safe storage, handling, loading,
firing, and disposal of explosive materials; and
Staffing existing utilities with Operations personnel during blasting operations.
Blasting will be performed only by New York State licensed blasters and monitored by experienced blasting
inspectors (12 NYCRR 39).
As appropriate, the effects of each discharge will be monitored at the closest adjacent facilities by
seismographs. Seismograph equipment will be used to measure the Peak Particle Velocity of all blasts in
vertical, horizontal, and longitudinal directions. Seismic monitoring will only be discontinued if: 1) the
blasting schedule and blasting performance consistently produce Peak Particle Velocity at the blast site that
are lower than the maximum allowable limit; and with the approval of Millenniums engineering
representative.
For all aboveground facilities within 150 feet of blasting operations, additional seismograph equipment will
be used to determine the Peak Particle Velocity at the aboveground facility. If the measured Peak Particle
Velocity at an existing pipeline or other structure exceeds the above-referenced limits, blasting activities
will stop immediately and Millennium will be notified. The blasting procedures be modified to reduce the
resultant Peak Particle Velocity prior to resuming blasting activities.

2.4 Daily Reporting

The Contractor will review the site-specific Blasting Plan with Millennium prior to each blast. Upon
completion of blasting each day, the Contractor shall provide Millennium with the following for each blast:
Blasting Contractor license number.

Date, time, and location of blast.
Hole sizes, spacing, depths, layout, and volume of rock in blast.
Delay type, interval, total number of delays, and holes per delay.
Explosive type, specific gravity, energy release, weight of explosive per delay, and total weight of
explosive per shot.
Powder factor.
Copies of any seismographic data
2.5 Post-Blast Inspection

To maximize its responsiveness to the concerns of affected landowners, Millennium will evaluate all
complaints of well or structural damage associated with construction activities, including blasting. An
independent contractor, hired by Millennium, will examine, with landowner permission, the condition of
structures, wells, springs, and utilities within 150 feet of the construction area after completion of blasting
operations to identify any changes in the conditions of these properties or confirm any damages noted by
the landowner.
Millennium will conduct post-blasting yield and quality testing (turbidity and bacteriological analysis
total coliform) of any well or spring within 150 feet of the blast site, and document these conditions. Should
any damage or change occur during the blasting operations, Millennium will coordinate with the landowner
to provide appropriate corrective action, which may include replacing or repairing the affected well or
spring to pre-blast conditions, providing the landowner an alternative source of water during these repairs,
and, if necessary, compensation for any permanent impact to the well or spring.
2.6 Waterbody Crossing Blasting Procedures

To identify the need for drilling or blasting, the trench crew will drill test holes at the stream banks to
determine if rock will be encountered during construction. If these test holes identify the need for blasting,
the ditch crew will prepare the trench line. If in-water blasting is determined to be necessary, Millennium
will follow mitigation measures provided in its Environmental Construction Standards (Resource Report 1,
Appendix 1B).
Millennium anticipates that most, if not all, streambeds with shallow bedrock will be rip-able sedimentary
rock and will not require blasting. In instances where the rock is not rippable, drilling and blasting will be
used to install the pipeline. In such cases, judicious use of blasting will help the Contractor comply with
restrictions on the duration of in-stream disturbance.

The excavation of the test pit or rock drilling is not included in the time window requirements for
completing the crossing. For testing and any subsequent blasting operations, stream flow will be
maintained through the site. When blasting is required, the FERC timeframes for completing in-stream
construction begin when the removal of blast rock from the waterbody is started. If, after removing the
blast rock, additional blasting is required, a new timing window will be determined in consultation with the
Environmental Inspector. If blasting impedes the flow of the waterbody, the Contractor can use a backhoe
to restore the stream flow without triggering the timing window. The complete waterbody crossing
procedures are included in the Environmental Construction Standards.

Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT I
Updated Survey Reports
SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER -

PRIVLEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

Implementation Plan
FERC Docket CP16-17
ATTACHMENT J
Landowner Documentation
SUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE COVER -

PRIVLEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

T
S
17M
S
T
17M

84 Orange
County ge
n B ro o k
T
S
17M S
T
17 S
T
207
Logtown
KEY MAP

209
M
on
ha

6
N.T.S.

84 S
T
17M

6
S
T
17A
CR PROJECT
N.T.S.

84 11
T
S LOCATION
211 S
T
94
k
e
re
C
ot 0 0.25 0.5 1 W
ig
N E W i nY O R K
d Ma
In
South Centerville
Miles St
Jo e C re ek ree k
Joe C
Middletown
ee k
Cr
e
Jo
T
S
211
Orange County
Orange County
nd
I
igo Comm College
t Cr e e k CR
e k 67
e C re
Jo
TIE-IN TO
EXISTING 24"

84
Waterloo Mills MILLENNIUM

PIPELINE k S
T
17M
PROPOSED en Br o ok
e
Cr
e Slate Hill
ag
t J
ig o PROJECT TERMINUS
nh
Ind
oe
Mo
T
S
C
u tger s C r e ek 284
re
ek
R
Johnson
C a t l i n Cre e k
Westtown
ek
ek
Cre
re
C
C a t l in t li n S chutt
Rd
Ca
A
ir
po
rt
20161221-5332 FERC PDF (Unofficial) 12/21/2016 2:33:26 PM R
d
Ridgebury Randall
1 6 " N A T U R A L G A S P I P E L I N E
d
s R
k
r ee
t g e rs C
anu
u
Mc m
New Hampton
CR 50
Path: O:\PE\Projects\Millennium\13652835\Pipeline\Dsn\01_Mapping\06_GIS\02_MXD\EXHIBIT\IFC_ReSubmittal_For_FERC\CPV-GEN-001-FERC.mxd
Gardnerville er
Riv Denton
EXISTING 24"
ill
lk
al
MILLENNIUM
W
W al l k i l l R i ve
r iv er
PIPELINE lk il l R
W al
i ve r
lk il l R
al
W
Pellets Island
ek
u n k C re
C heech
y a n d a Cha nn e l
ISSUED FOR
a
a C ha aw
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
C a rr D it
nd nn W
aw ay a
el
W
PLAN
MC Kni ght Ditch

Wa ha n el
w ay a n d a C nn
ne
a
ch
Ch
l
da 12/16/2016
y an
W a ll k il l R
iv e r
a wa
Dr um
W

6
g o o le
D it c h

16" NATURAL GAS PIPELINE
TOTAL SHEETS_57_
FERC DOCKET NUMBER: CP16-17-000
DRAWING NO. TITLE DRAWING NO. TITLE
DRAWING NO. TITLE DRAWING NO. TITLE
DRAWING NO. TITLE
DRAWING NO. TITLE
DRAWING NO. TITLE
DRAWING NO. TITLE
DRAWING NO. TITLE
DRAWING NO. TITLE

INDEX OF DRAWINGS

GENERAL NOTES AND LEGEND
GENERAL NOTES TESTING SPECIFICATIONS LEGEND EROSION CONTROL REFERENCE TABLE EROSION CONTROL LEGEND
F1 - TYPICAL UPLAND CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCE
1. THE DESIGN OF ALL PIPELINES AND RELATED FACILITIES IS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LATEST CLEANING
THE PIPELINE TEST SECTION SHOULD BE SUITABLY CLEANED PRIOR TO THE GAUGING AND HYDROSTATIC DELINEATED WETLAND / STREAM (WET) F2 - TYPICAL 75FT. CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY
EDITION OF CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS (CFR) TITLE 49 PART 192, ASME B31.8, AND ALL
TESTING OPERATION TO REMOVE DEBRIS. THE PIG SHOULD BE CAPABLE OF TRAVERSING A PIPE I.D. F3A - TYPICAL 110FT. CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY / LEFT SIDE
OTHER CODES AND STANDARDS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE. REDUCTION OF AT LEAST 15% WITHOUT GETTING STUCK. THESE PIGS SHOULD BE CAPABLE OF BEING STREAM / WATERBODY
PROPELLED WITH AIR AT A CONTROLLED VELOCITY OF 3-8 MPH . MINIMUM OF ONE PIG RUN PER PIPELINE F3B - TYPICAL 110 FT. CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY / RIGHT SIDE
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SIZES, DIMENSIONS, LOCATIONS AND ELEVATIONS OF TEST SECTION IS REQUIRED. IF AN UNUSUALLY LARGE AMOUNT OF CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS IS REMOVED F3C - TYPICAL 135 FT. CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY
EXISTING GAS LINE
EXISTING COMPANY'S PIPELINES, FOREIGN PIPELINES, AND UTILITIES PRIOR TO ON THE FIRST RUN, ADDITIONAL RUNS WILL BE NECESSARY TO ASSURE THE PIPELINE HAS BEEN F3D - TYPICAL 105 FT. CONSTRUCTION RIGHT-OF-WAY
CONSTRUCTION. SUCCESSFULLY CLEANED. THE DECISION ON THE NUMBER OF PIG RUNS REQUIRED WILL BE MADE BY
MILLENNIUM PIPELINE COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. DISCHARGE OF MATERIALS, INCLUDING WATER, SHALL EXISTING EASEMENT F4 - TYPICAL FOREIGN PIPELINE CROSSING
BE CONTROLLED USING APPROPRIATE DEVICES TO PREVENT OFFSITE CONTAMINATION. F5 - TYPICAL OVERHEAD ELECTRIC TRANSMISSION LINE CROSSING
3. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFERENCE CONSTRUCTION LINE LIST, CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS, PROPOSED EASEMENT
F6 - TYPICAL TEMPORARY ACCESS DRIVEWAY
MITIGATION PLAN, PERMITS, RESTRICTION LISTS, CONSTRUCTION AND ENVIRONMENTAL GAUGING
DRAWINGS, REFERENCE DETAILS, AND ALL OTHER REFERENCE DOCUMENTS (PROJECT FOLLOWING THE CLEANING RUNS, A GAUGING PIG SHALL BE RUN THROUGH EACH PIPELINE TEST SECTION. ROADS F7 - TYPICAL PERMANENT ACCESS DRIVEWAY
DOCUMENTS) FOR FURTHER DEFINITIONS / DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS. THE ALUMINUM GAUGING FLANGE WILL HAVE AN O.D. EQUAL TO 95% OF THE PIPE I.D. THE FLANGE WILL BE F8 - TYPICAL CONSTRUCTION ROAD
MOUNTED IN FRONT OF THE THIRD CUP ON THE AFT SECTION. THE PIG SHOULD BE CAPABLE OF FOREIGN PIPELINE F9 - TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION GATE
TRAVERSING A PIPE I.D. REDUCTION OF AT LEAST 15% WITHOUT GETTING STUCK AND SHALL BE EQUIPPED
4. ALL BUTT WELDS AND BUTT WELD REPAIRS SHALL BE 100% RADIOGRAPHICALLY INSPECTED IN WITH A PIG LOCATOR. THE PIG SHOULD BE PROPELLED THROUGH THE PIPELINE WITH AIR AT A F10 - FENCE RESTORATION
ACCORDANCE WITH API 1104, LATEST EDITION INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE IN CFR RAILROADS
CONTROLLED VELOCITY OF 3-8 MPH. IF THE PIG IS REMOVED AND THE FLANGE UNDAMAGED, THE PIPE F11 - TYPICAL TOPSOIL CONSERVATION
TITLE49-PART 192. TEST SECTION MAY BE HYDROSTATICALLY TESTED. IF THE FLANGE IS DAMAGED, THE PIPELINE WILL BE
SURVEYED WITH A CALIPER TYPE PIG TO DETERMINE SEVERITY OF THE DAMAGE. ALL DENTS AND PROPERTY LINE F12A - INTERCEPTOR DIVERSIONS/SLOPE BREAKERS
5. PIPE WITH POWERCRETE COATING PLACED UNDER ROAD CROSSINGS IS TO EXTEND A BUCKLES MUST BE REMOVED BY CIRCUMFERENTIALLY CUTTING THAT SECTION FROM THE PIPE OUT AND F12B - INTERCEPTOR DIVERSIONS
REPLACE WITH A NEW PIPE SECTION. PIPE RULED OUT-OF-ROUND WILL BE CONSIDERED UNACCEPTABLE RIGHT-OF-WAY F13 - SEDIMENT FILTER DEVICE SILT FENCING
MINIMUM OF 5 FEET PAST EACH ROAD RIGHT-OF-WAY BOUNDARY.
AND RE-GAUGED FOLLOWING THE HYDROSTATIC TEST TO ASSURE THE OUT-OF-ROUNDNESS IS REMOVED.
A CALIPER TYPE PIG MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF THE GAUGING PIG. F14 - SEDIMENT FILTER DEVICE STAKED BALES
CENTERLINE CREEK / DITCH
6. ALL ROADS/RAIL ROADS, HIGHWAYS, WATERBODIES AND WETLANDS CROSSINGS SHALL BE F15 - TYPICAL EROSION CONTROL MEASURES AT ROAD CROSSINGS
CONSTRUCTED FOLLOWING ALL PERMITS AND DRAWINGS ATTACHED IN THE PROJECT HYDROSTATIC TESTING
GUARDRAIL F16 - TRENCH LINE BARRIERS AND BREAKERS
DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTORS SHALL VALIDATE ANY ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS CONDITIONS FILLING THE PIPELINE WITH HYDROSTATIC TEST WATER WILL OCCUR ONLY AFTER THE PIPELINE TEST
SECTION HAS BEEN SUCCESSFULLY CLEANED AND GAUGED. A PIG SHALL BE USED TO FILL AND DEWATER F17 - FILTER BAG
SUCH AS BURIAL DEPTH, BACKFILL SPECIFICATION, CONSTRUCTION METHODS, ETC.
EACH TEST SECTION. THE PIG SHOULD BE CAPABLE OF TRAVERSING A PIPE I.D. REDUCTION OF AT LEAST FENCE
F18 - FIELD TILE REPLACEMENT METHODS
15% WITHOUT GETTING STUCK AND FITTED WITH A PIG LOCATOR. WATER WILL BE UPTAKEN FROM
7. ANY UNDEVELOPED ROADS, FIELD ROADS, TRAILS OR ROADS WITH SIMILAR FEATURES, PROPOSED GAS LINE F19 - EROSION CONTROL BLANKET
APPROVED SOURCES AND AS PER ALL APPLICABLE PERMIT CONDITIONS. DISCHARGE OF TEST WATER
ENCOUNTERED DURING CONSTRUCTION, WHICH HAVE BEEN TRAVELED BY VEHICULAR WILL BE COMPLETED AS PER ALL APPLICABLE PERMIT CONDITIONS. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT F20 - TYPICAL STREAM CROSSING FLUME
TRAFFIC OR FARM EQUIPMENT, EVEN THOUGH NOT DESIGNATED AS ROADS ON THE HYDROSTATICALLY TEST AGAINST ANY CLOSED VALVES. ALL MAINLINE VALVES WILL BE HYDROTESTED NYSDEC ADJACENT AREA F21 - TYPICAL STREAM CROSSING DAM AND PUMP
ALIGNMENT SHEETS SHALL BE TREATED AS FIELD ROADS AND THE MINIMUM DEPTH OF COVER SEPARATE OF THE MAINLINE. HYDROTEST CONTRACTOR SHALL ENSURE THE PRESSURE TEST DOES NOT
EXCEED 95% SMYS AT THE LOWEST ELEVATION POINT IN THE TEST SEGMENT, OR 0.2% DEVIATION F22 - TYPICAL STREAM CROSSING DRY WATERBODY
OVER THE PIPE SHALL BE 5 FEET AT THESE LOCATIONS. NYSDEC PROTECTED WATERBODY
APPROACHING THE MAXIMUM PRESSURE ON THE PRESSURE-VOLUME PLOT. CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT F23 - TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT CROSSING CULVERT AND STONE
A HYDROTEST PLAN FOR MILLENNIUM PIPELINE COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE APPROVAL. INFORMATION F24 - TEMPORARY EQUIPMENT CROSSING EQUIPMENT PADS
8. ALL PIPELINES ARE TO BE INSTALLED AT THE SPECIFIED ELEVATIONS WITH RESPECT TO THE CONTAINED ON THE HYDROTEST BAND ON THE ALIGNMENT SHEETS SHALL BE USED AS A GUIDE ONLY. FEMA FLOODPLAIN BOUNDARY
FINISHED GRADE. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO SEE THAT THESE F25 - TYPICAL WETLAND CROSSING
DIMENSIONS ARE VERIFIED AND MAINTAINED. PIPELINE DRYING F26 - TIMBER MAT DETAIL
THE COMPLETED PIPELINE SHALL BE CONSIDERED CLEAN AS EVIDENCED BY RUNNING OPEN CELL FOAM TEMPORARY WORKSPACE F27 - TYPICAL COMPOST FILTER SOCK
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSTRUCT/IMPROVE CONDITIONS OF ALL REQUIRED TEMPORARY AND PIGS WHEN DUST PENETRATION IS NO GREATER THAN 12" MEASURED ANYWHERE AROUND THE
CIRCUMFERENCE OF THE PIG. THE PIPELINE SHALL BE DEEMED DRY WHEN A DEW POINT MEASUREMENT ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY WORKSPACE F28 - HYDROSTATIC TEST DEWATERING PIT
PERMANENT ACCESS ROADS. ROADS SHALL BE CONSTRUCTED PER CONTRACTUAL DRAWINGS
F29 - TYPICAL TRENCH DEWATERING
AND SPECIFICATIONS AND AS REQUIRED FOR ROW ACCESS. SURVEY WALK PATH
F30 - TYPICAL TRENCH DEWATERING WITHIN 100 FEET OF WETLANDS AND WATERBODIES
TEMPORARY PIG LAUNCHERS AND RECEIVERS
10. ALL ROADS, RAILROADS, WATERBODIES CROSSINGS, ETC. ARE TO BE PROFILED IMMEDIATELY THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL REQUIRED TEMPORARY PIG LAUNCHERS AND RECEIVERS TO HDD ENTRANCE & EXIT POINTS F31 - TYPICAL STREAM BANK RESTORATION
AFTER INSTALLATION OF THE PIPELINE TO PRODUCE A TRUE CROSS SECTION, SHOWING THE COMPLETE THE ABOVE CLEANING, GAUGING, FILLING AND DEWATERING. THE PIG LAUNCHING AND F32 - TYPICAL WETLAND RESTORATION
GEOTECHNICAL BORING
PIPELINE IN THE AS-BUILT CONDITION. ALL FOREIGN PIPELINES CROSSED BY THE PROPOSED RECEIVING BARRELS SHOULD BE DESIGNED TO PROVIDE A SAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENT. THE RECEIVING
F33 - RIGHT-OF-WAY MAINTENANCE - WETLANDS
BARRELS SHOULD NOT ALLOW THE PIG TO BE PROPELLED UNCONTROLLED INTO AN OPEN DITCH AND
PIPELINE(S) ARE TO BE LOCATED AND IDENTIFIED IN THE AS-BUILT NOTES. THE IDENTIFICATION PIPELINE MATERIAL
SHOULD ALLOW ALL CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS AHEAD OF THE PIG TO BE CAUGHT FOR PROPER DISPOSAL. F34 - RIGHT-OF-WAY MAINTENANCE - PERENNIAL STREAMS
SHALL INCLUDE THE NAME OF THE OWNER COMPANY, THE DIAMETER, THE DEPTH TO THE TOP
POWER POLE (PP)
OF THE PIPELINE, THE CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE PIPELINE AND OTHER EXISTING PIPELINES LINE COMPLETION
AND THE PRODUCT TRANSPORTED THROUGH FOREIGN PIPELINES. ADEQUATE TIME SHALL BE THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH AND RUN A COMPANY APPROVED CALIPER/GEOMETRY INSPECTION PROPERTY TRACT NUMBER
ALLOWED TO ALL PARTIES INVOLVED TO PERFORM AND COMPLETE ALL "AS-BUILT" SURVEY INSTRUMENT FOR THE ENTIRE PROJECT . THE CONTRACTOR SHALL UNCOVER AND REPLACE AS A
ACTIVITIES . CYLINDER ALL BUCKLED AREAS, DENTS THAT EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASME B31.8 PARA. 841.2.4,
AREAS WHERE THE OVALITY EXCEEDS 3% AND ANY INDICATIONS DETRIMENTAL TO THE INTEGRITY OF THE
11. PRIOR TO ANY GROUND DISTURBING ACTIVITY, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAKE APPROPRIATE PIPELINE AS DETERMINED BY COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE.
"ONE CALL" AND PROVIDE RECEIPT NUMBER TO THE APPROPRIATE COMPANY
REPRESENTATIVE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER OF THE UTILITY AT LEAST 72
HOURS PRIOR TO THE START OF ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S
RESPONSIBILITY TO LOCATE ALL FOREIGN UTILITIES. ABBREVIATIONS
12. ALL MILE POST DESIGNATIONS SHOWN ON THE ALIGNMENT SHEETS ARE FOR REFERENCE COVER DUMPS
ONLY. THEY DO NOT REPRESENT ACTUAL PIPELINE MILEAGE.
CLEARANCE ERIE GRAVELLY SILT LOAM, 0 TO 3 PERCENT SLOPES
13. ALL WATERBODY CROSSINGS ARE DESIGNATED BY A SITE SPECIFIC IDENTIFICATION NO. [I.E. TEMPORARY WORKSPACE ERIE GRAVELLY SILT LOAM, 3 TO 8 PERCENT SLOPES
ST (STREAM NUMBER), NON -JURISDICTIONAL AND WL (WETLAND)].
ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY WORKSPACE ERIE EXTREMELY STONY SOILS, GENTLY SLOPING
14. CONTRACTOR SHALL REFER TO EACH IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND COMPLY WITH THE UTILITY
CONSTRUCTION FREDON LOAM
WATERWAY CROSSING PERMIT DOCUMENTS FOR SITE SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTION
REQUIREMENTS. HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILL HOOSIC GRAVELLY SANDY LOAM, 0 TO 3 PERCENT SLOPES
15. AN ONSITE REVIEW OF ALL PROPOSED WATERBODY CROSSING PLANS WILL BE CONDUCTED BY WETLAND HOOSIC GRAVELLY SANDY LOAM, 3 TO 8 PERCENT SLOPES
THE CONTRACTOR'S SUPERINTENDENT, RESPONSIBLE FOR THE WORK, AND MILLENNIUM SEASONAL STREAM HOOSIC GRAVELLY SANDY LOAM, 8 TO 15 PERCENT SLOPES
PIPELINE COMPANY REPRESENTATIVE. ONE DAY PRIOR TO START OF CONSTRUCTION SHALL
BE ALLOWED FOR THE REVIEW OF EACH CROSSING PLAN. MILLENNIUM PIPELINE COMPANY INTERMITTENT STREAM HOOSIC GRAVELLY SANDY LOAM, 15 TO 25 PERCENT SLOPES
GAS REPRESENTATIVE SHALL ALLOW ONE DAY FOR CONTRACTOR TO REVIEW THE CROSSING
OPEN WATER MADALIN SILT LOAM
PLAN.
PERMANENT STREAM MARDIN GRAVELLY SILT LOAM, 3 TO 8 PERCENT SLOPES
16. FIELD DELINEATED WETLAND BOUNDARIES WILL BE ESTABLISHED IN THE FIELD PRIOR TO
FORESTED WETLAND MARDIN GRAVELLY SILT LOAM, 8 TO 15 PERCENT SLOPES
CONSTRUCTION BY CIVIL SURVEY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL
PERMITS. MARDIN GRAVELLY SILT LOAM, 15 TO 25 PERCENT SLOPES
EMERGENT WETLAND
17. IF A CONFLICT OCCURS BETWEEN DRAWINGS, COMPANY SPECIFICATION, STANDARDS OR NON JURISDICTIONAL DITCH MIDDLEBURY SILT LOAM
CODE, THE MORE STRINGENT WILL APPLY (REVIEW SPECIFICATION FOR CONFLICTING
SCRUB-SHRUB NASSAU CHANNERY SILT LOAM, 15 TO 25 PERCENT SLOPES
TERMINOLOGY). ANY DEVIATIONS WILL NEED TO BE APPROVED IN WRITING BY MILLENNIUM
PIPELINE COMPANY GAS REPRESENTATIVE PRIOR TO SAID DEVIATION OCCURRING. WETLANDS OTISVILLE AND HOOSIC SOILS, STEEP
18. THE CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES SHOWN ON THE TYPICAL DRAWINGS ARE TO BE USED IN WATERBODY PITS, GRAVEL
THOSE AREAS DESIGNATED ON THESE DRAWINGS IN THE RIGHT-OF-WAY SPECIAL PROVISION RAYNHAM SILT LOAM
NON-JURISDICTIONAL DITCH
LIST, THE ENVIRONMENTAL DOCUMENTS OR AS INSTRUCTED BY MILLENNIUM PIPELINE
COMPANY GAS REPRESENTATIVE IN THE ALIGNMENT SHEETS. ALDEN SILT LOAM RHINEBECK SILT LOAM, 0 TO 3 PERCENT SLOPES
ALLARD SILT LOAM, 3 TO 8 PERCENT SLOPES RIVERHEAD SANDY LOAM, 0 TO 3 PERCENT SLOPES
19. FOR PIPELINE MARKERS AND AERIAL MARKERS FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS, SEE
TYPICAL AERIAL AND PIPELINE LOCATION MARKER, DRAWING DETAILS, DRAWING. BATH-NASSAU CHANNERY SILT LOAMS, 3 TO 8 PERCENT SLOPES RIVERHEAD SANDY LOAM, 3 TO 8 PERCENT SLOPES
20. ENTIRE PIPELINE TO BE CATHODICALLY PROTECTED WITHIN 12 MONTHS OF COMMISSIONING. BATH-NASSAU CHANNERY SILT LOAMS, 8 TO 15 PERCENT SLOPES ROCK OUTCROP-NASSAU COMPLEX, HILLY
FOR CATHODIC TEST STATION FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS SEE TYPICAL
CANANDAIGUA SILT LOAM SCIO SILT LOAM, 0 TO 3 PERCENT SLOPES
CATHODIC TEST STATION DETAILS INCLUDED IN THE CONSTRUCTION PACKAGE.
CASTILE GRAVELLY SILT LOAM, 0 TO 3 PERCENT SLOPES SWARTSWOOD AND MARDIN VERY STONY SOILS, SLOPING
ISSUED FOR
21. ALL TRASH AND DEBRIS WILL BE CLEANED UP DAILY FROM THE CONSTRUCTION SITE DISPOSED
OF IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE CONTRACTOR'S WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN. COLLAMER SILT LOAM, 3 TO 8 PERCENT SLOPES TIOGA SILT LOAM
UNADILLA SILT LOAM, 0 TO 8 PERCENT SLOPES FERC IMPLEMENTATION

PLAN
22. CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY MILLENNIUM PIPELINE COMPANY OPERATIONS 72 HOURS IN
ADVANCE OF EXCAVATION WITHIN 25 FEET OR LESS OF EXISTING PIPELINES. WAYLAND SILT LOAM
12/16/2016
23. THE LOCATION AND QUANTITY OF BUOYANCY CONTROL IN WETLAND CONVENTIONAL
CROSSINGS SHALL BE FIELD DETERMINED DURING CONSTRUCTION AND ARE NOT NOTED "AS
REQUIRED" ON THE ALIGNMENT SHEETS.
24. TRAFFIC CONTROL TO FOLLOW LOCAL TOWNSHIP HIGHWAY DEPARTMENT AND NYSDOT
STANDARDS.

GENERAL NOTES
& LEGEND

T
S
17M
S
T
17M

84 Orange
County ge
n B ro o k
T
S
17M S
T
17 S
T
207
Logtown
KEY MAP

209
M
on
ha

6
N.T.S.

84 S
T
17M

6
S
T
17A
CR PROJECT
N.T.S.

84 11
T
S LOCATION
211 S
T
94
k
e
re
C
ot 0 0.25 0.5 1 W
ig
N E W i nY O R K
d Ma
In
South Centerville
Miles St
Jo e C re ek ree k
Joe C
Middletown
ee k
Cr
e
Jo
T
S
211
Orange County
Orange County
nd
I
igo Comm College
t Cr e e k CR
e k 67
e C re
Jo
TIE-IN TO
EXISTING 24"

84
Waterloo Mills MILLENNIUM

PIPELINE k S
T
17M
PROPOSED en Br o ok
e
Cr
e Slate Hill
ag
t J
ig o PROJECT TERMINUS
nh
Ind
oe
Mo
T
S
C
re
ek
R
Johnson
C a t l i n Cre e k
Westtown
ek
ek
Cre
re
C
C a t l in t li n S chutt
Rd
Ca
A
ir
po
rt
20161221-5332 FERC PDF (Unofficial) 12/21/2016 2:33:26 PM R
d
Ridgebury Randall
d
s R
k
r ee
t g e rs C
anu
u
Mc m
New Hampton
EXISTING 24" CR 50
MILLENNIUM
PIPELINE Gardnerville er
Riv Denton
ill
Path: O:\PE\Projects\Millennium\13652835\Pipeline\Dsn\01_Mapping\06_GIS\02_MXD\EXHIBIT\IFC_ReSubmittal_For_FERC\CPV-ASC-001.mxd
lk
al
W
W al l k i l l R i ve
r iv er
lk il l R
W al
i ve r
lk il l R
al
W
Pellets Island
ek
u n k C re
C heech
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
a
a C ha aw
PLAN
C a rr D it
y an d nn W
aw a
el
MC Kni ght Ditch

Wa ha n el 12/16/2016
w ay a n d a C nn
ne
a
ch
Ch
l
da
y an
W a ll k il l R
iv e r
a wa
Dr um
W

6
g o o le
D it c h

ALIGNMENT COVER SHEET
16" NATURAL GAS PIPELINE, ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK: FERC DOCKET NUMBER: CP16-17-000
PLOT SCALE AT 24" X 36"
DRAWING NUMBER: CPV-CIS-001
1 OF ____
SHEET ____ 12
SHEET TITLE

S
T
211 Middletown
Middletown
CPV-CIS-001 ALIGNMENT COVER SHEET
CPV-ASI-001 ALIGNMENT SHEET INDEX Orange S
T
17M T
S
17
T
S
CPV-AS-001 ALIGNMENT SHEET STA. -4+64 TO STA. 52+00 (MP -0.09 - MP 0.98)
County 207

KEY MAP 209 T
S
17M
CPV-AS-002 ALIGNMENT SHEET STA. 52+00 TO STA. 104+00 (MP 0.98 - MP 1.97)
N.T.S.

84

6
T
S

17M

6
CPV-AS-005 ALIGNMENT SHEET STA. 200+00 TO STA. 242+00 (MP 3.79- MP 4.58)

6
S
T
17A

PROJECT
1" = 2,000' 84
LOCATION S
T
94
CPV-AS-008 ALIGNMENT SHEET STA. 344+00 TO STA. 380+00 (MP 6.52 - MP 7.20) 0 0.25 0.5 1
CPV-AS-010 ALIGNMENT SHEET TAP LINE STA. 0+00 TO 3+00 AND RECEIVER TO M&R LATERAL STA. 0+00 TO 5+58
Miles
N E W Y O R K

84
B ro o k
g en
ha
on
M
CR
11
k
T
S
211
e
re
C
t
go W
i Ma
I nd in
South Centerville St
Orange County Jo e C re ek
Jo e C
ree k
Middletown
ee k
Cr
e
Jo
T
S
211
Orange County
nd
I
igo Comm College
t Cr e e k
CR
re ek 67
e C
Jo
TIE-IN TO
EXISTING 24"

84
MILLENNIUM
PROPOSED T
S
17M
PIPELINE k
en Br o ok
e
e Slate Hill
Cr PROJECT TERMINUS
ag
ot J
ig
nh
CPV-AS-001 Ind
oe
Mo
S
T
C
re
ek
CPV-
R
S - 009
AS -0 Johnson

02

6 CPV-AS-010
CPV-AS-010
CPV-A
CPV-A e ek
S - 003 Cr C a t l i n Cre e k
Westtown t li n
CPV-AS-004
Ca
CPV-AS-005 CPV-AS-00
6
CPV-AS-007
CPV-AS-008 S chut
t Rd
A
ir
po
rt
R
d
Ridgebury Randall
d
s R
re ek
Path: O:\PE\Projects\Millennium\13652835\Pipeline\Dsn\01_Mapping\06_GIS\02_MXD\EXHIBIT\IFC_ReSubmittal_For_FERC\CPV-ASI-001.mxd
g e rs C
anu
ut
R
Mc m
New Hampton
0
5
C R
EXISTING 24"
MILLENNIUM Gardnerville
PIPELINE ISSUED FOR Ri
ver
Denton
ill
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
lk
al
W
PLAN Wa l l k ill Rive
r iv er
lk il l R
12/16/2016 W al
e r
l Ri v
l k il
al
W
a Pellets Island
W llki
l l Ri v e r
re e k
hu n k C
C heec
Carr Ditch
NOTES LEGEND REVISIONS REFERENCE DRAWINGS

NO. DATE DESCRIPTION ENG. DRAWN CHK. DRAWING NO. TITLE
PROPOSED PIPELINE RAILROADS 0 11/04/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DC EU BG

1 12/16/16 REVISED PER CLIENT COMMENTS DC EU BG
EXISTING PIPELINE
ALIGNMENT SHEETS
FERC DOCKET #: CP16-17-000
ROADS
LAKES ALIGNMENT SHEET INDEX
HIGHWAYS 12/16/2016 ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK
RIVERS APPROVED DATE
DRAWN BY: CHECKED BY: APPROVED BY: SCALE:
DEWAYNE CAPLE TP NF BG 1" = 2,000'
PROJECT ENGINEER DATE: DRAWING NO: REV.
08/07/15 CPV-ASI-001 SHEET 2 OF 12 1
TOWN OF MINISINK,
FORDL
EA ROA
D
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

PERMIT APPLICATION ALIGNMENT SHEET
STA. -4+64 TO STA. 52+00
TOWN OF MINISINK,
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

STA. 52+00 TO STA. 104+00
TOWN OF MINISINK, ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK TOWN OF WAWAYANDA, ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK
COUN
4
28
E
TY RO
O UT
R
US
AD 22
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016

STA. 104+00 TO STA. 154+00
TOWN OF WAWAYANDA,
CO LIM
UN E K
(
T Y IL N
RO RD
AD )
93

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016

STA. 154+00 TO STA. 200+00
TOWN OF WAWAYANDA, ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016

STA. 200+00 TO STA. 242+00
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

STA. 242+00 TO STA. 296+00
D
LR
HIL
RY
BU
GE
RID
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

STA. 296+00 TO STA. 344+00
DEBLOCK RD
RD RD
SEWA

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

STA. 344+00 TO STA. 380+00
56
D
OA
US
R
6
TY
DEBLOCK RD
UN
CO
84
4
TE
8
TE
STA
STA
ER
ER
INT
INT
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016

STA. 380+00 TO STA. 409+89
TOWN OF MINISINK, TOWN OF WAWAYANDA, ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016

TAP LINE AND RECEIVER TO M&R LATERAL

Ma
s o n ic C reek
84
T
S S
T211
211 Middletown
Middletown
C re e k
R ut ge rs
Orange S
T
17M S
T
17
County Mo
n h ag e
Tn B
S
1 7M
T
S
207

KEY MAP
209
r o ok

Bushville
N.T.S.

84

6
S
T
17M
Pilgrim Corners

6
1" = 2,000'

6
T
S
17A

84
PROJECT
LOCATION S
T
94
B ro o k
0 0.25 0.5 1 ha
g en
on
M
Miles
N E W Y O R K
CR
11
k
e
re
C
t
go W
i Ma
I nd in
Jo e C
ree k
Middletown
ee k
Cr
e
Jo
S
T
211
Orange County
nd
I
igo Comm College
t Cr e e k
CR
ek 67
C re
J oe
TIE-IN TO
EXISTING 24"

84
MILLENNIUM PROPOSED
PIPELINE k
PROJECT TERMINUS
S
T
17M
en Br o ok
e
Cr
e Slate Hill
ag
ot J
ig
nh
Ind
oe
Mo
S
T
C
re
ek
R
Johnson
C a t l i n Cre e k
Westtown
ek
ek
Cre
re
C S chut
C a t l in t l in t Rd
Ca
A
ir
po
rt
R
d
Ridgebury Randall
S E C T I O N 1
( 7 . 7 M I L E S )
d
s R
re ek
g e rs C
anu
ut
Mc m
New Hampton
0
5
C R
Gardnerville
ver
Ri Denton
EXISTING 24"
ill
lk
al
MILLENNIUM
W
Path: O:\PE\Projects\Millennium\13652835\Pipeline\Dsn\01_Mapping\06_GIS\02_MXD\EXHIBIT\IFC_ReSubmittal_For_FERC\CPV-HYD-001.mxd
Wa l l k ill Rive
r er
PIPELINE R iv
lk il l
W al
i ve r
lk il l R
al
W
Pellets Island
re e k
hu n k C
C heec
ISSUED FOR
a
Ch aw
nd a
C a rr D it
an n W
a wa
ya
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
el
W han
Wa
w ay a n d a C el
PLAN
MC Kni ght Ditch

nn
ne
a
ch
Ch
l
da 12/16/2016
y an
W a ll k il l R
iv e r
a wa
W

6
Dr um
g o o le
D it c h

PROPOSED PIPELINE RAILROADS 0 11/04/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DC EU BG CPV-HYD-002 HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST PLAN AND PROFILE
EXISTING PIPELINE
ALIGNMENT SHEETS
ROADS
LAKES HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST PLAN
HIGHWAYS 12/16/2016 ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK
RIVERS APPROVED DATE
DEWAYNE CAPLE TP NF BG 1" = 2,000'
08/07/15 CPV-HYD-001 SHEET 1 OF 2 1
ORANGE COUNTY,
NEW YORK
FOR
HDD - #3 IN
TE
DL EA
RS
TA
TE
COU
HDD - #1 HDD - #2 8 4
ROA
HDD - #4
NTY
HDD - #5
D
DE
BL
OC
ROA
4 K
28 RO
Y AD
WA
D 22
/C.
H R.
IG
D ROAD
56
SH
D
U
OA
LI
LR
M
E
SEWAR
K
HIL
IL
N
RY
RO
AD
BU
GE
RID
C/L PROPOSED 16" VALLEY LATERAL

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

HYDROSTATIC PRESSURE TEST PLAN
PLAN AND PROFILE
1 TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION 2 TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
25' TWS ON LEFT SIDE 25' TWS ON LEFT SIDE
35' ATWS ON LEFT SIDE
3 TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION

25' ATWS ON RIGHT SIDE
35' ATWS WITHIN O/H EASEMENT ON LEFT SIDE

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

TYPICAL WORKSPACE CONSTRUCTION
METHOD 1- OPEN-CUT CONVENTIONAL
NEW YORK
4 TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION 5 TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
25' TWS ON LEFT SIDE 25' TWS ON LEFT SIDE
35' ATWS ON RIGHT SIDE 35' ATWS ON RIGHT SIDE
REQUIRED SLOPE OF UNSHORED EXCAVATION WALLS
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

6 TYPICAL CONVENTIONAL PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION
35' ATWS ON RIGHT SIDE

TYPICAL WORKSPACE CONSTRUCTION
METHOD 1- OPEN-CUT CONVENTIONAL
3 3
2 CONSTRUCTION METHOD 3
20' MINIMUM GRADING DISTANCE FROM STRUCTURES, GUYS AND ANCHORS (REGARDLESS OF TOWER SIZE, STYLE OR VOLTAGE). TYPICAL DRAG PIPE
FOR CROSSING EXIST PIPELINES
40' (230 kV) AND 80' (500 kV) MINIMUM DISTANCE OF PIPELINE (REGARDLESS OF TOWER SIZE OR STYLE).
NOTE:
ALL CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS AND PRACTICES SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE
LATEST GUIDE LINES AND REQUIREMENTS OF NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION
ASSOCIATION-ARTICLE 130 WORK INVOLVING ELECTRICAL HAZARDS AND LOCAL SECTION 3-3
UTILITY REQUIREMENTS.
1 CONSTRUCTION METHOD 2
TYPICAL PIPE LAY AROUND POWERLINES

MINIMUM GROUND, EQUIPMENT
AND PIPING CLEARANCES

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
NEW YORK
SF SF
SF
SF SF
SF
SF
SF
SF SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF SF
SF SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF
SF SF SF SF
TYPICAL UNSATURATED WETLAND/WATERBODY

1 FLUME CROSSING TEMPORARY EROSION CONTROL MEASURE
2 TYPICAL WATERBODY CROSSING (DAM AND PUMP METHOD) 3 CROSSING WITH TOPSOIL SEGREATION
SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE
SF
SF
A
SF
SF
B B
A
SF
SF
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

TYPICAL WATERBODY UNDERCROSSING
4 TEMPORARY TIMBER EQUIPMENT MAT
5 TYPICAL RAILCAR CROSSING
6 TYPICAL FLUME BRIDGE CROSSING 7 SCALE: NONE
SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE SCALE: NONE

TYPICAL WORKSPACE CONSTRUCTION METHOD 4
OPEN-CUT CROSSING OF WATERBODIES
NEW YORK
ORANGE COUNTY,
NEW YORK
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
PLAN VIEW
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
PROFILE VIEW

PL PL PL PL PL
STA. 68+12 TO STA. 95+74

BB BB BB
TB TB TB
WET WET WET WET
OE OE OE
ORANGE COUNTY,
NEW YORK
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
PLAN VIEW
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
PROFILE VIEW

PL PL PL PL PL

CONTINGENCY PLAN
OPEN-CUT RUTGERS CREEK CONSTRUCTION
BB BB BB
TB TB TB
WET WET WET WET
OE OE OE
ORANGE COUNTY,
NEW YORK
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
RD
ILL
YH
B UR
GE
RID
PLAN VIEW
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
PROFILE VIEW

PL PL PL PL PL

HDD CROSSING ROAD AND STREAM
STA. 297+33 TO STA. 322+60
BB BB BB
TB TB TB
WET WET WET WET
OE OE OE
ORANGE COUNTY,
NEW YORK
56
DEBLOCK ROAD
AD
RO
TY
PROPOSED 16"
UN
VALLEY LATERAL
CO
84
84
E
E
AT
AT
ST
ST
ER
ER
INT
INT
PLAN VIEW
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
PROPOSED 16" VALLEY

LATERAL
PROFILE VIEW

AECOM -
License #
PL PL PL PL PL
STA. 383+60 TO STA. 409+56

BB BB BB
TB TB TB
WET WET WET WET
OE OE OE
ORANGE COUNTY,
NEW YORK
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
PLAN VIEW
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
PROFILE VIEW

PL PL PL PL PL

HDD CROSSING WETLANDS AND STREAMS
STA. 212+54 TO STA. 240+24
BB BB BB
TB TB TB
WET WET WET WET
OE OE OE
ORANGE COUNTY,
NEW YORK
4
28
U TE
RO
US
LIM
E
KIL
PROPOSED 16"
N
VALLEY LATERAL
RO
AD
PLAN VIEW
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016
PROPOSED 16"
VALLEY LATERAL
PROFILE VIEW

PL PL PL PL PL
STA. 124+14 TO STA. 189+00

BB BB BB
TB TB TB
WET WET WET WET
OE OE OE
.
FT
16

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
FOREIGN PIPELINE CROSSING DETAIL 11/04/2016

CONSTRUCTION METHOD
DETAILS
SECTION B-B FILTER BAG
2 FILTER BAG
1 HYDROSTATIC DEWATERING DETAILS

SECTION A-A ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

TYPICAL PIPELINE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS
DEWATERING CONSTRUCTION
SECTION "A"-"A"

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

TRENCH AND DITCH BREAKER
DETAILS
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

FENCE RESTORATION
DETAILS
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

TYPICAL BUOYANCY CONTROL
DETAILS
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

PIPELINE MARKER
DETAILS
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

STANDARD FENCE
DETAILS

Ma
s o n ic C reek
84
T
S S
T211
211 Middletown
Middletown
C re e k
R ut ge rs
Orange S
T
17M S
T
17
County Mo
n h ag e
Tn B
S
1 7M
T
S
207

KEY MAP
209
r o ok

Bushville
N.T.S.

84

6
S
T
17M
Pilgrim Corners

6
1" = 2,000'

6
T
S
17A

84
PROJECT
LOCATION S
T
94
B ro o k
0 0.25 0.5 1 ha
g en
on
M
Miles
N E W Y O R K
CR
11
k
e
re
C
t
go W
i Ma
I nd in
Jo e C
ree k
Middletown
ee k
Cr
e
Jo
S
T
211
Orange County
nd
I
igo Comm College
t Cr e e k
CR
ek 67
C re
J oe
TIE-IN TO
EXISTING 24"

84
MILLENNIUM PROPOSED
PIPELINE k
PROJECT TERMINUS
S
T
17M
en Br o ok
e
Cr
e Slate Hill
ag
ot J
ig
nh
Ind
oe
Mo
S
T
C
re
ek
TAR-002
R
Johnson
PAR-001A TAR-003
TAR-001 PAR-002
PAR-001B C a t l i n Cre e k
Westtown TAR-004
TAR-012
ek
ek
Cre
re
C S chut
C a t l in t l in t Rd
Ca
TAR-008 A
ir
po
rt
R
d
20161221-5332 FERC PDF (Unofficial) 12/21/2016 2:33:26 PM TAR-009
TAR-007 Ridgebury Randall
TAR-005
TAR-006
d
s R
re ek
g e rs C
anu
ut
Mc m
New Hampton
0
5
C R
EXISTING 24" Gardnerville

ver
Ri Denton
MILLENNIUM
ill
lk
al
PIPELINE
W
Wa l l k ill Rive
Path: O:\PE\Projects\Millennium\13652835\Pipeline\Dsn\01_Mapping\06_GIS\02_MXD\EXHIBIT\IFC_ReSubmittal_For_FERC\CPV-ARE-CIS.mxd
r er
R iv
lk il l
W al
i ve r
lk il l R
al
W
Pellets Island
DRAWING NO. TITLE re e k

hu n k C
C heec
CPV-ARE-001 ACCESS ROAD PAR-001A & PAR-001B ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
CPV-ARE-002 ACCESS ROAD TAR-001
CPV-ARE-003 ACCESS ROADn TAR-002
y a d a Cha nn e l
PLAN
a
w a
d a Chan
C a rr D it
CPV-ARE-005
a wa
yan n ACCESSW ROAD TAR-003 12/16/2016
el
CPV-ARE-006 W ACCESS ROAD TAR-004 han

Wa
w ay a n d a C el
MC Kni ght Ditch

nn
ne
a
ch

Ch
l
CPV-ARE-008 ACCESS ROAD TAR-006 da
y an
W a ll k il l R
iv e r CPV-ARE-009 ACCESS ROAD TAR-007 a wa
W

6
Dr um CPV-ARE-011 ACCESS ROAD PAR-002

g o o le
D it c h

PROPOSED 16" NATURAL GAS PIPELINE 0 11/04/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DC EU BG

EXISTING PIPELINE

PERMANENT ACCESS ROAD FERC DOCKET #: CP16-17-000
TEMPORARY ACCESS ROAD ACCESS ROAD OVERVIEW MAP

12/16/2016 ORANGE COUNTY, NEW YORK
APPROVED DATE
DEWAYNE CAPLE TP DC BG 1" = 2,000'
10/07/15 CPV-ARE-CIS SHEET 1 OF 13 1

1 Inch = 100 feet
0 100 200
Feet
FOR
PAR-001A MP 0.4
DLE
(APPROX. 16' x 390')
RDA
MP 0.3
MP 0.2
MP 0.1
MP 0
PAR-001B
(APPROX. 16' x 2,648')
Path: O:\PE\Projects\Millennium\13652835\Pipeline\Dsn\01_Mapping\06_GIS\02_MXD\EXHIBIT\IFC_Submittal\CPV-ARE-001.mxd
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
ST RTE 284

MILE POST PERMANENT ACCESS ROAD NO. DATE DESCRIPTION ENG. DRAWN CHK. DRAWING NO. TITLE
0 11/04/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DC EU BG CPV-AS-001 ALIGNMENT SHEET STA. 0+00 TO STA. 52+00
PROPOSED PIPELINE PERMANENT ACCESS ROAD EASEMENT
CPV-AS-010 TAP LINE & RECEIVER TO M&R LATERAL
PERMANENT ACCESS ROAD EDGE
PERMANENT EASEMENT FERC DOCKET #: CP16-17-000
TEMPORARY ACCESS ROAD
TEMPORARY WORKSPACE ACCESS ROAD PAR-001A & PAR-001B

TEMPORARY ACCESS ROAD EASEMENT
ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY
11/04/2016
WORKSPACE TEMPORARY ACCESS ROAD EDGE APPROVED DATE
DEWAYNE CAPLE TP NF BG 1" = 100'
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-001 SHEET 2 OF 13 0

1 Inch = 60 feet
0 60 120
Feet
MP 0.6
MP 0.5
MP 0.7
TAR-001
(APPROX.16' x 850')
FOR

DLE
MP 0.4
RDA
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016


TEMPORARY WORKSPACE ACCESS ROAD TAR-001

11/04/2016
DEWAYNE CAPLE TP DC BG 1" = 60'
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-002 SHEET 3 OF 13 0

MP 1.7
1 Inch = 60 feet
0 60 120
Feet
TAR-002
(APPROX.16' x 1.340')
RD
RY
O
EG
GR
MP 1.6

SIMPS
O N RD
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
MP 1.5 11/04/2016



11/04/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-003 SHEET 4 OF 13 0
MP 2.1

1 Inch = 60 feet
0 60 120
Feet
CO RTE 22
MP 2.2
TAR-008 MP 2.3
(APPROX.16' x 180')
ST RTE 284
Path: O:\PE\Projects\Millennium\13652835\Pipeline\Dsn\01_Mapping\06_GIS\02_MXD\EXHIBIT\IFC_ReSubmittal_For_FERC\CPV-ARE-004.mxd
CO
ISSUED FOR
RTE
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
2 6
12/16/2016


12/16/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-004 SHEET 5 OF 13 1

1 Inch = 60 feet
0 60 120
Feet
4
E 28
RT
ST
TAR-003
(APPROX.16' x 790')
MP 2.6
MP 2.5
MP 2.4
MP 2.3
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016


12/16/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-005 SHEET 6 OF 13 1

1 Inch = 60 feet
0 60 120
Feet
MP 2.8
TAR-004
(APPROX.16' x 900')
ST R
TE 2
84
MP 2.7
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016


12/16/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-006 SHEET 7 OF 13 1
MP 3.8

1 Inch = 60 feet
0 60 120
Feet
D
YR
UR
EB
G
RID
TAR-005
(APPROX.16' x 1,780')

MP 3.7
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016


12/16/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-007 SHEET 8 OF 13 1

MP 4.6
MP 4.5
1 Inch = 100 feet
0 100 200
MP 4.2 Feet
MP 4.4
MP 4.3
TAR-006
(APPROX.16' x 1,424')

ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
RY RD
I DG EBU
R



11/04/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-008 SHEET 9 OF 13 0

1 Inch = 100 feet
0 100 200
Feet
MP 5
TAR-007
(APPROX.16' x 2.525')
MP 4.9
RD RY
RIDGEBU
RD
MP 4.8 DELMAR HILL
MP 4.7 ISSUED FOR

FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016



11/04/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-009 SHEET 10 OF 13 0

1 Inch = 60 feet
WILCO
X
0 60 120
RD
Feet
TAR-009
(APPROX.16' x 1,370')
MP 5.9
MP 5.8
MP 5.7
RD
L
HIL

RY
MP 5.6
EBU
G
RID
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016



11/04/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-010 SHEET 11 OF 13 0
US RT
E 6
1 Inch = 60 feet
0 60 120
Feet
PAR-002
(APPROX. 16' x 1,750')
MP 0
20161221-5332 FERC PDF (Unofficial) 12/21/2016 2:33:26 PM IN

TE
RS
TA
TE
8 4W
MP 0.1
INT
ER
ST
AT MP 7.7
E8
4E
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
12/16/2016

1 12/16/16 REVISED PER CLIENT COMMENTS DC EU BG CPV-AS-010 TAP LINE & RECEIVER TO M&R LATERAL
TEMPORARY WORKSPACE ACCESS ROAD PAR-002

12/16/2016
10/30/15 CPV-ARE-011 SHEET 12 OF 13 1
CO
RT
E5
6

1 Inch = 60 feet
0 60 120
Feet
MP 7.3
TAR-012
20161221-5332 FERC PDF (Unofficial) 12/21/2016 2:33:26 PM (APPROX.16' x 200')
MP 7.2
CK RD
DEBLO
MP 7.1
MP 7 W-AF
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016
W-AF

CPV-AS-009 ALIGNMENT SHEET STA. 380+00 TO STA. 409+89

11/04/2016
WETLAND DEWAYNE CAPLE EU DC BG 1" = 60'
10/17/16 CPV-ARE-012 SHEET 13 OF 13 0
Submitted Under Seperate Cover - Critical Energy Infrastructure Information

1 Inch = 50 feet
0 25 50 100
Feet
PIPE YARD CY-1
HOOPS RD
US
RT
E
6
Path: O:\PE\Projects\Millennium\13652835\Pipeline\Dsn\01_Mapping\06_GIS\02_MXD\EXHIBIT\IFC_Submittal\CPV-EXH-001.mxd
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

0 11/04/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DC EU BG
SURVEYED WATERBODY
SURVEYED WETLAND PIPE YARD CY-1

PIPE YARD APPROVED DATE
DEWAYNE CAPLE EU DC BG 1" = 50'
10/10/2016 CPV-EXH-001 SHEET 1 OF 1 0

1 Inch = 40 feet
W-03
0 20 40 80
Feet
DP-02
S-01
S-01
WB-01
W-02
W-01
500
FT
TO
W HIT PIPE YARD CY-3
FO
RD
RD
WH
ST
R
ITF
TE
284
OR
DR
D
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

SURVEYED STREAM 0 11/04/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DC EU NF
SURVEYED WATERBODY
SURVEYED WETLAND PIPE YARD CY-3

PIPE YARD APPROVED DATE
10/10/2016 CPV-EXH-002 SHEET 1 OF 1 0

1 Inch = 40 feet
0 20 40 80
Feet
W-16
ATWS 083
TAR-11
WB-04
ATWS 084
US
RTE
6
BUSH
VILLE
RD
ISSUED FOR
FERC IMPLEMENTATION
PLAN
11/04/2016

SURVEYED WATERBODY 0 11/04/16 ISSUED FOR CONSTRUCTION DC EU BG
SURVEYED WETLAND
ADDITIONAL TEMPORARY WORKSPACE WATER WITHDRAWAL WORKSPACE

TEMPORARY ACCESS ROAD APPROVED DATE
10/10/2016 CPV-EXH-003 SHEET 1 OF 1 0
Document Content(s)
01. Cover Letter.PDF..................................................1-3
02. PUBLIC_VL Implementation Plan_12 21 2016.PDF......................4-274
03. PUBLIC_Att C1_Alignment Set 2016 12 16 - 1 of 2.PDF...............275-301
04. PUBLIC_Att C1_Alignment Set 2016 12 16 - 2 of 2.PDF...............302-329

December 2016 Millennium Valley Lateral Project Implementation Plan

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

December 2016 Millennium Valley Lateral Project Implementation Plan

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

20161221-5332 FERC PDF (Unofficial) 12/21/2016 2:33:26 PM

One Blue Hill Plaza, 7th Floor

December 21, 2016

Ms. Kimberly D. Bose, Secretary

Re: Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C., Docket No. CP16-17-000

Dear Ms. Bose:

On November 9, 2016 the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Commission or

In accordance with Ordering Paragraph (B)(3) and Environmental Condition No. 6

Description of Items Being Filed

Attachment E Federal Authorization Status

Critical Energy Infrastructure Information Non-Public:

Privileged and Confidential Non-Public:

Millennium is filing the Implementation Plan, pursuant to the Commissions guidelines

/s/ Georgia Carter

Pursuant to Rule 2010 of the Commissions Rules of Practice and Procedure, 18

Secretary in this proceeding.

Dated at Washington, D.C., this 21st day of December, 2016.

/s/ Marco Bracamonte

Millennium Pipeline Company, L.L.C.

Valley Lateral Project

FERC Docket No. CP16-17-000

Valley Lateral Project i December 2016

Valley Lateral Project ii December 2016

Launcher and Receiver Facilities

ANTICIPATED CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

An anticipated Project schedule is included as Attachment D. As identified in Attachment D, Millennium

Adjusted temporary access road TAR-03 to use landowners existing entrance;

IMPLEMENTATION OF CERTIFICATE ORDER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS

a. the modification of conditions of the Order; and

a. the modification of conditions of the Order; and

a. implementation of cultural resources mitigation measures;

(1) the completion of all required surveys and reports;

a. Implementation of Procedures and Mitigation Measures

b. Incorporation of FERC requirements in Contract Bid Documents

c. Environmental Inspectors (EI)

d. Environmental Material Distribution

Supervisory Staff Training;

Other supporting materials will include:

A hardhat decal (to certify training attendance),

Supervisory Staff Training

Environmental Inspection Program

General Personnel Training

Specialized Personnel Training (for example, contractor yards, residential, etc.)

f. Valley Lateral Project Organization

Project Manager: Mike Armstrong

a. an update on Millennium's efforts to obtain the necessary federal authorizations;

Millennium acknowledges that it will not begin construction until:

b. the Advisory Council on Historic Preservation is afforded an opportunity to comment if historic

Valley Lateral Project December 2016

APPENDIX A - ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE TRACKING TABLE

FERC CONDITIONS ANTICIPATED DATE STATUS/CLARIFICATION

a. the modification of conditions of the Order; and

1|Page Tracking as of 12/20/2016

APPENDIX A - ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE TRACKING TABLE

FERC CONDITIONS ANTICIPATED DATE STATUS/CLARIFICATION

Millennium's exercise of eminent domain authority granted under NGA

2|Page Tracking as of 12/20/2016

APPENDIX A - ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE TRACKING TABLE

FERC CONDITIONS ANTICIPATED DATE STATUS/CLARIFICATION

a. implementation of cultural resources mitigation measures;

3|Page Tracking as of 12/20/2016

APPENDIX A - ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS COMPLIANCE TRACKING TABLE

FERC CONDITIONS ANTICIPATED DATE STATUS/CLARIFICATION

a. how Millennium will implement the construction procedures and